Представляем Научные Достижения Миру. Естественные Науки Presenting Academic Achievements to the World

Представляем научные достижения миру. Естественные науки Presenting Academic Achievements to the World. Natural Science

Papers from the IX conference for young scientists «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World»

April 10–11, 2018 Saratov

Issue 8

Saratov 2019 Представляем научные достижения миру. Естественные науки

Материалы IX научной конференции молодых ученых «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World»

Апрель 10–11, 2018 Саратов

Выпуск 8

Саратов 2019 УДК 5(082) ББК 20я43 П71

Представляем научные достижения миру. Естественные П71 науки : материалы IX научной конференции молодых ученых «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World». – Саратов: Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2019. – Вып. 8. – 224 с. : ил.

В данном сборнике опубликованы материалы участников секции естественных наук IX научной конференции молодых ученых «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World», которая состоялась в Саратовском государственном университете 10–11 апреля 2018 года. В сборник включены статьи с результатами исследований в области физики, химии, географии, геологии и информационных технологий. This publication assembles papers given at the IX conference for young scientists «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World» which was held in April 10–11, 2018 at Saratov State University. The articles present the results in such ﬁ elds of natural science as Physics, Chemistry, Geography, Geology and Information Technology.

Редакционная коллегия: С. А. Шилова (отв. редактор), Л. В. Левина (отв. секретарь), Д. А. Алексеева, А. А. Сосновская, С. В. Пыжонков

УДК 5(082) ББК 20я43 Работа издана в авторской редакции

ISSN 2306-3068 ABOUT GENERATION OF NON-ISOMORPHIC VERTEX K-COLORINGS BY MCKAY’S APPROACH

M. B. Abrosimov, P. V. Razumovsky Saratov State University

Abstract: We consider generation of all non-isomorphic vertex k-colorings problem. This article contains resulting algorithm for generation colorings without isomorphism proving by McKay’s approach. Problem of all non-isomorphic edge k-colorings generation reduced to vertex colorings generation problem. Keywords: coloring, graph coloring, graph, isomorphism.

О ГЕНЕРАЦИИ НЕИЗОМОРФНЫХ ВЕРШИННЫХ K-РАСКРАСОК МЕТОДОМ МАККЕЯ

М. Б. Абросимов, П. В. Разумовский Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной работе рассматривается задача генерации всех неизо- морфных вершинных k-раскрасок. Предоставляется алгоритм генерации раскра- сок без проверки на изоморфизм методом МакКея. Задача генерации всех неизо- морфных реберных раскрасок сводится к задаче генерации вершинных раскрасок. Ключевые слова: раскраска, граф, изоморфизм.

INTRODUCTION

Deﬁ nition 1. Let – graph, . Function called vertex k-coloring of the graph, – vertex color. Graph G, where each vertex has it’s own color, called colored graph, or graph with colored vertices. Let denote such graphs as .

5 Edge k-coloring defi nes similarly. Defi nition 2. Graph color isomorphism for two graphs and is an isomorphism of and which keeps graphs vertices’ colors in place. This is a bijection , which satisfi es the followingg conditions: 1. ; 2. . Defi nition 3. Graph color automorphism – an isomorphism of colored graph on itself. A set of all color automorphisms, including asymmetric automorphism, forms graph’s automorphism group. Defi nition 4. Two vertices called similar, if there is the automorphism, which maps the fi rst vertex to the second. A set of all similar vertices called an orbit.

NON-ISOMORPHIC COLORED GRAPHS CONSTRUCTION BY MCKAY’S APPROACH

We can reduce the problem of generating all non-isomorphic edge colorings of the defi ned graph to the problem of generating vertex colorings by edge graph construction. If two graphs and are isomorphic then two edge graphs and are isomorphic too. It is known that the suffi cient case is valid for all graphs except only one pair of non-isomorphic graphs and , which have the same edge graph. So, if we construct edge graph and consider the special case, we can solve edge colorings problem. So, generating all non-isomorphic vertex colorings is the main problem, which has no effective solution. There are several approaches, the most effective is the isomorphism rejection technique. It allows to get rid of isomorphism proving (description of this technique could be found in (Brinkmann, 2000)). The base of the technique is to construct canonical labeling: 1. Defi ne rules of calculating graph labeling. 2. Select canonical labeling from the set of all graph labelings. 3. Generate all graphs with their labelings. 4. Accept graphs, which have canonical labelings, reject other. Such approach has been investigated in the article (Абросимов, Разумовский, 2017). In this article we consider McKay’s approach. McKay’s approach establishes the order of generating structures iteratively from small to large: from an ancestor to a descendant. One structure could have several ancestors at one time.

6 McKay implements isomorphism rejection the next way (McKay, 1998): 1. Deﬁ ne one canonical ancestor for each structure and a way, how this structure could be constructed. 2. Accept structure if and only if it generates by the right way from the canonical ancestor. 3. Each ancestor generates all non-isomorphic descendant only once.

COLORING GENERATION RULES

Descendant generation is produced by calculating orbits for colored graph. Graph coloring speciﬁ es vertices partition. Partition allows to build automorphisms group. Then we can calculate the set of graph orbits. After that select one member from each orbit and paint in all possible colors. The resulted set of colorings is a set of descendants. When we build all colorings, we need to validate that each descendant has a canonical ancestor: iteratively remove one vertex color and compare the current coloring with the ancestor. If the ancestor is greater than the coloring then the ancestor is not canonical, we need to reject the descendant. Otherwise the descendant has a canonical ancestor.

ALGORITHM OF GENERATING ALL NON-ISOMORPHIC VERTEX K-COLORINGS

Automorphisms group building and orbits calculating have been implemented with using nauty program (McKay, 2017; McKay, Piperno,p) 2013). Let specify the graphp and number of colors . 1. Defi ne vector – initializing vector of graph’s vertices colors, where is a color of i-th vertex. 2. Build automorphisms group and calculate a set of orbits for the current coloring . 3. Select one member o from each orbit ((let select maximal member) and iteratively paint in each color from , build coloring’s descendants child. 4. Validate each child, that has the canonical descendant by the defi ned way, described above. 5. For each accepted child generation returned to the second step. All generated colorings satisfi es the condition of lexicographic minimum and non-isomorphic between each other. Isomorphism proving is not used in the algorithm.

7 REFERENCES

1. Абросимов М. Б., Разумовский П. В. О генерации неизоморфных вершинных k-раскрасок // Прикладная дискретная математика. Приложение. 2017. № 10. С. 136–138. 2. Brinkmann G. Isomorphism rejection in structure generation programs // Discrete Math- ematical Chemistry, DIMACS Series in Discrete Mathematics and Theoretical Com- puter Science. 2000. Vol. 51. P. 25–38. 3. McKay B. D. Isomorph-free exhaustive generation // Journal of Algorithms. 1998. Vol. 26. Pp. 306–324. 4. McKay B. D. nauty and Traces: Graph canonical labeling and automorphism group computation // 2017. URL: http://users.cecs.anu.edu.au/~bdm/nauty/nug26.pdf. 5. McKay B. D., Piperno A. Practical Graph Isomorphism // J. Symbolic Computation. 2013. Vol. 2, 60. Pp. 94–112.

COMBINED REACTION-RECTIFICATION PENTANE-HEXANE FRACTION ISOMERIZATION PROCESS

A. A. Amikishiev Saratov State University

Abstract: The article analyses several types of combined isomerization-rectiﬁ cation process. The purpose of this work is to choose the optimal technological scheme for the isomerization of the pentane-hexane fraction in reaction-rectiﬁ cation column. Keywords: isomerization, combined process, pentane-hexane fraction, octane number.

СОВМЕЩЕННЫЙ РЕКЦИОННО-РЕКТИФИКАЦИОННЫЙ ПРОЦЕСС ИЗОМЕРИЗАЦИИ ПЕНТАН-ГЕКСАНОВОЙ ФРАКЦИИ

А. А. Амикишиев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Статья включает анализ нескольких видов совмещенных ре- акционно-ректификационных процессов. Целью данной работы является выбор оптимальной технологической схемы для процесса изомеризации пентан-гекса- новой фракции в реакционно-ректификационной колонне. Ключевые слова: Изомеризация, совмещенный процесс, пентан-гексановая фракция, октановое число.

8 The major need of the izomerization processes development is determined by the adoption of the more strict operating procedures that stiffen the technological requirements to the motor gasolines, including the content of aromatics, particularly benzole, limits (Кузьмина, Фролов, Ливенцев, 2008). Nevertheless, the contemporary technologies, though providing high quality of isomerizate are marked by the critical fl aws, such as need of bulky and complex recirculation systems, which usage is induced by the low conversion rates of a single pass scheme. In the meantime, it is known that the combined processes allow accomplishing high crude conversion rates directly in the reaction-mass-transfer apparatus, thus cutting down the number and capacity of external recycles and reducing the catalyst volume. The objective of the research has been to choose a technological scheme for the isomerization of pentane-hexane fraction in the reaction-rectifi cation mode, in order to achieve the enhancement of the conversion level, energy costs reduction, simplifi cation of the operational scheme, and the production of high-octane benzines, with low aromatics content. The tasks being solved within the research are: • to analyze the combined isomerization process; • to choose the optimal operational scheme structure; • and to evaluate the energy costs of the process. In terms of research the NIP-3A catalyst for low-temperature isomerization was taken. The highest conversion level in these conditions can be ac- quired with the isomerization of the pentane and hexane fractions running separately in the column reactors with the layer of catalyst in the bottom (Кинякин, 2008). The separation is proceeding in the crude pretreatment unit. The actualization ways for the crude pretreatment unit are given in Figure 1. Scheme 1 that works by the fi rst given separation is determined by the lowest energy costs on warming steam and cooling water, however scheme 3,4 is more stable and easier to control (Кинякин, 2005). Scheme 3,4 is depicted in Figure 2.

The hydrocarbon crude, that consists of the C4-6+ parafﬁ ns and isoparaf- ﬁ ns mixture, with temperature of 65oC and pressure of 0.2 MPa comes to the 55th plate of the complex column C-1 with side draw, working with top pressure 0.2 MPa and phlegm number 7.6. The column consists of 120 real plates (η=0.65). The C-1 column distillate is the pentane fracture with temperature of 49oC that is pumped through the heat exchanger and feed to the isomerization column RC-1, to the 40th plate.

9 Fig. 1. The ways of organizing the crude pretreatment unit for pentane-hexane fraction isomerization: 1 – the ﬁ rst given separation; 2 – the second given separation; 3,4 –column with side (vapor/liquid) draw; 5 – column with condensation section; 6 – column with steam- ing section; 7,8 – column with stripping section before column, with side (vapor/liquid) draw; 9 – column with stripping section after column, with side (vapor/liquid) draw; C4-6+ – feeding stream; C4-C5, C6-C7 – product streams.

Fig. 2. The scheme of the pentane-hexane hydrocarbon fraction isomerization installation with the side draw column pretreatment unit: F – original stream (С4–6+); RC–1, RC–2 – reaction-rectiﬁ cation columns; 1 – major content of pentanes fraction; 2 – major content of hexanes fraction; 3 –С6+ hydrocarbons fraction; 4, 7 – hydrocarbon gases; 5 – isopentane; 6 – pentane and impurities; 8 – isohexane; 9 – n–hexane and impurities.

10 Pentane fraction isomerization column RC-1 is characterized by the following exploitation parameters: theoretic plates quantity is 41, pentane fraction with pressure of 2.9 MPa and temperature of 177oC comes to the 40th plate, and hydrogen bearing gas comes to the 41st plate. Exploitation phlegm number is 10, column top pressure is 2.0 MPa. Isomer- ization reaction goes on 40-37 plate. The catalyst level is 25.5m3. The n-pentane conversion level is up to 94%, and octane number of isomerizate is 1.2. The C-1 column boiler residue is heptane fracture with high content of metyl-cyclopentane that can be separated and used as high-octane addition later. The C-1 column side draw is the hexane fracture with pressure of 0.2 MPa and temperature of 80oC that is offtaken from the 41st plate and comes to hexane isomerization column RC-2, to the 60th plate, and hydrogen bearing gas comes to the 61st plate. Isomerization reaction goes on 60-57 plates. Exploita- tion phlegm number is 12, column top pressure is 1.4 MPa. The catalyst level is 40.7m3. The n-pentane conversion level is up to 94%, and octane number of isomerizate is 87.3.

The boiler residue of RC-2 is C6+ fraction that can be mixed with hexane fraction and conversed once more. The integral cost of the combined pentane-hexane isomerization process with crude pretreatment unit designed by the scheme with the complex column with the side draw depends heavily on the demanded purity of products. It dif- fers from 306.53 to 3333.50 rubles for an hour. Within the project the new technology based on the combination concept was suggested, which allows to provide high conversion level directly in the column device, therefore to simplify the operational scheme, to reduce recycles, to lower energy costs and, consequently, the catalyst level.

REFERENCES

1. Кинякин А. С. Оптимизация блока подготовки сырья процесса получения высоко- октановых компонентов бензина / А. С. Кинякин, Е. А. Глушаченкова, Ю. А. Пи- саренко // Актуальные проблемы нефтехимии : тезисы II Российской конференции (Уфа, 11–13 октября 2005 г.) Изд-во «Реактив», 2005. С. 184. 2. Кинякин А. С. Кинетика низкотемпературной изомеризации н-гексана в проточном изотермическом реакторе на катализаторе НИП-3А/ А. С. Кинякин, Е. А. Глуша- ченкова, П. Н. Боруцкий, А. С. Шувалов, Ю. А. Писаренко //Теоретические основы химической технологии. 2008. Т. 42. № 6. С. 615–622. 3. Кузьмина Р. И., Фролов М. П., Ливенцев В. Т. Изомеризация – процесс получения экологически чистых бензинов. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2008. 88 с.

11 EUROPEAN BADGER (MELES MELES) ON SARATOV RIGHT BANK (POPULATION STRUCTURE, ABUNDANCE, NUTRITION)

O. D. Bokhina Saratov State University

Abstract: The article presents the results of the European Badger (Meles meles) research in 2011–2017. The demographic structure of the population is considered, the dynamics of abundance is determined, the badger nutrition is analyzed on the territory of Saratov right bank. Keywords: European badger, Meles meles, demographic structure, population structure, abundance

ЕВРОПЕЙСКИЙ БАРСУК (MELES MELES) В САРАТОВСКОМ ПРАВОБЕРЕЖЬЕ (СТРУКТУРА ПОПУЛЯЦИИ, ЧИСЛЕННОСТЬ, ПИТАНИЕ)

О. Д. Бохина Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье приведены результаты исследований Европейского барсука (Meles meles), проводившихся в 2011–2017 гг. Рассмотрена демографиче- ская структура популяции, определена динамика численности, проанализировано питание барсука на территории Саратовского правобережья. Ключевые слова: европейский барсук, Meles meles, демографическая структура, структура популяции, численность.

The European badger Meles meles (Linnaeus, 1758) is a model object for studying the necessary adaptations to various environmental conditions. The study of the way of life of these species in biogeocoenoses has an unquestion- able theoretical and practical signiﬁ cance (Сидорчук, Рожнов, 2010). In this regard, the goal of the work was to determine the dynamics of numbers, the structure of populations, and to identify the nutrition of the European badger on Saratov right bank. To achieve this goal, tasks were set: 1. To determine the number and density of the badger population. 2. To identify the demographic structure of badger populations (Новиков, 1963). 3. To analyze the diet of a badger.

12 As a material, we used the data of our own observations, carried out on ten model sites in 2011–2018. The following methods were used in the study: – Shooting with photo traps Falcon (Suntek HT–002LIM, PRC); – Accounting, animal monitoring and analysis of forage residues according to standard methods; – Computer modeling in the ArcGis program. During the study, 1476 trap-days were worked out, 354 shots of badgers were obtained. For the entire study period, 230 routing surveys with a total length of 173 km were carried out. To determine the diet, 1056 excrements and food residues were collected and analyzed. The average number of badgers on the territory of Saratov right bank is 2784 individuals with an average population density of 0.06 bion per 1 km². The highest density is in Lysogorsky (0.17 bion/km²), Romanovsky (0.11), Krasnoarmeysky and Rtishchevsky (0.1) districts. The lowest density is observed in Arkadaky, Atkarsky, Petrovsky (by 0.03), as well as in Ekaterinovs- ky, Balashovsky and Samoilovsky (0.02) districts. The geoinformation method used revealed 211 potentially suitable badger habitats on Saratov right bank. The total area of the territory, suitable for habitation of the badger, is 1587 km² (3.45% of the total studied territory). Females and males are born the same amount (1:1), while the mortality of young animals of the fi rst year of life is 50%. After the fi rst year of life, the ratio of females to males is 1.3:1.0. The fertility of the badger in the studied region is 3 (2–6) puppies per female (n = 15). Puppies remain in the parental settlements until the end of summer. Some animals winter with their parents, others separate and spend the fi rst winter in shallow, simply arranged burrows. Out of 45 animals met during the study period 42.2% were year-young. The annual analysis of forage residues from the release of the badger from the burrow in spring, before hibernation in autumn (2011–2017), shows the apparent seasonality of the forage spectrum. Plants, as a component of the diet in excrements, were found in the form of undigested seeds and fruit residues. In large numbers blackthorn Prunus spinosa (Linnaeus, 1753) was found, in September-October it amounted to 100% of the volume of samples, less often the animals used its immature fruits in summer. In the samples collected in summer, there were plants of agrocenoses, animals fed on fruits: watermelon of ordinary Citrullus lanatus (Thunb.) Matsum. & Nakai, strawberry Fragaria sp., raspberry Rubus sp., apple tree Malus domestica (Borkh., 1803) and crab apple Malus sylvestris (Mill., 1768). Vertebrates in the diet of the badger were represented in most cases by the fi eld mouse Apodemus agrarius (Pallas, 1771), the pygmy shrew Sorex minu-

13 tus (Linnaeus, 1766), the sand lizard Lacerta agilis (Linnaeus, 1758), the grass- snake Natrix natrix (Linnaeus, 1758) the common spadefoot Pelobates fuscus (Laurenti, 1768). In two model settlements located in close proximity to popu- lated areas, some badgers developed specialization in feeding with domesticated animals – young rabbits Oryctolagus cuniculus domesticus (Linnaeus 1758), chicken Gallus gallus domesticus (Linnaeus 1758) and duck Anas platyrhynchos domesticus (Linnaeus 1758), but the noted specialization was present only for individual bions of the family group. The description of this specialization is also found in other authors (Martin et al., 1995; Fedriani et al., 1998). From invertebrates in the samples there are gastropods (Gastropoda), the fairy shrimps (Branchiopoda) and insects (Insecta). From insects, coleoptera (Coleoptera), mostly (Carabidae) and scarab beetle (Scarabaeidae) were more common. Ordinary pondwort Lymnaea stagnalis (Linnaeus, 1758) was stably present in the food of individuals of four model settlements, which were located near lakes-starets. In spring, badgers of all settlements actively are fed on the widespread tadpole shrimp Lepidurus apus (Linnaeus, 1758). Thus, studies have shown that the ratio of age groups, the populations of European badger can be attributed to the stable. Among them there are different-aged animals, a certain number of individuals who pass from the younger age groups to the older ones, and the birth rate is equal to the descent of the population. The average number of badgers on the territory of Saratov right bank is 2784 individuals with an average population density of 0.06 bion per 1 km². The basis of nutrition for badgers throughout the season was plant food, except for early spring, when the samples were dominated by animal feeding. Specialization in certain foods is associated with easy availability of this food in the habitat. Thus, the food ration of the European badger in the Oka-Don plain largely depends on the habitat and availability of food and the quantitative composition of food vary depending on the season.

REFERENCES

1. Сидорчук Н. В., Рожнов В. В. Европейский барсук в Дарвинском заповеднике. Традиционные и новые методы в изучении экологии и поведения норных хищников. М. : Товарищество научных изданий КМК, 2010. 122 c. 2. Новиков Г. А. Полевые исследования по экологии наземных позвоночных. 2-е изд. М. : Советская наука, 1953. 499 с. 3. Martin R., Rodriguez A., Delibes M. Local feeding specialization by badgers (Meles meles) in a Mediterranean environment // Oecologia. 1995. Vol. 101. P. 45–50. 4. Fedriani J. M., Ferreras P., Delibes M. Dietary response of the Eurasian badger, Me- les meles, to a decline of its main prey in the Donana National Park // J. Zool. 1998. Vol. 245. P. 214–218.

14 IMAGE PROCESSING USING HAART AND WALSH FUNCTIONS

G. A. Bondarenko Saratov State University

Abstract: The article is devoted to the problem of applying orthonormal functions of Haar and Walsh. C#-based program was developed and a lot of experiments were conducted. The program was implemented using fast transformation algorithm of analysis. Keywords: signal processing, Haar system, Walsh system.

ПРИМЕНЕНИЕ СИСТЕМ ФУНКЦИЙ ХААРА И УОЛША В ОБРАБОТКЕ ИЗОБРАЖЕНИЙ

Г. А. Бондаренко Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: работа посвящена применению в обработке изображений орто- нормированных систем функций Уолша и Хаара. Рассмотрены и проанализиро- ваны результаты обработки изображений при помощи реализованной программы на языке C#, в основе которой использован быстрый алгоритм прямого преоб- разования (анализа). Ключевые слова: обработка сигналов, система Уолша, система Хаара.

INTRODUCTION In fact, ordinary image as an example of 2D signal is widely studied. And the applying of the orthogonal basis for different Fourier transformation was proved. But applying step functions can be more applicable than traditional orthogonal t system of sine and cosine functions (Harmuth, 1969). Walsh and Haar step-functions form orthogonal, complete system. And since that the elaborate mathematical theory on such system exists. And the main idea of the paper is to implement a layered application using fast Fourier transform (FFT) with purpose to have an ability to process image and to conduct series of tests. As it is possible to represent it using Fou- rier transformation as a matrix of coeffi cients, which can be post-processed (fi ltered, compressed, etc). METHODS It is required to defi ne mentioned step-functions. Let Haar function be traditionally:

Let Walsh function be:

, where . As known as numeration of Paley (Голубов, 1987). A fast Fourier transform algorithm computes the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of a sequence, or its inverse. In this work different algorithms of such transform were used based on different orthogonal basis.

Every step function can be represented using ωj(x) as a Walsh function of [0,1). Hence:

Deﬁ nition of f(N) means values of step-function, which is constant for any

. In equation (1) it is required to ﬁ nd coefﬁ cients f (j).

Let be functions values of f (N)(x) then (2)

, (3) Applying calculation (3) to right and left part of the vector (2) produces sequence of the Walsh-Fourier coefﬁ cients (spectrum values) in N steps (Лукомский, 2013).

In case of Haar system χj (x) it is enough to apply (3) to only left part of the source vector (2). And after N steps Haar-Fourier coefﬁ cients were pro-

16 duced also. Since that it is possible to calculate coefﬁ cients for image processing using the same formula (3) in different context by C# implementation.

APPLICATION There are many advantages to use step functions instead of sine and cosine functions, due to arithmetic calculations it is faster to get value of basis without trigonometry calculations.

Fig. 1. Tiers of image processing solution

Whole solution may be drawn in Fig. 1.: on the left part of model the math-block is shown. It represents three-way image transferring using a couple of color channels. It is the fi rst feature of image processing, because it is possible to use various schema: RGB, CMYK, HSV, etc. And every channel can be processed and post-processed independently of one another. In Fig. 2-3 all channels were compressed in the same way. Fig.1 contains ‘Compressing coeffi cients’ step, which meant to be a point of compressing injection any data compression algorithm for example Huff- man coding. Smallest Fourier coeffi cients can be set to zero. On the intermediate tier there’re a number of sub-matrix transferring. Each sub-matrix is a squad matrix with the length equals 2k: x8, x16, x32 as follows.

CONCLUSIONS In this paper the application of the Walsh transform and the Haar system in image processing was studied Flexible solution was implemented

17 Fig. 2. Image processing using Haar functions. 60, 100 – compressing times; x16, x32 – size of sub-matrices

Fig. 3. Image processing using Walsh functions. 60, 100 – compressing times; x16, x32 – size of sub-matrices

18 with modules, such as math-func, math-linear-algebra, math-func-tests, etc. Existing developed program is devoted to conducting experiments with Walsh and Haar functions, but it is necessary to add another discrete transformation in future researches. Result of some tests can be represented by Fig.2 and Fig.3. Walsh is better than Haar system visually in case of big compression rate (in 20 and more times). The investigations showed the importance of spectrum analysis for image processing.

REFERENCES

1. Голубов Б. И., Ефимов А. В., Скворцов В. А. Ряды и преобразования Уолша : Теория и применение. М. : Наука, 1987. C. 9–10. 2. Лукомский С. Ф. Быстрые дискретные преобразования Фурье по классическим ортогональным системам. Саратов, 2013. C. 4–7. 3. Henning F. Harmuth Applications of Walsh functions in communications. // IEEE Spec- trum archive. 1969. Vol. 6, iss. 11. P. 82–91.

DYNAMICS OF NESTING BIRDS FAUNAL COMPOSITION OF THE MEDVEDITSA RIVER MIDDLE COURSE IN 2013–2016

L. O. Borozdina, A. V. Belyachenko Saratov State University

Abstract: The purpose: to analyse the dynamycs of bird faunal composition in changing conditions of the ﬂ oodplain hidrolodical cycle. Research methods: the birds quantitative accounting, mapping of their nesting sites. Assessment of statistical similarity of species was carried out by means of Mann-Whitney nonparametric U-criterion. Keywords: birds fauna, ﬂ oodplain, Medveditsa River.

ДИНАМИКА ФАУНИСТИЧЕСКОГО СОСТАВА ГНЕЗДЯЩИХСЯ ПТИЦ СРЕДНЕГО ТЕЧЕНИЯ Р. МЕДВЕДИЦЫ В 2013-2016 ГГ.

Л. О. Бороздина, А. В. Беляченко Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Анализ динамики фаунистического состава птиц в меняющих- ся условиях пойменного гидрологического цикла. Методы исследования: количе-

19 ственные учёты птиц, картирование их гнездовых участков. Оценку статистиче- ского сходства количества видов проводили с помощью U-критерия Манна–Уитни. Ключевые слова: фауна птиц, пойма, река Медведица.

The fl ood plain of the Medveditsa River in the middle current is charac- terised by various fauna of birds. Nowadays signifi cant transformations of local fauna, infl uenced by climatic conditions and anthropogenous loadings, are observed. In the valley of the river the most signifi cant factor infl uencing communities of birds is the fl ood mode. In Saratov region the most inspect birds in the fl oodplain ecosystem of the Volgograd reservoir (Пискунов, 1998; Пискунов, Опарин, 2012), Eruslan (Беляченко и др., 2015), Medveditsa and Big Irgiz Riv- ers have been studied (Саранцева, 2003). In the valley of the Medveditsa River the bird communities in different eco-genetic zones (the Backland, the Central fl oodplain, terrace near the fl oodplain, terraces above the fl oodplain) had been previously investigated, the habits of rare birds of prey distribution were studied earlier, quantitative ratios of different species in the fl oodplain habitats were determined (Ермохин и др., 2016; Бороздина, Беляченко, 2015). The purpose of the work is to analyze the dynamics of bird faunal composition in changing conditions of the fl oodplain hidrological cycle. The tasks of the work are as follows: to determine the specifi c structure of nesting birds; describe and map the typical habitats of birds; to reveal regularities of distribution of nesting birds. Field data collection was carried out in the valley of the Medveditsa river between Uritsky village (55.43°n.l. 44.93ºe.l.), and Ataevka village (51.17°n.l. 44.50ºe.l.), Lysogorsky area of Saratov region in May-July from 2013 to 2016. Research methods include bird census in the varied habitats of the Med- veditsa river valley; catching birds using mist nets; determination of the birds residence status in habitats; mapping of their sites; the creation and analysis of cartographic surfaces. Quantitative characteristics of birds counting are shown in the table 1. Table 1 Quantitative characteristics of bird count Number of individuals Quantity of Quantity of Number of account Year meetings species nested sites days 2013 919 57 55 11 2014 825 46 50 13 2015 234 36 15 7 2016 438 41 27 15

20 During the observations period including 117 bird species has been defi ned. On a model plot, we have paved a permanent path length of two kilome- ters on a daily conducted birds census. The birds census was held twice a day, at 4 a.m. and 19 p.m. Mist nets were used to catch birds. When we saw or heard the bird, we recorded the coordinates on the GPS navigator and recorded in the observations diary (Беляченко и др., 2014). The data we have exported to the MapInfo Professional program. The map of our platform with the vegetation marked on it, water table in the lake and nesting sites of the considered species was created there. A detailed description of the work methods is presented in the previous papers (Бороздина, 2016). The most important stage of the annual hydrological cycle of any river is a fl ood. Directly or indirectly, it affects all components of the fl oodplain ecosystems, including bird communities. The direct impact of the fl ood on birds in the middle of the Medveditsa river is short and insignifi cant. Indirect infl uence is much larger and manifests itself in signifi cant restructuring the structure of bird habitats (Беляченко, Бороздина, 2017). Off the coast of the Lebyazhye lake common reed (Phragmites australis (Cav.) Trin. Ex Steud.), broadleaf (Typha latifolia L.) and Laxman (Typha laxmannii Lepech.), exotic Bur reed (Sparganium erectum L. s. l.), calamus (Acorus calamus L.) grow. The beach line is overgrown with common sedge (Carex melanostachya Bieb. ex Willd.), common cocklebur (Xanthium strumarium L.) and common nettle (Urtica dioica L.) (Волкова, 2013). The composition and extent of vegetation vary depending on the moisture conditions of the fl oodplain. Dynamics of the level of the Lebyazhye lake is shown in Figure 1; the water surface area decreased from 5.08 to 0.06 ha due to the decrease in the level of spring fl ood. In the project area, located around this body of water nesting sites of birds were mapped, recorded on the GPS during the survey. In the map there are nesting sites of birds in 2013-2016. Some habitats changed over time, forcing bird species to move, for example A. arundinaceus. Some habitats have disappeared, so there are no species which use them for nest building due to the fact that each bird species has individual preferences in the choice of places for nesting sites, feeding and shel- ters depending on the features of the surrounding landscapes. These include: C. aeruginosus, P. porzana, V. vanellus, P. grisegena et al. The analysis of the U-criterion (table 2) calculated by the quantity of the nesting in different years limnofi la, dendrofi la types and birds of open spaces, showed that water content of a fl ood plain does not infl uence signifi cantly the structure of birds communities (Uemp > U0.05).

21 Fig. 1. The location of limnophilic species nested sites in the project area on the Lebyazhye lake 1-2 – Actitis hypoleucos 2013-2014 13-15 – Ardea cinerea 2013-2015 3-4 – Alcedo atthis 2013-02014 16-19 – Acrocephalus arundinaceus 2013-2016 5 – Aythya ferina 2014 20-23 – Acrocephalus palustris 2013-2016 6-7 – Fulica atra 2013-2014 24-27 – Anas platyrhynchos 2013-2016 8 – Acrocephalus schoenobaenus 2013 28-30 – Anas querquedula 2013-2015 9 – Circus aeruginosus 2013 31-32 – Bucephala clangula 2013, 2015 10 – Porzana porzana 2013 33-35 – Motacilla citreola 2013-2015 11 – Vanellus vanellus 2013 36-39 – Emberiza schoeniclus 2013-2016 12 – Podiceps grisegena 2013

Table 2 Mann-Whitney U test for comparing the number of nesting limnophilic species on the Lebyazhye lake Years 2013 2014 2015 2014 62.5 – – 2015 54.5 95.5 – 2016 27.5 63.5 64.6

We identiﬁ ed a certain difference (Uemp< U0.01) in the quantity of breeding individuals of the limnoﬁ la birds in the years with the maximum and minimum levels of the priterrasny Lebyazhye lake on the model platform.

22 Unreliable values Uemp>U0.05 are underlined in dark grey, reliable values (UempRussia breeding birds (EBCC Atlas of European Breeding Birds. URL: http://www.ebcc.info/atlas.html(дата обращения: 31.01.2017). This project is the part of the international Atlas of European breeding birds project. Working with geographic information systems is currently very promising. In recent decades, there has been a trend of degradation of the annual hydrological cycle of the Medveditsa river: abnormally low fl oods occur more often, and high fl oods occur every seven to ten years. This leads to a signifi cant change in the structure of habitats of limnophilic birds. Statistical analysis of the obtained data on the dynamics of the number of nesting birds revealed a signifi cant difference in the number of breeding individuals of limnophilic species in the years with the maximum and minimum levels of the Lebyazhye lake on the model site.

REFERENCES

1. Беляченко А. В., Шляхтин Г. В., Филипьечев А. О., Мосолова Е. Ю., Мельни- ков Е. Ю., Ермохин М. В., Табачишин В. Г., Емельянов А. В. Методы количествен- ных учётов и морфологических исследований наземных позвоночных животных : учеб.-метод. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2014. 148 с. 2. Беляченко А. А., Беляченко А. В., Давиденко О. Н. Птицы государственного природ- ного заказника «Саратовский». Саратов : Амирит, 2015. 268 с. 3. Беляченко А. В., Бороздина Л. О. Фауногенетическая структура орнитонаселения и её трансформация в связи с депрессивными изменениями гидрологического го- дового цикла в среднем течении р. Медведицы // Изв. Сарат. ун-та. Нов. сер. Сер. Химия. Биология. Экология. 2017. Т. 17, вып. 2. С. 214–222. 4. Бороздина Л. О., Беляченко А. В. Влияние обводненности поймы реки Медведицы на видовое разнообразие птиц, численность видов и пространственную структуру гнездовых популяций // Особо охраняемые природные территории : прошлое, на- стоящее, будущее : материалы II Всерос. науч.-практ. конф. : сб. науч. ст. Саратов ; Хвалынск : Амирит, 2015. Вып. 7. С. 134–140. 5. Бороздина Л. О. Картографический анализ особенностей распределения видовой плотности птиц в пойме р. Медведицы // Исследования молодых учёных в биоло- гии и экологии : cб. науч. тр. Саратов, 2016. Вып. 14. С. 15–17. 6. Волкова В. Д. Динамика растительного покрова пойменных озёр реки Медведицы в Саратовской области // Вестн. Тамбов. ун-та / Волкова В. Д., Седова О. В., Болды- рев В. А. Сер. Естественные и технические науки. 2013. Т. 18, вып. 3. С. 762–766. 7. Ермохин М. В., Мосолова Е. Ю., Табачишин В. Г. Современное состояние популя- ций зимородка Alcedo atthis в среднем течении реки Медведицы (Саратовская об- ласть) // Рус. орнитол. журн. 2016. Т. 25, № 1287. С. 1787–1791.

23 8. Пискунов В. В. Влияние природных и антропогенных факторов на структуру и ди- намику сообществ птиц в пойменно-островных экосистемах Волгоградского водо- хранилища : автореф. дис. … канд. биол. наук. Самара, 1998. 22 с. 9. Пискунов В. В., Опарин М. Л. Структурные особенности сообществ птиц трост- никовых зарослей средней зоны Волгоградского водохранилища // Поволж. экол. журн. 2012. № 4. С. 464–468. 10. Саранцева Е. И. Структура и пространственное размещение сообществ птиц в пойменных экосистемах малых рек Нижнего Поволжья : автореф. дис. … канд. биол. наук. Саратов, 2003. 21 с. 11. EBCC Atlas of European Breeding Birds. URL: http://www.ebcc.info/atlas.html (дата обращения: 31.01.2017).

APPLYING DATA MINING TECHNIQUES FOR MEDICAL AND SOCIAL DATA ANALYSIS

S. M. Bragina Saratov State University

Abstract: The paper presents the analysis of the data of the alcohol addiction research among young adults from the US via the method of decision trees construction using various algorithms. Subject area is described in terms of created data warehouse. As a result, different decision trees are created, comparative analysis is performed. Keywords: data mining, decision trees, data warehouse, algorithm.

ПРИМЕНЕНИЕ ТЕХНОЛОГИЙ DATA MINING ДЛЯ АНАЛИЗА МЕДИКО-СОЦИАЛЬНЫХ ДАННЫХ

С. М. Брагина Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной работе проведен анализ уровня употребления алко- голя среди подростков США с использованием различных алгоритмов построе- ния деревьев решений. Предметная область описывается в терминах созданного хранилища данных. В результате будут построены различные деревья решений, проведен сравнительный анализ полученных результатов. Ключевые слова: data mining, деревья решений, хранилище данных, алгоритм.

INTRODUCTION Nowadays every organization has to deal with a huge amount of information. Data is stored in powerful informational systems (Ромакина, Орёл,

24 2001) rather than on hard devices. And it is very important to process it cor- rectly in order to support organization’s work, its further development, management decisions. There is a wide set of programms that can cope with this functionality, but the main question is “how to do it effectively”? In these terms a set of tools called “Data Mining” is excellent for data analysis and unknown dependencies search. The goal of this paper is to analyze a data set stored in a data warehouse via Data Mining techniques. Information about alcohol consumption among young American adults between 15 and 21 years is taken as the subject area. The selection consists of 395 examples. Every teenager is described with the following set of attributes: 1. Age (15-21 years). 2. Gender (male or female). 3. Location (urban or rural). 4. Romantic relationship (present or absent). 5. Personal time (per day, divided into 2 intervals “more than 3 hours” or “less than 3 hours”). 6. Time spent with friends (similar to the previous point). 7. Internet access at home (“yes” or “no”). 8. Health issues (ranked from 1 – “very bad” to 5 – “very good”). 9. Family (includes such notions as: family structure (amount of mem- bers, parents’ status as a couple (live together or apart), family atmosphere (ranked from 1 – “awful” to 5 – “great”)), parents’ level of education and parent’s jobs). 10. School (reason to go to a chosen school, bus hours, schedule, additional classes, school supply). 11. Amount of alcohol consumed during working week and weekend (ranked from 1 – “almost never” to 5 – “very often”). Our main aim is to ﬁ nd unknown dependencies between the amount of consumed alcohol and factors stated above in their various combinations. Ob- tained results can help in building a set of activities aimed at decreasing the level of alcohol consumption and developing some preventive measures. This paper is focused on decision trees (Дюк, Самойленко, 2001). Two building algorithms were investigated: algorithm C4.5, supported by Deduc- tor, and Microsoft regression algorithm.Value of following attributes are pre- dicted: dalc (alcohol consumed during working days), and alcWeekly (alcohol consumed during week, derived from dalc and walc). First of all, it is necessary to prepare data for further work. However, Deductor works with plain tables in .txt format so it is easy to convert data

25 from the initial format. We will omit describing steps to create project and trees as long as instruction can be found on ofﬁ cial site (Деревья решений URL: https://basegroup.ru/deductor/function/algorithm/decision-tree (дата обращения 10.04.2018)). So, on the picture below we can see a decision tree that shows dependencies between all mentioned attributes and “dalc” value.

Fig. 1. Decision tree 1

It is easy to see, that trees are compact, but still there is an obvious split- ting by most signiﬁ cant attributes. We can say from it, that if a student is older than 20 years the level of consumption is “middle”, which is considered to be normal. If a student is younger then the level depends on sex, reason to go to school and internet access. Interestingly enough, family’s structure or parent’s education and jobs don’t have any affect. Next, we need to predict alcWeekly attribute, that is calculated in the following way: transfer “dalc” and “walc” attributes to numeric scale, then sum it for every student and divide by 7 (number of days of the week), round the result and transfer back to text scale: 1. 0 – 0,2 (very low). 2. 0,3 – 0,5 (low). 3. 0,6 – 0,8 (middle). 4. 0,9 – 1,1 (high). 5. 1,2 – 1,4 (very high). Built tree is present on ﬁ gure 2. We can conclude that teenagers after 16 are intend to drink more, especially when they come from families where parents don’t have education. An interesting fact is the lowest amount of studying hours and the highest amount of studying hours lead to heavier alcohol consumption.

26 Fig. 2. Decision tree 2

For working with Microsoft SQL Server data warehouse was created.It consists of one table of facts and several dimension tables. As can be easily seen, it represents the idea of star-structured data warehouse. Luckily for us, initial data does not contain any inappropriate or empty values, so every example can be successfully transferred to warehouse. We tried to take into account different attributes combinations, dividing it to different groups. For example, school/family/private life inﬂ uence on consumption. We also tried combination suggested by Microsoft. However, all of the trees turned out to be small, even tiny and sometimes without the second layer. Obviously, the taken algorithm could not solve the initial problem and is not considered to be appropriate.

CONCLUSION In conclusion we would like to perform comparative analysis of obtained results and mentioned algorithms. Firstly, every software has to be user friendly and easy to understand. For this criteria Deductor is more likely to be chosen, as long as working with Microsoft studio requires speciﬁ c skills. Secondly, the graphical result of the algorithms work should be read- able. In this case both products are great. Thirdly, algorithm C4.5 is more intuitive and a lot of documented information about it can be found. And Microsoft regression algorithm is a “out of the box” solution that is harder to understand. Fourthly, it could be said that algorithm C4.5 is more appropriate for medical and social data analysis, but it should be stated that Microsoft algorithm could have shown worse results because of the rather small amount of testing data. Finally, only Deductor trees can be used for further strategy building.

27 Fig. 3. Data warehouse scheme

Fig. 4. Decision tree 3

28 REFERENCES

1. Дюк В. А., Самойленко А. П. Data Mining : учебный курс / Спб. : Питер, 2001. 366 с. 2. Деревья решений [Электронный ресурс] URL: https://basegroup.ru/deductor/function/algorithm/decision-tree (дата обращения: 10.04.2018). 3. Ромакина О. М., Орёл А. А. Учебное пособие по дисциплине Информационные системы для специальностей ПИЭ и ПИЮ. Саратов, 2001. 78 с.

EQUATIONS OF THE TRANSPORT ОF FINE PARTICLES SUSPENSION WITH VARIABLE CONCENTRATION IN A POROUS MEDIUM A SUSPENSION

E. V. Bulavina, A. S. Falkovich Saratov State University

Abstract: In this article the model of motion of a weakly concentrated suspension in a porous medium is considered. The derivation of the equation of motion of water with suspended solid ﬁ ne particles is described. Keywords: soil, ﬁ ltration, permeability, weakly concentrated suspension.

УРАВНЕНИЯ ДВИЖЕНИЯ ВЗВЕСИ МЕЛКОДИСПЕРСНЫХ ЧАСТИЦ С ПЕРЕМЕННОЙ КОНЦЕНТРАЦИЕЙ В ПОРИСТОЙ СРЕДЕ

Е. В. Булавина, А. С. Фалькович Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной статье рассматривается модель движения слабокон- центрированной суспензии в пористой среде. Описывается вывод уравнения дви- жения воды с взвешенными в ней твердыми мелкодисперсными частицами. Ключевые слова: почва, фильтрация, проницаемость, слабоконцентриро- ванная суспензия.

The soil has the property to absorb and retain water. The soil system always contains a certain amount of moisture. Moisture in the soil is absorbed by plants, goes into the deep layers of soil and evaporates in the atmosphere. The set of phenomena that carry out the movement of water in the soil is called the water regime of the soil. Soil water is the basis of life of plants, soil fauna and microﬂ ora, acquiring water mainly from the soil. Also, many characteristics depend on the amount of water in the soil: the formation of the soil proﬁ le,

29 the intensity of the biological, chemical and physicochemical processes occurring in it, the water-air, nutritional and thermal regimes, its physico-mechanical properties, which are the most important indicators of soil fertility (Shein E. V., 2005). The existence of an optimal water regime is based on climatic and soil conditions, as well as the needs of cultivated crops. In order to regulate the optimal conditions for growth and development of cultivated plants, it is necessary to strive for a moderate moisture content entering the soil. This is achieved by drainage of excessively wet soils and irrigation of soils in arid regions. At fi rst glance, water enters the soil and penetrates deeper layers. But if we consider this process in detail, the absorption of soil water depends on the mechanical structure of the soil, the movement of particles, water properties of the soil system: water permeability, fi ltration coeffi cient, absorption capacity of the soil, soil water content and porosity. Water permeability is the capacity of the soil to absorb and pass through water. If the soil is not saturated with water, absorption occurs if the soil pores fi lled with water fi ltration process occurs. The absorbency property shows the ability of the soil as any porous body to retain suspended solids from fi ltered suspensions larger than soil pores. Let us consider this process in more detail. The movement of the liquid in a porous medium is called fi ltration. The porous medium is understood as soils, soils, rocks and other materials whose particles are tightly adjacent to each other, forming interconnected voids (pores) through which the liquid moves. Filtration is understood as the ability of the soil to pass through the water under the infl uence of hydrostatic pressure and depends on the degree of compaction. The most valuable for the agrotechnics are soils that have not been de- stroyed by water for a long time. The ability of soil aggregates to resist the erosion action of water is called water resistance structure. Unfavorable reclamation processes, developing on irrigated lands as a result of the use of non-adaptive soil-reclamation conditions of irrigation systems, errors in the design or operation of irrigation systems, as well as their untimely reconstruction can lead to changes in fi ltration coeffi cients and soil moisture conductivity functions. These changes in the fi ltration properties, in turn, can lead to increased nutrition of groundwater and the development of a hydro-morphological water regime. Consider a model of water movement in a porous medium with suspended solids. The water-particle system is a weakly concentrated suspension. We will consider it as a visco-plastic solid medium, that is, as a liquid having an ini-

30 tial (limiting) gradient γ (Mirzadzhanzade A. H., Ente V. M., Gevinyan G. M., Seid-Rza M. K.,1985). The density of the suspension ρ

where с is the concentration of particles in suspension, ρw is density of water, ρp is particle density. At low concentration of dispersed particles с this ratio takes the form of

In this case, the motion of a weakly concentrated suspension in a porous medium with an increase in the number of dispersed particles is described by a system of equations, which includes the viscosity of the liquid itself (μ) and the initial gradient (γ), depending on the density of the weakly concentrated suspension at a given point and at a given time. The soil permeability k is characteristics of the porous medium, which is associated with a fi lter factor of K relation K = k/μ. Accordingly, the external pressure gradient is used in the motion equation . To derive the equation of motion of a viscous-plastic fl uid, we consider the law of conservation of energy when fi ltering a liquid with suspended particles in the one-dimensional case along the axis x. Consider the elementary volume ΔV. For some time Δt it will move a distance Δx. The change in kinetic energy

Volume change over time Δt neglect. u1, u2 is speed at the beginning and end of travel, ρ1, ρ2 is suspension density at the beginning and end of the movement

u1 = u (x), u2 = u (x + Δx), = u (x + Δx), ρ(x), ρ(x+Δx) The change in potential energy (if the x axis is directed downwards)

The work of hydrodynamic pressure forces is negative, because the pressure increases against the direction of the coordinate axis. where ΔS = ΔV / Δx is elementary area in a plane perpendicular to the axis x.

31 The work of friction forces according to Darcy’s law is proportional to the velocity. Since the friction forces are opposite to the velocity in the direction, we have

Thus,

Divide the resulting equation by ΔV and Δx

Moving to the limit, we get

As a result, the equation of motion of a weakly concentrated suspension looks like (Falkovich A. S., 2015)

(1) The balance equation must include a source function a (t), describing the intensity of ﬁ ne particles release into the liquid ﬂ ow with porosity – m: This function can be determined from the dispersion kinetics

(2) where where ω is dimensionless parameter;

a0 is separation of the particles in the initial moment;

32 T = T (x) is the time when the particle removal begins at the point х (the moment of time when the front of the liquid with a certain concentration of salts reaches the point x). The T (x) values for each point x are determined from the ratio

(3) Thus, in all sample runs, the ratio

(4) The balance equation has the form

The system of equations (1-4) describes the motion of water with suspended solid ﬁ ne particles in a porous medium.

REFERENCES

1. Shein E. V. Course of Soil Physics. Moscow: Moscow state University publishing House, 2005. 432 pp. 2. Mirzajanzade A. H., Entov V. M., Gewinnen G. M., Seid Rza M. K. Fluid Flow in Drill- ing. M. : Subsoil, 1985. 196 pp. 3. Falkovich, A. S. Illuvial processes as a factor of water erosion in irrigated soils of the TRANS-Volga region // Polythematic network electronic scientiﬁ c journal of the Kuban state agrarian University Kuban State Agrarian University named after I. T. Trubilin (Krasnodar) 2015. P. 237–247.

MODELING OF THE SYSTEM OF INDUSTRIAL MONITORING BY THE QUEUING SYSTEM

A. W. Frolov Saratov State University

Abstract: this article is devoted to the system of industrial monitoring modeled by M/M/1/m queuing system. Loss of probability from arrival rate dependence graph was built. Based on this graph, optimal count of jobs was deﬁ ned. Also this system’s characteristics were calculated. Keywords: queuing systems, industrial monitoring.

33 МОДЕЛИРОВАНИЕ СИСТЕМЫ ПРОИЗВОДСТВЕННОГО МОНИТОРИНГА СИСТЕМОЙ МАССОВОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ

А. В. Фролов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: статья посвящена системе производственного мониторинга, моделируемого системой массового обслуживания М/М/1/м. Был построен гра- фик зависимости потери вероятности от скорости прибытия. На основе этого гра- фика было определено оптимальное количество заданий. Также были рассчитаны характеристики этой системы. Ключевые слова: системы массового обслуживания, промышленный мо- ниторинг.

At present, there are advanced queuing systems. Queuing systems are applied in medicine, industry, transport and other areas. Queuing system is a system which services jobs (Matveev, Ushakov, 1984). These systems consist of the following elements: 1. Job is a service request. 2. Jobs’ ﬂ ow is a ﬂ ow of jobs which come in queuing system for service. 3. Queue is a storage for jobs until they come to service. 4. Servers are objects or machines which service jobs. M/M/1/m queuing systems have a single server and limited storage (queue) for waiting jobs. Arrival of jobs is determined by a Poisson process and job service times have an exponential distribution. When queue is full, system loses jobs. There are three main M/M/1/m queuing systems’ characteristics: 1. Arrival rate (λ) is an average amount of jobs which appears in system per unit of time. 2. Service rate (μ) is an average amount of serviced jobs per unit of time. 3. Capacity of queue (m). All the rest queuing systems’ characteristics calculations are based on λ, μ and m. Formulas for calculation of M/M/1 queuing systems’ characteristics are given in the literature (Kleinrock, 1979). Utilization is calculated by formula:

Loss of probability is calculated by formula:

Average amount of jobs in queue is calculated by formula:

Average amount of jobs in system is calculated by formula:

Average waiting time is calculated by formula:

Principlepqgypg of M/M/1/m queuing system’s work is depicted on ﬁ gure 1:

Fig. 1. Principle of M/M/1/m queuing system’s work

For example, M/M/1/m queuing system shows the next problem. There is a conveyer which has 20 stages of product manufacturing. Each stage has system of 5 sensors for monitoring different indicators (for example, time of product manufacturing) which is united in cluster with router as head node. Routers transfer sensors’ data (4-bytes numbers) bases station. This system’s throughput hesitates from 42 to 86 Kbits per second. Base station has 2000-bytes storage for waiting numbers. There is a necessity to deﬁ ne optimal frequency of taking readings from sensors (arrival rate) and calculate characteristics of this system. For this queuing system, job is taking readings from sensors. Size of one job is 20 (clusters) * 5 (sensors in cluster) * 4 (bytes per number) = 400 bytes. Average system’s throughput is (42 + 86) / 2 = 64 Kbits per second = 8 000 bytes per second. As a result, service rate:

Capacity of queue:

To deﬁ ne optimal frequency it is necessary to build a graph which shows loss of probability from arrival rate dependency. Based on formula of loss of probability, there is the function ploss (λ):

Graph of function ploss (λ) was built by MATLAB and is depicted on ﬁ g- ure 2:

Fig. 2. Loss probability from arrival rate dependence graph

Based on this graph, optimal is λ = 15 because it is the biggest frequency which is acceptable for the system fault tolerance. λ = 15 system’s characteristics were calculated and shown on table 1:

36 Table 1 Queuing system’s characteristics

Characteristic Value Service rate 20 jobs per second Arrival rate 15 jobs per second Load factor 0,75 Loss of probability 5,1 % Average count of jobs in queue 1,21 Average count of numbers in queue 121 Average count of jobs in system 1,96 Average count of numbers in system 196 Average waiting time 80,7 ms

REFERENCES

1. Kleinrock L. Queuing theory. М. : Engineering, 1979. 2. Matveev V. F., Ushakov V. G. Queuing systems. М. : MSU, 1984.

EX VIVO STUDY OF THE SKIN GEOMETRICAL PARAMETERS KINETICS AT THE OPTICAL CLEARING BY GLYCEROL SOLUTIONS

V. D. Genin1, N. V. Teslina1, D. K. Tuchina1, E. A. Genina1,2, V. V. Tuchin1,2, A. N. Bashkatov1,2 1 Saratov State University 2 Tomsk State University

Abstract: The change of geometrical parameters of rat skin ex vivo under the action of dehydrated glycerol and aqueous 50%, 80%, and 90% glycerol solutions has been experimentally studied. The obtained results can be used for optimization of tissue optical clearing and drug delivery techniques, improvement of biophysical and mathematical models describing interactions between tissues and optical clearing agents. Keywords: glycerol, skin, optical clearing.

37 EX VIVO ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ ИЗМЕНЕНИЯ ГЕОМЕТРИЧЕСКИХ ПАРАМЕТРОВ КОЖИ ПРИ ОПТИЧЕСКОМ ПРОСВЕТЛЕНИИ РАСТВОРАМИ ГЛИЦЕРИНА РАЗНЫХ КОНЦЕНТРАЦИЙ

В. Д. Генин, Н. В. Теслина, Д. К. Тучина1, E. A. Генина1,2, В. В. Тучин,2, А. Н. Башкатов1,2 1 Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского 2 Национальный исследовательский Томский государственный университет

Аннотация: Экспериментально исследовано изменение геометрических параметров кожи крысы ex vivo под действием водных растворов глицерина с разной объемной концентрацией. Анализ кинетики изменения исследуемых па- раметров позволил прояснить механизмы воздействия глицерина на ткань кожи. Результаты могут найти применение при разработке новых методов неинвазив- ной диагностики и терапии кожных заболеваний. Ключевые слова: глицерин, кожа, оптическая очистка

Optical methods of diagnostics and treatment of different diseases are now widely used in medicine due to their relatively low cost and harmlessness for the patient’s health. One of the important problems faced by the modern laser medicine is the transport of radiation to deeper tissue layers. Signifi cant light scattering in tissues, particularly in skin, in the visible and near-infrared spectral ranges seriously restricts the spatial resolution and probing depth of the used methods (Tuchin, 2015). One of the possible ways to solve this problem is to reduce the light scattering, i.e. to use the so-called optical clearing technique (Tuchin, 2007; Tuchin, 2015). The method of tissue optical clearing consists in matching the refractive indices of its components by partial replacement of the interstitial fl uid with a biocompatible optical clearing agent (OCA) (Tuchin, 2007). At present, three mechanisms are proposed to explain the reduction of light scattering under the effect of OCA, namely, the osmotic dehydration of the tissue, the replacement of interstitial fl uid with the agent matching the refractive indices of the tissue components, matching effect, and the structure modifi cation or dissociation of the tissue collagen (Genina et al., 2015). In real situations the fi rst two mechanisms usually manifest themselves together. The difference, caused by the type of OCA and the tissue, will consist only in the relative contribution of each mechanism into the clearing effect. The infl uence of the third mechanism on the degree of clearing becomes noticeable only in the

38 case of long-term action of hyperosmotic immersion liquids on the tissue (Yeh, Hirshburg, 2006). The aqueous solutions of glycerol are immersion liquids widely used as OCAs due to their effi ciency, availability, and biocompatibility (Yeh, Hirsh- burg, 2006; Genina et al., 2010; Hirshburg et al., 2010; Wen et al., 2010). Unfortunately, in spite of the wide use of glycerol for controlling the tissue optical parameters, the features of impact of the glycerol solutions with different concentrations on skin are not investigated in details. The knowledge of the mechanisms of interaction of glycerol solutions with skin is necessary for the development and optimization of the tissue optical clearing methods. Therefore, the aim of the present paper is to study the dependence of the skin geometrical parameters dynamics on the glycerol concentration in the immersion clearing solution. As an object of ex vivo study we used 120 samples of skin of white laboratory rats (10 samples for each of the four clearing solutions and each geometrical parameter). The hair was removed using the depilatory cream «Veet» (Reckitt Benckiser, France). The size of the samples was nearly 10×15 mm2. The weight measurements were performed using electronic balance (SA210, Scientech, USA). The accuracy of the measurements was ±1 mg. The thickness of the samples was measured by micrometer with accuracy ±10 μm. The sample was placed between two glass slides. The thickness was measured at fi ve different points and averaged. The thickness and the weight of the skin samples were measured before the optical clearing and during 1.5-2 hours every 5-10 minutes after placing the samples into a Petri dish with OCA. For this, the skin samples were taken out from the Petri dish; the excess of the OCA was removed from the surface of the sample using a fi lter paper. To measure the area of skin sample we put it onto the test object with a scale rule and photographed it with a digital camera. Than we processed the photos with a special computer program and measured the area. As OCAs we used dehydrated glycerol (100%) and the aqueous 50%, 80%, and 90% solutions of glycerol, prepared by dissolving (in volume fractions) the dehydrated glycerol (REACHEM, Russia) with distilled water. The refractive indices of the agents, measured by means of the Abbe refractometer IRF-454-B2M (LOMO, Russia) at the wavelength 589 nm, are presented in Table 1. The measurement error is ±0.0001. Table 2 presents the temporal dependencies of the geometrical parameter (weight, thickness, and area) of skin during the glycerol solution impact. Sym- bols correspond to averaged data, and bars correspond to standard deviation.

39 Table 1 Refractive indices of the glycerol solutions with different concentrations Concentration of glycerol solution, % Refractive index of the solution 50 1.399 80 1.443 90 1.459 100 1.472 Table 2 Kinetics of rat skin geometrical parameters under the action of glycerol solutions with different concentrations

Glycerol 50% Glycerol 80% Glycerol 90% Glycerol 100%

0.18 0.24 0.24 0.30 0.16 0.20 0.24 0.20 0.14

W, g W, g W, g 0.16

W, g 0.18 0.12 0.16 0.12 0.12 Weight 0.10 010203040 02040 0204060 0 20406080 t, min t, min t, min t, min

0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9

0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 Th, mm Th, mm Th, mm Th, mm 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 Thickness 0 10203040 02040 0204060 020406080 t, min t, min t, min t, min

160 180 180

2 160

2 160 2 140 140 140 A, mm A, mm A, mm 120 120 120 Area 100 100 010203040 0 1020304050 0 20406080 t, min t, min t, min

We can clearly see that all geometrical parameters decrease at fi rst period of the experiments. For glycerol solutions with concentrations 50% and 80% that period includes fi rst 20–30 min for weight and thickness; 5–10 min for area. For glycerol solutions with concentrations 90% and 100% decreasing period includes more time: 40–70 min for weight and thickness; 20–40 min for area. Apparently longer action time of 90% and 100% solutions due to more high viscosity of these solutions which can draw out more interstitial liquid from the skin and need more time to do that. The area needs less time to reach its minimal value apparently because of orientation of collagen fi bers which are compressed during the diffusion of interstitial liquid into the solution more in a parallel fi ber direction than in a perpendicular one.

40 The change of geometrical parameters of rat skin ex vivo under the action of dehydrated glycerol and aqueous glycerol solutions with volume concentrations 50%, 80%, and 90% has been experimentally studied. The analysis of kinetics of the variation of the studied parameters has allowed clarifying the mechanisms of glycerol impact on skin tissue. The results can ﬁ nd application in the development of new methods of noninvasive diagnostics and therapy of skin diseases. The work was supported by the RF Government grant 14.Z50.31.0044.

REFERENCES

1. Genina E. A., Bashkatov A. N., Sinichkin Yu.P., Tuchin V. V. Optical clearing of skin under action of glycerol : ex vivo and in vivo investigations // Optics and Spectroscopy. 2010. Vol. 109, № 2. P. 225–231. 2. Genina E. A., Bashkatov A. N., Sinichkin Yu.P., Yanina I. Yu., Tuchin V. V. Optical clearing of biological tissues: prospects of application in medical diagnostics and photother- apy // Journal of Biomedical Photonics & Engineering. 2015. Vol. 1, № 1. P. 22–58. 3. Hirshburg J. M., Ravikumar K. M., Hwang W., Yeh A. T. Molecular basis for optical clearing of collagenous tissues // J. Biomed. Opt. 2010. Vol. 15, № 5. P. 055002. 4. Tuchin V. V. A clear vision for laser diagnostics // IEEE J Select Tops Quant Electr. 2007. Vol. 13, № 6. P. 1621–1628. 5. Tuchin V. V. Tissue optics : Light Scattering Methods and Instruments for Medical Di- agnosis. Third edition, SPIE Tutorial Text in Optical Engineering, Washington, Belling- ham: SPIE Press, 2015. 6. Wen X., Mao Z., Han Z., Tuchin V. V., Zhu D. In vivo skin optical clearing by glycerol solutions: mechanism // J. Biophotonics. 2010. Vol. 3, № 1–2. P. 44–52. 7. Yeh A. T., Hirshburg J. Molecular interactions of exogenous chemical agents with collagen-implications for tissue optical clearing // J. Biomed. Opt. 2006. Vol. 11, № 1. P. 014003.

ANALYSIS OF RHODAMINE WATER SOLUTIONS IN X-BAND

E. E. Gulmanov, R. S. Sergeev, S. A. Sergeev Saratov State University

Abstract: The paper investigates the properties of water solutions with different concentrations of rhodamine. The possibility to determine the rhodamine concentration in the solution by microwave methods was explored. It is proved that the increase of the rhodamine concentration in the solution reduces the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and leads to an increase in attenuation. Keywords: dyes, rhodamine, nanoparticles, microwave radiation, voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR).

41 ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ СВОЙСТВ ВОДНЫХ РАСТВОРОВ РОДАМИНА НА СВЕРХВЫСОКИХ ЧАСТОТАХ

Э. Э. Гулманов, Р. С. Сергеев, С. А. Сергеев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье исследовались водные растворы частиц родамина раз- личной концентрацией. Изучалась возможность определения концентрации ро- дамина в растворе с помощью СВЧ методов. Показано, что при увеличении кон- центрации воды в эмульсии значение КСВН уменьшается, а значение ослабления увеличивается. Ключевые слова: красители, родамин, наночастицы, микроволновое излу- чение, коэффициент стоячей волны по напряжению (КСВН).

Rhodamine is a family of different organic dyes, namely ethyl-rhodamine, butyl-rhodamine, rhodamine C and rhodamine 6G. In (Геокчян и др., 2010), a technique for detection of oxacillin, that is widely used in medicine, has been demonstrated. The use of the rhodamine 6G provides an opportunity to determine the concentration of silver (Craighead, Glass, 1981) and gold nanoparticles (Муха, 2011). Silica gel fi lms dyed with rhodamine 6G fi nd a promising application as light fi lters and photochemical sensors in quantum electronics and solar energy industry (Малашкевич и др., 1998). Rhodamine 6G luorescent antibody is extensively used for detecting the virus, thus providing a reliable diagnosis in 98–100% cases. It is widely used diagnostic test for rabies (Истомина, Клюкина, 2011). Moreover, rhodamine dyes are also being applied in biotechnology: in fl uorescence microscopy, fl ow cytometry and enzyme immunoassay (Haes, Van Duyne, 2002). Nowadays it is of signifi cance to control and determine the rhodamine 6G concentration in water solutions. In this report we characterized the properties of red dye – rhodamine 6G- water solutions in X-band. Over the course of the research we measured the frequency dependencies of voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and attenuation (gain) L in water solutions with different concentrations of rhodamine in the frequency range of 7,8 ÷ 10 GHz. The scientifi c group, which includes the authors of this work, has been investigating the properties of micro- and nanostructures for several years (Горин и др., 2006; Портнов и др., 2015; Сергеев и др., 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017; Сергеева и др. 2013; Симаков и др., 2017; Gorin et al., 2006; Sergeev et al., 2007, 2015; Sergeeva et al., 2015).

42 In this experiment we used the waveguide section, as a part of the standard rectangular waveguide section with 10 mm length and thin weakly absorbing caps. Waveguide sections are made of the material that is transparent to microwave radiation. The liquids in question ﬁ ll the space between the waveguide caps. (Брандт, 1963; Горин и др., 2006; Сергеев и др., 2013, 2014, 2015; Gorin et al., 2006). The frequency dependencies of the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and the attenuation (gain) L (Fig. 1, 2) in water solutions with different concentrations of rhodamine G (1 mg / ml, 0.5 mg / ml, 0.1 mg / ml and 0.05 mg / ml) were measured. It should be noted that even if there is minimal concentration of rhodamine in water (about 0.05 mg/ml), the resulting solution has a bright red color. The results show that the increase of the rhodamine concentration in the solution reduces the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and leads to an increase in attenuation. The minimum value of VSWR is observed in the frequency range from 8 to 8.3 GHz. The maximum value of VSWR shifts to a longer wavelength region with the increased rhodamine concentration in the solution.

Fig. 1. The frequency dependence of attenuation (gain) for rhodamine water solutions

43 Fig. 2. The frequency dependence of attenuation (gain) for rhodamine water solutions

This method proved to be highly effective for the detailed analysis of the rhodamine water solutions in X-band.

REFERENCES

1. Брандт А. А. Исследование диэлектриков на СВЧ. М.: Физматгиз, 1963. 404 c. 2. Геокчян Н. О., Егиазарян А. А., Микаелян Дж.А. Экстрадиционно-спектрофотоме- трическое определение оксациллина с родаминовым красителем–родамином 6Ж // Вестник Хирургии Армении. 2010. № 4. С. 75–79. 3. Горин Д. А., Щукин Д. Г., Михайлов А. И. и др. Влияние микроволнового излуче- ния на полимерные микрокапсулы с неорганическими наночастицами // Письма в ЖТФ. 2006. Т. 32, вып. 2. С. 45–50. 4. Истомина М. А., Клюкина В. И. Эффективность метода контрастной иммуноф- люоресценции при индикации антигена вируса бешенства в отпечатках роговицы глаза // Ветеринарная медицина. 2011. Вып. 95. С. 32–33. 5. Малашкевич Г. Е., Подденежный Е. Н., Мельниченко И. М. и др. Спектрально-лю- минесцентные и прочностные свойства родамин 6Ж-содержащих кремнеземных гель-пленок // Физика твердого тела. 1998. Т. 40, № 3. С. 466–471. 6. Муха Ю. П. и др. Усиление поглощения и флуоресценции молекул родамина 6Ж вблизи наночастиц золота в матрице SiO2 // Химия, физика и технология поверх- ности. 2011. Т. 2. № 3. С. 284–288. 7. Портнов С. А., Сергеев С. А., Иноземцева О. А. и др. Физика и химия границ раз- дела фаз : учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2015. 132 с.

44 8. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и ис- следование сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, обладающих магнитными свойствами // Наноматериалы и нанотехнологии : проблемы и пер- спективы : сб. материалов III Междунар. заочной науч. конф. для молодых ученых, студентов и школьников. 14 февраля – 15 мая 2014 г. М. : Прондо. 2014. C. 275–283. 9. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и иссле- дование сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, функционализи- рованных магнитными наночастицами // Новые материалы и технологии : состоя- ние вопроса и перспективы развития : сб. материалов Всеросc. молодежной науч. конф. 24–26 июня 2014 г. Саратов : Издательский Центр «Наука», 2014. C. 244–249. 10. Сергеев С. А., Михайлов А. И., Горин Д. А. и др. Коллоиды магнетита: получение и исследование свойств в СВЧ диапазоне // Полупроводниковая электроника и мо- лекулярные нанотехнологии : cб. статей / под общ. ред. проф. А. И. Михайлова. Саратов : Издательский центр «Наука», 2013. С. 214–228. 11. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водотопливных эмульсий c наночастицами магнетита на сверхвысоких частотах // В мире научных открытий. 2014. № 4 (52). С. 148–160. 12. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных раство- ров родамина на сверхвысоких частотах // Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и не- линейная физика : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сен- тября 2015 г.). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 141–143. 13. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных раство- ров этилового спирта в СВЧ диапазоне // Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и не- линейная физика : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сен- тября 2015 г.). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 144–145. 14. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое исследование спектров отражения волноводных секций, заполненных жидким диэлектриком // Наноэлек- троника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сентября 2015 г.). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 146–147. 15. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое и экспериментальное ис- следование спектров отражения и поглощения волноводных секций, заполненных жидким диэлектриком // В мире научных открытий. 2015. № 8.1(68). С. 494–506. 16. Сергеев С. А., Сысоев И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования и анализа дан- ных для задач материаловедения, биофизики и физической химии : учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Сара- товский источник», 2016. 304 с. 17. Сергеев С. А., Иноземцева О. А., Браташов Д. Н. и др. Физика и химия коллоидных систем : учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2016. 168 с. 18. Сергеев С. А., Короневский Н. В., Сергеев Р. С. Cинтез и загрузка микрочастиц CаCO3 в неорганические нановолокна // Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нели- нейная физика : тез. докл. ХI Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 6–8 сентя- бря 2016 г.). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2016. С. 173–174. 19. Сергеев С. А., Синёв И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования для задач био- физики и материаловедения : учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомеди- цинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 308 с. 20. Сергеев С. А., Панарин В. А., Козырев А. А. и др. Методы биофотоники для иссле- дования сложных систем. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 104 с.

45 21. Сергеева А. C., Сергеев Р. C., Сергеев С. А. Исследование процесса перекристал- лизации магнитных микрочастиц // Фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты но- вых высокоэффективных материалов : материалы Всеросс. науч. Интернет-конф. с международ. участием (29 октября 2013 г.) Казань : ИП Синяев Д. Н., 2013. С. 142–144. 22. Симаков В. В., Синёв И. В., Смирнов А. В. и др. Влияние освещения на газочувстви- тельность тонких пленок диоксида олова к парам этанола при комнатной темпера- туре // Нано- и микросистемная техника. 2017. № 1. С. 34–40. 23. Craighead H. G., Glass A. M. Optical absorption of small metal particles with absorbed dye coats // Opt. Lett. 1981. Vol. 6(5). P. 248–250. 24. Gorin D. A., Shchukin D. G., Mikhailov A. I. et al. Effect of microwave radiation on polymer microcapsules containing inorganic nanoparticles // Technical Physics Letters. 2006. Т. 32, № 1. С. 70–72. 25. Haes A. J., Van Duyne R. P. A nanoscale optical biosensor: sensitivity and selectivity of an approach based on the localized surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy of triangu- lar silver nanoparticles // J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002. Vol. 124, № 5. P. 10596–10604. 26. Sergeev S. A., Portnov S. A., Gorin D. A. et al. Investigation of absorption and reﬂ ection spectra of aqueous suspensions of nanoparticles in the X band of microwave bandwidth / Proceedings of SPIE – The International Society for Optical Engineering Saratov Fall Meeting 2006: Coherent Optics of Ordered and Random Media VII. Сер. «Saratov Fall Meeting 2006: Coherent Optics of Ordered and Random Media VII» sponsors: Russian Foundation for Basic Research, Russia, SPIE Russia Chapter, Russia, Almus Ltd., Rus- sia, Saratov State University SPIE Student Chapter, U.S. CRDF for the Independent States of the Former Soviet Union, et al. Saratov, 2007. С. 653606. 27. Sergeev S. A., Portnov S. A., Gorin D. A. … Progress in Biomedical Optics and Imaging. 2007. Т. 6536. С. 42. 28. Sergeev R., Lengert E., Sergeeva A. et al. Vaterite→calcite recrystallization of magnetic calcium carbonate microparticles // The nanoparticles and nanostructured coatings mi- crocontainers: technology, properties and applications. Mater. 6th Int. Conf. 21-24 May 2015. Saratov State University, Russian Federation Print. Saratov : Saratov State Uni- versity, 2015. Р. 72. 29. Sergeeva A., Sergeev R., Lengert E. et al. Composite Magnetite and Protein Containing CaCO3 Crystals. External Manipulation and Vaterite→Calcite Recrystallization-Medi- ated Release Performance // ACS Applied Materials & Interfaces. 2015. Vol. 7, Iss. 38. P. 21315.

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF COMMUNITY DETECTION ALGORITHMS FOR UNDIRECTED GRAPHS

M. S. Ionkin, M. V. Ogneva Saratov State University

Abstract: The article deals with the community detection problem (the clustering problem) for undirected graphs. The clustering is one of the fundamental tasks in the data analysis. There are several dozens of methods and there are many modiﬁ cations of them which group objects that are as similar as possible to each other. The article

46 considers the most popular algorithms for solving this task. The authors implemented the Smart Local Moving algorithm which is an improvement of the well-known Lou- vain algorithm. Performed an experimental comparison of the considered algorithms efﬁ ciency on a data set with all available information about the vertices (users) from the social network “Vkontakte”. The communities found by different algorithms on the same data set were also compared with each other. The authors examined such characteristics as values of modularity and normalized mutual information. Keywords: clustering, community detection, graph models, data analysis.

СРАВНИТЕЛЬНЫЙ АНАЛИЗ АЛГОРИТМОВ ПОИСКА СООБЩЕСТВ В НЕОРИЕНТИРОВАННЫХ ГРАФАХ

М. С. Ионкин, М. В. Огнева Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Рассматривается задача поиска сообществ (кластеров) в не- ориентированных графах (задача кластеризации), которая является одной из фундаментальных задач в области анализа данных. Число методов объединения в группы максимально похожих друг на друга объектов довольно велико – не- сколько десятков алгоритмов и еще больше их модификаций. В статье рассма- триваются наиболее популярные из них. Выполнена программная реализация алгоритма Smart Local Moving, который является улучшением известного алго- ритма Louvain. Приведено экспериментальное сравнение эффективности рассмо- тренных на наборе данных со всей доступной информацией о вершинах (пользо- вателях) из социальной сети «Вконтакте». Так же выполнялось сравнение друг с другом сообществ, найденных разными алгоритмами на этом наборе данных. Оценивались такие характеристики как показатели модулярности и нормализо- ванной взаимной информации. Ключевые слова: кластеризация, поиск сообществ, графовые модели, ана- лиз данных.

The cluster analysis is one of the main parts of data analysis. Cluster analysis or clustering is the task of grouping a set of objects in such a way that objects in the same group (called a cluster) are more similar (in some sense or another) to each other than to those in other groups (clusters). For example, you can use it to ﬁ nd groups of users with similar preferences. Also clustering methods are applied in the ﬁ eld of computer vision (image segmentation, pattern recognition), etc. (Aggarwal, 2014). But the clustering task has not been completely solved yet despite its pop- ularity. There are various algorithms for solving this problem, but each one has

47 its own limitations, advantages and disadvantages (Aggarwal, 2014; Newman, 2004; Leskovec, Rajaraman, Ullman, 2014; Fortunato, 2010). In connection with this, the problem of analyzing, comparing and estimating existing algorithms is topical. The following algorithms were chosen for the analysis: Infomap, Walk- trap, Label Propagation, Fastgreedy, Edge Betweenness, Louvain and Smart Local Moving. Let n be the number of nodes, and m the number of vertices of the graph.

CLUSTERING QUALITY EVALUATION

It is necessary to evaluate the quality of the result after the operation of the partitioning algorithm. Loss functions and quality functionals are used for this. They can be divided into two classes depending on the situation. The value of the modularity functional is most often used for the quality evaluation in the case when the true division into communities is unknown. But if the true partition is known (this is possible in the case of model data or for graphs in which we are able to mark out the communities), then it is possible to use such metric as normalized mutual information. Modularity is a scalar quantity from the interval [–1; 1] and which describes the informal deﬁ nition of the communities’ structure. Modularity measures the density of links inside communities as compared to links between communities (Girvan и др., 2002): Normalized mutual information is a metric whose values range belongs to the interval [0; 1]. If its value is close to zero, then the two partitions differ signiﬁ cantly from each other, and if the value is equal to one, then the two partitions are completely identical (Хайкин, 2006):

COMPARISON AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

To compare the algorithms described above their implementations in the language of Python were used. The algorithms Infomap, Walktrap, Label Propagation, Fastgreedy, Edge Betweenness are taken from the igraph library, and Louvain is from the networkx. The SLM algorithm was implemented in Python by the authors of this work (for this purpose its description and pseu- docode from the article (Waltman и др., 2013) was used). It was decided to use the data of the social network «VKontakte» (here- inafter referred to as the Vk data set) to analyze the quality of the resulting

48 partitions. This will make it possible to understand exactly what these partitions mean. The considered graph is a model of the relation «is a friend» among users of the social network. We took one user of the social network and the list of all his friends and we built an undirected graph for our analysis. In this graph the friends of this user are the vertices, and an edge is drawn between the two vertices, only if these two people are each other’s friends. Then the resulting graph was manually divided into the ground-truth communities: classmates from school, classmates from university, friends from school, friends from another school, friends from camp1, friends from camp2, colleagues, relatives, friends from another city, other users (see ﬁ gure 1). We consider a user who has 265 friends (vertices) and 2356 connections between them (edges). The results of the algorithms’ executions on this graph are presented in Table 1. Table 1 shows the results of the algorithms for the Vk data set. Table 1 Algorithm and execution time estimation Modularity NMI Label Propagation, O (m+n) 0.1079 0.3219 Fastgreedy, ≈ O (nlog2n) 0.4718 0.0899 Edge Betweenness, O (m2n) 0.3859 0.2439 Infomap, O (n (m+n)) 0.4899 0.1115 Walktrap, O (n2logn) 0.4587 0.1319 Louvain, O (nlogn) 0.5144 0.6297 SLM, O (nlogn) 0.5523 0.8965

Table 1 shows that the algorithms Infomap, Louvain and SLM give us the highest modularity values. Algorithms Lovain and SLM were able to accurately identify social groups among friends of the user that are coinciding with our ground-truth communities. This follows from the values of the NMI metric and from ﬁ gures 2, 3 and 4. So we can conclude that based only on knowledge of the graph structure, algorithms can break it into communities containing information that was not available before the experiment neither to a researcher nor to the algorithms themselves.

49 Fig. 1. Ground-truth communities of Vk Fig. 2. Communities of Vk data set funded data set byy Edgeg Betweenness algorithmg

Fig. 3. Communities of Vk data set found Fig. 4. Communities of Vk data set found by Louvain algorithm by SLM algorithm

CONCLUSION In this work the analysis of the most popular algorithms of community detection in graphs is carried out, also their features of performance and properties are studied. The Smart Local Moving algorithm was implemented in Python. This algorithm is an improvement to the Louvain algorithm in maximizing modularity. The analysis was carried out on the data taken from the social network «VKontakte» and contains all available information about the vertices. The characteristics such as the execution time of the algorithms, the modularity and normalized mutual information (NMI) parameters were estimated. The obvious leaders are the Louvain and Smart Local Moving algorithms to maximize the value of modularity. It turned out that other algorithms do not always ﬁ nd the ground-truth of the community efﬁ ciently. Thus, only with careful selection of the algorithm for the corresponding task, can one extract valuable information from the resulting graph partitions.

50 REFERENCES

1. Хайкин C. Нейронные сети: полный курс. М. : Издательский дом «Вильямс», 2006. 1104 с. 2. Aggarwal C. C., Charu C., Reddy C. K. Data clustering. Algorithms and applications. N.-Y., Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2014. 652 p. 3. Fortunato S. Community detection in graphs // Physics Reports. 2010. № 486(3). P. 75- 174. 4. Girvan M., Newman M. E. J. Community structure in social and biological networks // Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. 2002. № 99(12). P. 7821–7826. 5. Leskovec J, Rajaraman A., Ullman J. Mining of massive datasets. 2nd edition. Cam- bridge University Press, 2014. 511 p. 6. Newman M. E. J. Detecting community structure in networks // The European Physical Journal B – Condensed Matter and Complex Systems. 2004. Vol. 38, № 2. P. 321–330. 7. Waltman L., Eck N. J. A smart local moving algorithm for large-scale modularity-based community detection // The European Physical Journal B. 2013. Vol. 86, № 11.

GENERALIZED SYNCHRONIZATION IN CHAOTIC SYSTEMS WITH TWO POSITIVE LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS

V. A. Khanadeev Saratov State University

Abstract: In this paper we investigate the possibility of the generalized synchronization onset in chaotic systems characterized by two positive Lyapunov exponents. For this purpose a system of two mutually coupled modiﬁ ed Lorentz systems was constructed and its behavior was investigated with the coupling parameter increasing. The study was carried out by calculating the spectrum of Lyapunov exponents and using the nearest neighbor method. It is shown that for the chosen values of the control parameters and the increase in the coupling strength the generalized synchronization regime is detected in the system, that is conﬁ rmed by the nearest neighbor method. Keywords: generalized synchronization, hyperchaos, Lyapunov exponents, nearest neighbor method

ОБОБЩЕННАЯ СИНХРОНИЗАЦИЯ В ХАОТИЧЕСКИХ СИСТЕМАХ, ХАРАКТЕРИЗУЮЩИХСЯ ДВУМЯ ПОЛОЖИТЕЛЬНЫМИ ПОКАЗАТЕЛЯМИ ЛЯПУНОВА

В. А. Ханадеев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

51 Аннотация: В настоящей работе исследуется возможность возникнове- ния обобщенной синхронизации в хаотической системе, характеризующейся двумя положительными показателями Ляпунова. Для этого была построена система двух взаимно связанных модифицированных систем Лоренца и иссле- довано ее поведение при изменении силы связи. Исследование проводилось при помощи расчета спектра показателей Ляпунова и при помощи метода бли- жайших соседей. Установлено, что при выбранных значениях управляющих параметров и увеличении силы связи в системе диагностируется режим обоб- щенной синхронизации, что подтверждается при помощи метода ближайших соседей. Ключевые слова: обобщенная синхронизация, гиперхаос, показатели Ля- пунова, метод ближайших соседей

The study of generalized chaotic synchronization in nonlinear systems is an actual direction of radiophysics now (Rulkov, 1995). In this time, the methods for the synchronous regime detection have already been developed and the mechanisms for the generalized synchronization regime detection in unidirectionally coupled systems have been studied in detail (Pyragas, 1996; Короновский и др., 2006). Later, there were works devoted to the detection of this regime in systems with a mutual type of coupling (Zheng et al, 2002; Moskalenko et al, 2012). At the same time, the most part of works known in this direction, was devoted to consideration of the possibility of the existence of this regime, whereas the concept of the generalized synchronization was introduced into consideration much later (Moskalenko et al, 2012). For this type of coupling, the comprehensive study was also performed and the possibility of the using the same methods for the synchronous regime detection (except the method of the auxiliary system) as in the case of unidirectional coupling was found (Moskalenko et al, 2013). The works devoted to the study of generalized synchronization are usually connected with the study of this regime in restricted classes of dynamical systems. These are ﬂ ow systems and discrete maps showing the complex periodical or chaotic dynamics, or models of spatially distributed media characterized in an autonomous regime by a single positive Lyapunov exponent. The possibility of observing this regime in systems with several positive Lyapunov exponents seems to be an interesting task. In this paper, we investigate the possibility of the generalized synchronization regime realization in chaotic system characterized by two positive Lya- punov exponents. For this purpose, a system of two mutually coupled modiﬁ ed Lorentz systems was constructed (Zengqiang et al, 2007):

52 (1)

with the following values of the control parameters: a = 35, b = 4.9, c = 25, d = 5, e = 35, k1 = 140, k2 = 200. Figure 1 shows the spectrum of Lyapunov exponents, with the help of which the behavior of the system (1) was investigated with a change in the coupling strengths ε. It can be seen from the Figure 1 that with an increase in the coupling strength ε between the systems, a successive transition of two positive Lyapunov exponents in the ﬁ eld of the negative values takes place. When both Lyapunov exponents become negative, the generalized synchronization regime is detected in the system.

Fig. 1. Spectrum of Lyapunov exponents λ(ε), where ε is a coupling strength

To verify the existence of the generalized synchronization regime, a study of the system (1) was also carried out using the nearest neighbor method. For this purpose we calculated the degree of closeness of the states of interacting systems by the formula (Moskalenko et al, 2012):

(2) where M is the number of points, δ is the average distance between randomly chosen states of the ﬁ rst system xk, uk are images xk in the phase space of the second system. Figure 2 shows that when the coupling strength ε increasing, the parameter d decreases from a value of 1 (when the interacting systems are asynchro-

53 Fig. 2. The degree of closeness of the states of interacting systems d (ε). The black curve is the parameter d calculated for the selection of the reference states xk in the fi rst system. The light curve is the parameter d calculated with the choice of the reference states xk in the second system nous) to a value close to 0 (when the systems behave synchronously). It can also be seen from fi gure 2 that the choice of the reference states for the nearest neighbor method can be carried out in any of two systems, since the dependencies of the parameter d behave almost equally. Thus, in the present work the generalized synchronization in the system of two mutually coupled modifi ed Lorentz systems is investigated. The study was performed by calculating the spectrum of Lyapunov exponents for the system (1) and using the nearest neighbor method. It is found that with the chosen values of the control parameters and the increase in the coupling strength between the systems, a successive transition of two positive Lyapunov exponents to the negative range occurs. When both Lyapunov exponents become negative, the regime of generalized synchronization is detected in the system, which is confi rmed by the method of nearest neighbors, i.e. the quantitative measure of the degree of closeness of the states of interacting systems turns out to be close to zero. At the same time, from the point of view of the behavior of the nearest neighbors, both systems behave almost identically.

REFERENCES

1. Короновский, А. А. О механизмах, приводящих к установлению режима обобщен- ной синхронизации / А. А. Короновский, О. И. Москаленко, А. Е. Храмов А. Е. // ЖТФ. 2006. Т. 76, вып. 2. С. 1–9.

54 2. Moskalenko, O. I. Generalized synchronization in mutually coupled oscillators and complex networks / O. I. Moskalenko, A. A. Koronovskii, A. E. Hramov, S. Boccaletti // Phys. Rev. E. 2012. Vol. 86. P. 03 6216. 3. Moskalenko, O. I. Inapplicability of an auxiliary-system approach to chaotic oscillators with mutual-type coupling and complex networks / O. I. Moskalenko, A. A. Ko- ronovskii, A. E. Hramov // Phys. Rev. E. 2013. Vol. 87. P. 064901. 4. Pyragas, K. Weak and strong synchronization of chaos / K. Pyragas // Phys. Rev. E. 1996. Vol. 54, N. 5. P. R4508–R4511. 5. Rulkov, N. F. Generalized synchronization of chaos in directionally coupled chaotic systems / N. F. Rulkov, M. M. Sushchik, L. S. Tsimring, H. D. I. Abarbanel // Phys. Rev. E. 1995. Vol. 51, N. 2. P. 980–994. 6. Zengqiang, C. A. Novel hyperchaos system only with one equilibrium / C. A. Zengqiang, Y. Yong, Q. Guoyuan, Y. Zhuzhi // Physics Letters A. 2007. Vol. 360, N. 6. P. 696–701. 7. Zheng, Z. Transitions from partial to complete generalized synchronizations in bidirec- tionally coupled chaotic oscillators / Z. Zheng, X. Wang M. C. Cross // Phys. Rev. E. 2002. Vol. 65. P. 056211.

CYTOEMBRYOLOGICAL FEATURES OF BRACHYPODIUM PINNATUM (L.) BREAUV. IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE LOWER VOLGA REGION

A. M. Komissarova, E. I. Kaybeleva, O. I. Yudakova Saratov State University

Abstract: The article presents the results of the study of reproductive peculiarities in Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Breauv. The data on the plant growth in various forest vegetation communities in the national park «Khvalynskiy» (Saratov region) are given. It is established that B. pinnatum is characterized by a sexual mode of seed reproduction and obligatory allogamy. Its reproductive strategy is based on the combination of vegetative and seed reproduction. The effectiveness of seed reproduction depends both on the degree of plants illumination, and the degree of the habitat humidiﬁ cation. Keywords: embryo sac, pollen, ovule-pollen ratio, seed reproduction, Poaceae, Brachypodium.

ЦИТОЭМБРИОЛОГИЧЕСКИЕ ОСОБЕННОСТИ BRACHYPODIUM PINNATUM (L.) BREAUV. В УСЛОВИЯХ НИЖНЕЙ ВОЛГИ

А. М. Комиссарова, Э. И. Кайбелева, О. И. Юдакова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье представлены результаты исследования репродуктив- ных особенностей Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Breauv., приводятся данные по

55 произрастанию растений в различных по освещенности сообществах Хвалын- ского района Саратовской области. Установлено, что B. pinnatum является по- ловым облигатным аллогамом, репродуктивная стратегия которого основана на сочетании вегетативного и семенного размножения. Эффективность семенной репродукции зависит как от степени освещенности растений, так и степени ув- лажненности места обитания. Ключевые слова: зародышевый мешок, пыльца, соотношение пыльцы и се- мязачатков P/O, семенная репродукция, Poaceae, Brachypodium.

INTRODUCTION Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Breauv. is a perennial herbaceous plant of the Gramineae (Poaceae) family. Its natural habitat is Europe, Asia and the Caucasus. It was introduced into the United States too (Tsvelev, 2008). In Western Europe, B. pinnatum is invasive species with an active expansion in the meadow and steppe phytocoenoses, where it quickly displaces aboriginal species with the formation of monodominant communities, thereby reducing biodiversity (Bobbink, Willems, 1987; Hurst, John, 1999; Farmer, Baxter, 1998; Baba et al., 2012; Baba et al. 2016) B. pinnatum is an aboriginal species in the middle zone of Russia. It grows on the forest fringes, slopes and drained places in the dry pine, oak and small-leaved forests (Маевский, 2014). On the territory of the Saratov region, it usually grows in the habit forests and meadows on the right Volga bank and rarely in the Trans-Volga region (Чигуряева, 1983; Еленевский, 2008). B. pinnatum is the dominant of herbage in birch forests in the Baltai and Bazar- ny-Karabulak districts (Еленевский, 2008). It is not dominant in meadow and steppe communities. The speed and scale of occupation of new territories by invasive species are determined not only by adaptive, but in many respects reproductive features of the plants. In this regard, it is important to know features of the reproductive strategy of the species in various biotopes. The purpose of our work was to study the reproductive characteristics of the B. pinnatum in the Saratov region.

MATERIAL AND METHODS 15 plants from each population were fi xed with acetoalcohol (3:1) at the height of fl owering for cytoembryological analysis. Pollen quality and mi- crogametophyte structure were studied on preparations made from pressed anthers stained with acridyl orange. Anthers were isolated with preparative needles from the fi xed fl owers and transferred to a drop of dye, covered with a cover glass, crushed and analyzed with the AxioScop fl uorescent microscope (C. Zeiss, Germany). The structure of female embryo sacs was studied on the

56 ovule preparations, made with clearing-squash technique (Юдакова, 2012). Morphometric parameters of the female and male generative spheres were determined using the “Automatic measurement” module of the image visualization program “AxioVision” (C. Zeiss, Germany).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The B. pinnatum fl owers are collected in spikelets, which form straight or slightly inclined infl orescences. Its distinctive features are the pubescence of glumes and ciliate lower-fl owered scales. A large number of pollen grains were formed 28.42 ± 1.35 μm in the anthers of all types of fl owers (Fig.1). The pollen defectiveness PDD degree was about 15.5%. It is interesting to note that cleistogamy is characteristic of the genus Brachypodium. However, some quantitative parameters of generative structures in B. pinnatum indicate that it does not belong to obligate cleistogamous species. The plants of this species have the largest anthers among all representatives of the genus. The large number of pollen grains develops (2081 ± 363 on average) in the anthers. The pollen-ovule ratio B. pinnatum is 6243, that indicates the cross pollination.

Morphometric parameters of the generative structures in B. pinnatum

Parameter Value PDD, % 15,5 Diametr of pollen, μm 28,42±1,35 Average of pollen 2081±363 P/O 6243 P/O with considering PDD 5278

Fig 1. Pollen in the anthers, colored with acridyl orange

57 The megametophytogenesis is carried out according to the Polygonum- type. The embryo sac is eight-nuclear, seven-celled, contains a three-celled egg apparatus, a two-nucleated central cell, and three one-nuclear antipodes (Fig 2). During its maturation, the embryo sac increases in size, mainly due to the increase of the central cell. The antipodes undergo endoreproduction, as a result of which they also increase in size and become two- or three-nuclear. Sometimes the nuclei fuse in mature antipodes, to form one polyploid nucleus. Polar nuclei do not fuse before fertilization. Only one embryo sac develops in the ovules. B. pinnatum is characterized by accelerated development of its cellular endosperm.

a b

c Fig 2. Female generative structure in B. pinnatum: a – ovary; b – trichomes on the surface of the ovary, and the pollen fallen the anthers; c – embryo sac. Scale bars – 0.1 mm

Numerous trichomes were found on the ovaries, probably having a protective function, to prevent overheating and dehydration of the embryo sacs. The presence of hairs in the area of internodes is a characteristic feature of this species. When studying the embryo sacs in the specimens ﬁ xed in the

58 Khvalynsk district at the height of fl owering (from June 20–25, 2015) at air temperature of 30°C, degeneration signs were observed due to dehydration. In the specimens fi xed in the Bazarnyi-Karabulak region during this period of 2015, which were grown under the conditions of suffi cient moisture at lower temperatures (26°C), no embryo sac degeneration was observed. The effectiveness of the seed reproduction was determined by the degree of illumination and moisture habitats in the studied populations of B. pinnatum. The generative shoots did not develop, and reproduction took place only in a vegetative mode in low-light conditions in the oak forest (the density of the stand 0.8). Generative shoots were developed on the plants at high illumination (the density of the stand 0.1) in the birch forest. However, seed reproduction was realized only in plants growing in wet places. Appar- ently, the invasion of B. pinnatum in the Western Europe can be explained by favorable conditions of calcareous pastures (high humidity and illumination) for realization in B. pinnatum both vegetative and seed mode of reproduction. The development of methods for preventing not only seed, but a vegetative reproduction is required to combat the invasion of this species. The widespread distribution of B. pinnatum in conditions of the Saratov Volga region is limited by arid climate, therefore this species does not endanger the biodiversity of the region.

REFERENCES

1. Еленевский, А. Г. Конспект флоры Саратовской области / А. Г. Еленевский, Ю.И. Буланый, В. И. Радыгина. Саратов : изд-во Центр Наука, 2008. 232 с. 2. Маевский, П. Ф. Флора средней полосы европейской части России / П. Ф. Маев- ский. M., 2014. 3. Чигуряева А. А. Конспект флоры Саратовской области / А. А. Чигуряева. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 1983. 105 с. 4. Цвелев, Н. Н. Сем. Poaceae (Gramineae) – Злаки // Флора европейской части СССР. Т. 1. Л. : Наука, 1974. С. 117–368. 5. Юдакова, О. И. Методы исследования репродуктивных структур и органов рас- тений: учеб.-метод. пособие для студентов биол. фак. / О. И. Юдакова, О. И. Гуто- рова, Ю. А. Беляченко. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2012. 44 с. 6. Baba, W. Genetic diversity of populations of Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) P. Beauv.: expansive grass in a fragmented landscape / W. Baba, M. Kurowska, A. Kompala-Baba et al. // Polish Journal of Ecology. 2012. Vol. 60. № 1. P. 31–40. 7. Baba, W. Acclimatization of photosynthetic apparatus of tor grass (Brachypodium pinnatum) during expansion / W. Bąba, H. M. Kalaji, A. Kompała-Bąba, V. Goltsev // PLoS One. 2016. Vol. 11. № 6. P. 1–27. 8. Bobbink, R. Increasing dominance of Brachypodium pinnatum (L.) Beauv. in chalk grasslands: a threat to a species-rich ecosystem / R. Bobbink, J. H. Willems // Biol. Conserv. 1987. № 40. P. 301–314.

59 9. Hurst, A. The biotic and abiotic changes associated with Brachypodium pinnatum dominance in chalk grassland in south-east England / A. Hurst, E. John // Biological Conser- vation. 1999. Vol. 88. № 1. P. 75–84. 10. Farmer, A. M. Review of management options for the control of Brachypodium pinnatum in calcareous grassland in England / A. M. Farmer, D. A. Baxter // J. Pract. Ecol. Conserv. 1998. № 2. P. 9–18.

ABOUT EQUICONVERGENCE OF ONE CLASS OF INTEGRATED OPERATORS

O. A. Koroleva, P. K. Anikin Saratov State University

Abstract: Equiconvergence of decomposition in trigonometrical series of Fourier according to its own and attached functions of one class of integrated operators which kernels accept various constant values in and out of the square inscribed in a single square is studied. Keywords: equiconvergence, trigonometrical series of Fourier, attached functions.

О РАВНОСХОДИМОСТИ ОДНОГО КЛАССА ИНТЕГРАЛЬНЫХ ОПЕРАТОРОВ

О. А. Королева, П. К. Аникин Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Изучается равносходимость разложений в тригонометриче- ские ряды Фурье и по собственным и присоединенным функциям одного класса интегральных операторов, ядра которых принимают различные постоянные зна- чения внутри и вне квадрата, вписанного в единичный квадрат. Ключевые слова: равносходимость, ряды Фурье, присоединенные функции.

This report is devoted to a research equiconvergence of expansions into trigonometrical Fourier series with respect to their associated eigenfunctions of one class of integral operators whose kernels take various constant values in and out of the square inscribed in a single square. The research of equiconvergence of spectral expansions represents the developing direction which foundation was laid in the articles of V. A. Steklov, E. Gobson, A. Haar . But, the Theorem of equiconvergence for the integral operator was for the ﬁ rst time received by A. P. Khromov. He considered a case when some derivative kernels have a rupture of the 1st kind on the line t = x. Then he researched a new class of integral operators when this property of kernels is watched

60 on lines t = x and t = 1 − x. This class is remarkable by the fact that it makes possible to study the behavior of a resolvent of Fredholm in case of great values of spectral parameter that is important in case of spectrum analysis of such operators. We will consider the integral operator the kernel of which accepts constant values inside and outside the square inscribed in a single square (he gen- eralizes the operator given in [1]).

This integral operator in a scalar look can be taken into the integral operator in a vector look. This property is deﬁ ned in a lemma 1. Lemma 1.

. The proof of this lemma is based on representation of integral in such type and changeover of variables in these integrals.

Further, if we carry out diagonals and break a kernel into 4 parts, we will gain other impression and therefore the lemma 2 is fair.

61 Lemma 2.

We will enter a resolvent of Fredholm of this operator.

Using the resolvent of the operator we will subsequently obtain series in eigenfunctions It is also possible to prove a necessary condition of existence of a resolvent kernel, i.e. the theorem 1: Theorem 1.

And sufﬁ cient condition, theorem 2. Theorem 2.

Then consider a matrix D, we will write it in simpler look and we will be engaged in its diagonalization.

Also we will prove a lemma 3. Lemma 3.

Then we ﬁ nd a nondegenerate matrix Γ such that on the main diagonal there are eigenvalues.We’ll make some more replacements And we’ll get the system (3)-(4).

Since, we know that the solution of O. R.N.U. = The particular solution of the non uniform equation + the common solution of the homogeneous equation. The common solution we ﬁ nd by the method of undetermined coefﬁ - cients, and for the particular solution we have Lemma 4. Lemma 4.

Then the solution of systems 3-4 is determined by Lemma 5.

63 Lemma 5.

But it is very important to estimate the delta, write the delta in the matrix form, and use the auxiliary statement.

Then from the (5) follows that zeroes (they are eigenvalues of a boundary value problem (3)–(4)) and at larger |μ| are in stripes which borders are pallel to rays, coming from the point μ= 0, and in each stip in any rectangle of unit length the number of zeroes |Δ(λ)| is limited to the number not depending on the rectangle.

Then conclude that the assement is fair in the area Sδ if remove all eigenvalues together circular neihborhood of the same radius δ which is small enough.

Lemma 6 shows the approximation of this solutions for integration in case when contour expanding.

64 Lemma 6.

The proof of this lemma is based on a change of variables and different estimates of the components of this equation. When proved this lemma, we formed all the necessary conditions for the main theorem. Using this theorem, we obtained the equi convergence of Fourier series expansions in the trigonometric system with respect to the associated eigenfunctions If all above-stated conditions are satisﬁ ed the theorem of equiconvergence is fair. Using this theorem, we obtained the equiconvergence of Fourier series expansions in the trigonometric system with respect to the associated eigeval- ues functions.

Theorem about equiconvergence.

REFERENCES

1. Хромов А. П. Об обращении интегральных операторов с ядрами, разрывными на диагоналях, Матем. заметки, 64:6 (1998), С. 932–942.

65 SYNTHESIS AND INCORPORATION OF CACO3 MICROPARTICLES IN INORGANIC NANOFIBERS

N. V. Koronevsky, E. E. Gulmanov, R. S. Sergeev, S. A. Sergeev Saratov State University

Abstract:The paper describes the synthesis of electrospun polycaprolactone fi b- ers (PCL), modifi ed by calcium carbonate nuclei (CaCO3) and magnetite nanoparticles. Inorganic nanofi bers were synthesized in two different ways and SEM images of the materials were obtained. Keywords: nanoparticles, electrospun polycaprolactone (PCL) nanofi ber, electrospun polycaprolactone (PCL) nanofi ber, magnetite nanoparticles

СИНТЕЗ И ЗАГРУЗКА МИКРОЧАСТИЦ САСО3 В НЕОРГАНИЧЕСКИЕ НАНОВОЛОКНА

Н. В. Короневский, Э. Э. Гулманов, Р. С. Сергеев, С. А. Сергеев Саратовс кий национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье описан процесс синтеза электросформированных волокон поликапролактона (ПКЛ), модифицированные кальций карбонатными

ядрами (CaCO3) и наночастицами магнетита. Были синтезированы неорганиче- ские нановолокна двумя различными способами и получены SEM изображения материалов. Ключевые слова: Наночастицы, электросформированные волокна полика-

пролактона (ПКЛ), кальций карбонатные ядра (CaCO3), наночастицы магнетита.

Nowadays the application of inorganic fi bers is attracting considerable interest in medicine, industry and the military sector. Those efforts drew on a growing body of research on the properties of calcium carbonate microparticles The work has mainly focused on the incorporation of other particles or substances into these materials. Calcium carbonate microcapsules are widely used in medicine as drug delivery systems. Recently researchers have shown an increased interest in various inorganic fi bers. For example, the microparticles of calcium carbonate, grown on inorganic polycaprolactone fi bers, have a promising medical application, accelerating the bone tissue regeneration. With a diameter of 1 ÷ 6 μm, magnetite nanoparticles can be incorporated in the spherical calcium carbonate (CaCO3) nuclei. Due to the usage of porous

66 CaCO3 microparticles as a template, the adsorption capacity of magnetite nanoparticles is signifi cantly improved, while also retaining their magnetic properties. The obtained calcium carbonate microparticles are guided by externally applied magnetic fi elds, enabling their medical application in targeted drug delivery systems for cancer therapy. The scientifi c group, which includes the authors of this work, has been investigating the properties of micro- and nanostructures for several years (Горин и др., 2006; Портнов и др., 2015; Сергеев и др., 2008, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017; Сергеева и др., 2013; Симаков и др., 2017; Gorin et al., 2006; Sergeev et al., 2007, 2015, Sergeeva et al., 2015). This study proposes two different methods to grow calcium carbonate microparticles on polycaprolactone/calcium carbonate composite nanofi bers: modifi ed by magnetite nanoparticles or without modifi cation. The size of the resulting formations has been calculated and analyzed. Scanning electron microscopic investigations were performed using a Mira Tescan microscope at a voltage of 20 kV. The measurement of microparticles and fi bers in the material was carried out using SEM images and ImageJ software for Mira Tescan. 100 particles and 100 fi bers in each sample were analyzed. In Figure 1, 2 SEM images of Batch 1 and Batch 2 of composites obtained by different techniques for 1 crystallization cycle (images on the left), 2 (images in the center), and 3 cycles (on the right) are shown. It is evident that Batch 1 samples have a uniform particle distribution and a well-expressed spherical form of the vaterite, thus there was no transformation to calcite during synthesis. The method claimed allows the effective production of PCL-grown calcium carbonate microparticles, comprising magnetite nanoparticles.

Fig. 1. SEM images of Batch 1 samples: 50,000 times magniﬁ cation

Fig. 2. SEM images of Batch 2 samples: 50,000 times magniﬁ cation

REFERENCES

1. Горин Д. А., Щукин Д. Г., Михайлов А. И. и др. Влияние микроволнового излуче- ния на полимерные микрокапсулы с неорганическими наночастицами // Письма в ЖТФ. 2006. Т. 32, вып. 2. С. 45 –50. 2. Портнов С. А., Сергеев С. А., Иноземцева О. А. и др. Физика и химия границ раз- дела фаз: учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2015. 132 с. 3. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и ис- следование сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, обладающих магнитными свойствами // Наноматериалы и нанотехнологии : проблемы и пер- спективы : сб. материалов III Междунар. заочной науч. конф. для молодых ученых, студентов и школьников. 14 февраля – 15 мая 2014 г. М. : Прондо. 2014. C. 275–283. 4. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и иссле- дование сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, функционализи- рованных магнитными наночастицами // Новые материалы и технологии : состоя- ние вопроса и перспективы развития : сб. материалов Всеросс. молодежной науч. конф. 24–26 июня 2014 г. Саратов : Издательский Центр «Наука», 2014. C. 244–249. 5. Сергеев С. А. Компьютер в физической лаборатории: Учеб.-метод. пособие для студ. фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий / под общ. ред. проф. А. И. Михай- лова. Саратов : Редакция журнала «Промышленность Поволжья», 2008. 368 с. 6. Сергеев С. А., Михайлов А. И., Горин Д. А. и др. Коллоиды магнетита: получение и исследование свойств в СВЧ диапазоне // Полупроводниковая электроника и мо- лекулярные нанотехнологии : сб. статей / под общ. ред. проф. А. И. Михайлова. Саратов : Издательский центр «Наука», 2013. С. 214–228. 7. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водотопливных эмульсий c наночастицами магнетита на сверхвысоких частотах // В мире научных открытий. 2014. № 4(52). С. 148–160. 8. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных рас- творов родамина на сверхвысоких частотах // «Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика» : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сентября 2015). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015 С. 141–143. 9. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных раство- ров этилового спирта в СВЧ диапазоне // «Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и не-

68 линейная физика»: тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сен- тября 2015). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 144–145. 10. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое исследование спектров отражения волноводных секций, заполненных жидким диэлектриком // «Нано- электроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика» : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 8–10 сентября 2015). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 146–147. 11. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое и экспериментальное исследование спектров отражения и поглощения волноводных секций, заполнен- ных жидким диэлектриком // В мире научных открытий. 2015. № 8.1(68). С. 494– 506. 12. Сергеев С. А., Сысоев И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования и анализа дан- ных для задач материаловедения, биофизики и физической химии : учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Сара- товский источник», 2016. 304 с. 13. Сергеев С. А., Иноземцева О. А., Браташов Д. Н. и др. Физика и химия коллоидных систем: учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомедицинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2016. 168 с. 14. Сергеев С. А., Короневский Н. В., Сергеев Р. С. Cинтез и загрузка микрочастиц CаCO3 в неорганические нановолокна // Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нели- нейная физика» : тез. докл. ХI Всерос. конф. молодых ученых (Саратов, 6–8 сентя- бря 2016). Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2016. С. 173–174. 15. Сергеев С. А., Синёв И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования для задач био- физики и материаловедения: учеб. пособие для студентов фак. нано- и биомеди- цинских технологий. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 308 с. 16. Сергеев С. А., Панарин В. А., Козырев А. А. и др. Методы биофотоники для иссле- дования сложных систем. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 104 с. 17. Сергеева А. C., Сергеев Р. C., Сергеев С. А. Исследование процесса перекристалли- зации магнитных микрочастиц // Фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты новых высокоэффективных материалов : материалы Всеросс. науч. Интернет-конф. с меж- дународ. участием (29 октября 2013). Казань : ИП Синяев Д. Н., 2013. С. 142–144. 18. Симаков В. В., Синёв И. В., Смирнов А. В. и др. Влияние освещения на газочувстви- тельность тонких пленок диоксида олова к парам этанола при комнатной темпера- туре // Нано- и микросистемная техника. 2017. № 1. С. 34–40. 19. Gorin D. A., Shchukin D. G., Mikhailov A. I. et al. Effect of microwave radiation on polymer microcapsules containing inorganic nanoparticles // Technical Physics Letters. 2006. Т. 32, № 1. С. 70–72. 20. Sergeev S. A., Portnov S. A., Gorin D. A. et al. Investigation of absorption and reﬂ ection spectra of aqueous suspensions of nanoparticles in the X band of microwave bandwidth / Proceedings of SPIE – The International Society for Optical Engineering Saratov Fall Meeting 2006: Coherent Optics of Ordered and Random Media VII. Сер. “Saratov Fall Meeting 2006: Coherent Optics of Ordered and Random Media VII” sponsors: Russian Foundation for Basic Research, Russia, SPIE Russia Chapter, Russia, Almus Ltd., Rus- sia, Saratov State University SPIE Student Chapter, U.S. CRDF for the Independent States of the Former Soviet Union, et al. Saratov, 2007. С. 653606. 21. Sergeev S. A., Portnov S. A., Gorin D. A. ... Progress in Biomedical Optics and Imaging. 2007. Т. 6536. С. 42. 22. Sergeev R., Lengert E., Sergeeva A. et al. Vaterite→calcite recrystallization of magnetic calcium carbonate microparticles // The nanoparticles and nanostructured coatings mi-

69 crocontainers: technology, properties and applications. Mater. 6th Int. Conf. 21–24 May 2015. Saratov : Saratov State University, 2015. Р. 72. 23. Sergeeva A., Sergeev R., Lengert E. et al. Composite Magnetite and Protein Containing CaCO3 Crystals. External Manipulation and Vaterite→Calcite Recrystallization-Medi- ated Release Performance // ACS Applied Materials & Interfaces. 2015. Vol. 7, iss. 38. P. 21315.

SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF CACO3 MICROPARTICLES GROWN ON INORGANIC NANOFIBERS

N. V. Koronevsky, R. S. Sergeev, S. A. Sergeev Saratov State University

Abstract: The paper describes the synthesis of electrospun polycaprolactone fi b- ers (PCL), modifi ed by calcium carbonate nuclei (CaCO3) and magnetite nanoparticles. The optimal concentration of calcium chloride and sodium carbonate solutions and optimum stabilization time of calcium carbonate were identifi ed. Inorganic nanofi bers were synthesized in two different ways and SEM images of the materials were obtained. Keywords: nanoparticles, electrospun polycaprolactone (PCL) nanofi bers, celec- trospinning polycaprolactone (PCL) nanofi ber , magnetite nanoparticles.

СИНТЕЗ И ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ МИКРОЧАСТИЦ

САСО3 ВЫРАЩЕННЫХ НА НЕОРГАНИЧЕСКИХ НАНОВОЛОКНАХ Н. В. Короневский, Р. С. Сергеев, С. А. Сергеев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье описан процесс синтеза электросформированных волокон поликапролактона (ПКЛ), модифицированных кальций карбонатными

ядрами (CaCO3) c наночастицами магнетита. Были проведены исследования оп- тимальных концентраций растворов солей хлорида кальция и карбоната натрия и оптимального времени синтеза микрочастиц карбоната кальция. Были синтези- рованы неорганические нановолокна двумя различными способами и получены SEM изображения материалов. Ключевые слова: наночастицы, электросформированные волокна полика-

пролактона (ПКЛ), кальций карбонатные ядра (CaCO3), наночастицы магнетита.

70 ticles The work has mainly focused on the incorporation of other particles or substances into these materials. The microparticles of calcium carbonate, grown on inorganic polycaprolactone fi bers, have a promising medical application, accelerating the bone tissue regeneration. With a diameter of 1 ÷ 6 μm, magnetite nanoparticles can be incorporated in the spherical calcium carbonate (CaCO3) nuclei. Due to the usage of porous CaCO3 microparticles as a template, the adsorption capacity of magnetite nanoparticles is signifi cantly improved, while also retaining their magnetic properties. The obtained calcium carbonate microparticles are guided by externally applied magnetic fi elds, enabling their medical application in targeted drug delivery systems. The scientifi c group, which includes the authors of this work, has been investigating the properties of micro- and nanostructures for several years (Горин и др., 2006; Портнов и др., 2015; Сергеев и др., 2008, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017; Сергеева и др., 2013; Симаков и др., 2017; Gorin et al., 2006; Sergeev et al., 2007, 2015, Sergeeva et al., 2015). The optimum parameters for the growth of calcium carbonate coating on inorganic fi bers were thus determined: the optimal synthesis time for the solutions of calcium chloride salts and sodium carbonate 0.25 and 0.5 M is in the range from 30 sec to 1.5 min; for the solutions of calcium chloride salts and sodium carbonate 1 M it is in the range from 30 sec to 1 min. This study proposes two different methods to grow calcium carbonate microparticles, modifi ed by magnetite nanoparticles, on inorganic fi bers of polycaprolactone. The size of the resulting formations has been calculated and analyzed. Scanning electron microscopic investigations were performed using a Mira Tescan microscope at a voltage of 20 kV. The measurement of microparticles and fi bers in the material was carried out using SEM images and ImageJ software for Mira Tescan. 100 particles and 100 fi bers in each sample were analyzed. In Figure 1, 2 SEM images of Batch 1 and Batch 2 of composites obtained by different techniques for 1 crystallization cycle (images on the left), 2 (images in the center), and 3 cycles (on the right) are shown. The micropa rticles obtained by the fi rst method have a well-expressed spherical form of the vaterite and were not recrystallized during synthesis. The method claimed allows the effective production of PCL-grown calcium carbonate microparticles, comprising magnetite nanoparticles.

Fig. 1 SEM images of Batch 1 samples: 10,000 times magniﬁ cation

Fig. 2 SEM images of Batch 2 samples:10,000 times magniﬁ cation

REFERENCES

1. Горин Д. А., Щукин Д. Г., Михайлов А. И. и др. Влияние микроволнового излуче- ния на полимерные микрокапсулы с неорганическими наночастицами // Письма в ЖТФ. 2006. Т. 32, вып. 2. С. 45–50. 2. Короневский Н. В., Сергеев Р. С., Сергеев С. А. Материаловедение нанострукту- рированных материалов. Синтез и исследование свойств микрочастиц карбона- та кальция с наночастицами магнетита на неорганических волокнах / Germany. Saarbrücken : Издательский Дом : LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 2017. 120 с. 3. Короневский Н. В., Сергеев Р. С., Савельева М. С., Сергеев С. А. Cинтез и иссле- дование свойств микрочастиц CаCO3, выращенных на неорганических волокнах и модифицированных наночастицами Fe3O4 // «Методы компьютерной диагностики в биологи и медицине – 2017» : материалы Всеросс. школы-семинара. Саратов : Изд-во Саратовский источник, 2017. С. 120–123. 4. Михайлов А. И., Сергеев С. А., Глуховской Е. Г. Физические основы твердотельной электроники и микроэлектроники: Планы семинарских занятий : учеб. пособие. Саратов : ООО «Ред. журн. «Промышленность Поволжья», 2008. 116 с. 5. Михайлов А. И., Сергеев С. А. Физические основы твердотельной электроники : учеб. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2007. 164 с. 6. Михайлов А. И., Стецюра С. В., Сергеев С. А. Лабораторный практикум по физике полупроводниковых приборов : учеб. пособие : в 2 ч. Ч. 1 / под общ. ред. Б. Н. Кли- мова и А. И. Михайлова. Саратов : Изд-во ГосУНЦ «Колледж», 2002. 72 с.

72 7. Портнов С. А., Сергеев С. А., Иноземцева О. А. и др. Физика и химия границ раз- дела фаз : учеб. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2015. 132 с. 8. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и исследо- вание сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, обладающих магнит- ными свойствами // Наноматериалы и нанотехнологии : проблемы и перспективы : сб. материалов III Межд. заоч. науч. конф. М. : Прондо. 2014. C. 275–283. 9. Сергеев Р. С., Сергеева А. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Формирование и ис- следование сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, функциона- лизированных магнитными наночастицами // Новые материалы и технологии : состояние вопроса и перспективы развития : сб. мат. Всеросс. молод. науч. конф. Саратов : Издательский Центр «Наука», 2014. C. 244–249. 10. Сергеев С. А. Компьютер в физической лаборатории : учеб.-метод. пособие / под общ. ред. проф. А. И. Михайлова. Саратов : «Промышленность Поволжья», 2008. 368 с. 11. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водотопливных эмульсий c наночастицами магнетита на сверхвысоких частотах // В мире научных открытий. 2014. № 4 (52). С. 148–160. 12. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных рас- творов родамина на сверхвысоких частотах // «Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика» : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 141–143. 13. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Исследование свойств водных рас- творов этилового спирта в СВЧ диапазоне // «Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика» : тез. докл. Х Всерос. конф. Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Декор», 2015. С. 144–145. 14. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое исследование спектров отражения волноводных секций, заполненных жидким диэлектриком // «Нано- электроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика». Саратов : Изд-во «Техно-Де- кор», 2015. С. 146. 15. Сергеев С. А., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. C. Теоретическое и экспериментальное ис- следование спектров отражения и поглощения волноводных секций, заполненных жидким диэлектриком // В мире научных открытий. 2015. № 8.1 (68). С. 494–506. 16. Сергеев С. А., Короневский Н. В., Аткин В. С., Сергеев Р. С. Cинтез и исследование свойств неорганических нановолокон с микрочастицами CаCO3 // Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и нелинейная физика». Саратов : Изд. «Техно-Декор», 2017. С. 249–251. 17. Сергеев С. А., Короневский Н. В., Гулманов Э. Э., Сергеев Р. С. Исследование свойств неорганических нановолокон с микрочастицами СaСО3 на сверхвысоких частотах // Электроника и микроэлектроника СВЧ : сб. статей VI Всеросс. конф. СПб. : Изд-во СПбГЭТУ «ЛЭТИ», 2017. С. 155–159. 18. Сергеев С. А., Короневский Н. В., Зыков К. А. Синтез микрочастиц СaСО3 на нано- волокнах / Новые технологии в промышленности, науке и образовании : сб. статей межд. науч.-практ. конф. Стерлитамак : АМИ, 2017. С. 156–159. 19. Сергеев С. А., Михайлов А. И., Горин Д. А. и др. Коллоиды магнетита : получение и исследование свойств в СВЧ диапазоне // Полупроводниковая электроника и мо- лекулярные нанотехнологии : сб. статей. Саратов : ИЦ «Наука», 2013. С. 214–228. 20. Сергеев С. А., Панарин В. А., Козырев А. А. и др. Методы биофотоники для иссле- дования сложных систем. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 104 с. 21. Сергеев С. А., Синёв И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования для задач биофи- зики и материаловедения : учеб. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во «Амирит», 2017. 308 с.

73 22. Сергеев С. А., Сысоев И. В. Компьютер в физической лаборатории : учеб.-метод. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2013. 304 с. 23. Сергеев С. А., Сысоев И. В., Горин Д. А. Основы программирования и анализа дан- ных для задач материаловедения, биофизики и физической химии : учеб. пособие. Саратов : Изд-во «Саратовский источник», 2016. 304 с. 24. Сергеева А. C., Сергеев Р. C., Сергеев С. А. Синтез пористых микрочастиц, обла- дающих магнитными свойствами // Фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты но- вых высокоэффективных материалов : материалы конф. Казань : ИП Синяев Д. Н., 2013. С. 139–141. 25. Сергеева А. С., Сергеев Р. С., Ленгерт Е. В., Сергеев С. А. Синтез и исследование свойств сферических пористых микрочастиц карбоната кальция, функционализи- рованных магнитными наночастицами // «Наноэлектроника, нанофотоника и не- линейная физика» : тез. докл. IХ Всерос. конф. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2014. С. 156–157. 26. Сергеева А. C., Сергеев Р. C., Сергеев С. А. Исследование процесса перекристал- лизации магнитных микрочастиц // Фундаментальные и прикладные аспекты но- вых высокоэффективных материалов : материалы конф. Казань : ИП Синяев Д. Н., 2013. С. 142–144. 27. Симаков В. В., Синёв И. В., Смирнов А. В. и др. Влияние освещения на газочувстви- тельность тонких пленок диоксида олова к парам этанола при комнатной темпера- туре // Нано- и микросистемная техника. 2017. № 1. С. 34–40. 28. Gorin D. A., Shchukin D. G., Mikhailov A. I. et al. Effect of microwave radiation on polymer microcapsules containing inorganic nanoparticles // Techn. Phys. Lett. 2006. Т. 32, № 1. С.70. 29. Savelyeva M. S. Abalymov A. A., Lyubun G. P. et al. Vaterite coatings on electrospun polymeric ﬁ bers for biomedical applications // Journal of Biomedical Materials Re- search Part A. 2017. Vol. 105, № 1. P. 94–103. 30. Sergeev R., Lengert E., Sergeeva A. et al. Vaterite→calcite recrystallization of magnetic calcium carbonate microparticles // The nanoparticles and nanostructured coatings mi- crocontainers : technology, properties and applications : mater. 6th Int. conf. Saratov State University. Saratov: Saratov State University, 2015. Р. 72. 31. Sergeev S. A., Portnov S. A., Gorin D. A. et al. Investigation of absorption and reﬂ ection spectra of aqueous suspensions of nanoparticles in the X band of microwave bandwidth / Proceedings of SPIE – The International Society for Optical Engineering Saratov Fall Meeting 2006. Russia, Saratov State University. Saratov, 2007. P. 653606. 32. Sergeeva A., Sergeev R., Lengert E. et al. Composite Magnetite and Protein Containing CaCO3 Crystals. External Manipulation and Vaterite→Calcite Recrystallization-Medi- ated Release Performance // ACS Applied Materials & Interfaces. 2015. Vol. 7, iss. 38. P. 21315.

74 TRANSPARENT CONDUCTIVE COATINGS FORMATION BY CONSECUTIVE ADSORPTION OF POLYMER AND CARBON NANOTUBES

A. A. Kozlova Saratov State University

Abstract: In this paper new method of transparent conductive carbon nanotube coating s formation by consecutive adsorption is considered. This method is simple enough for technological realization in comparison with alternative methods described in modern literature. Also transparent conductive coatings formed by LbL-technology were investigated using different methods. Data about their width, transmittance and conductivity were obtained. Keywords: transparent conductive coatings, single-walled carbon nanotubes, ﬂ exible carbon nanotubes coatings.

ФОРМИРОВАНИЕ ПРОЗРАЧНЫХ ПРОВОДЯЩИХ ПОКРЫТИЙ МЕТОДОМ ПОСЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬНОЙ АДСОРБЦИИ ПОЛИМЕРОВ И УГЛЕРОДНЫХ НАНОТРУБОК

А. А. Козлова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной работе представлен новый способ формирования прозрачных проводящих покрытий из углеродных нанотрубок методом после- довательной адсорбции. Данный метод достаточно прост для технологической реализации в сравнении с альтернативными способами, приведенными в со- временной литературе. Прозрачные проводящие покрытия, сформированные послойной адсорбцией, были исследованы различными методами, в результате чего были получены данные о их толщине, проводимости и коэффициенте про- пускания. Ключевые слова: прозрачные проводящие покрытия, однослойные угле- родные нанотрубки, гибкие покрытия углеродных нанотрубок.

Nowadays, there is a necessity for forming ﬂ exible transparent conductive coatings to create improved touchscreens and LCD screens. Initially, the indium tin oxide (ITO) was used as conductive material for forming such ﬁ lms. But after the invention of fullerene and carbon nanotubes (CNT) they have been considered as one of the promising materials for this production.

75 At this time, single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWNT) have already found their application in many areas such as transistor manufacturing, anti-fouling paints for boat hull or coax cables (Volder et al., 2013). Over the past few years various scientifi c groups have demonstrated a lot of methods of CNT sorption on fl exible substrates. They are presented in Table 1. The most famous methods are: chemical vapor deposition (Sun et al., 2011; Cui et al., 2014), spray-method (Воронин и др., 2015), vacuum fi ltration (Wu et al., 2004), Langmuir-Blodgett method (Zheng et al., 2012; Lee et al., 2013). Some of these methods allow us to obtain coatings with sheet resistance around tens Ω/square at values of optical transmission from 80 to 90%. However, all of currently existing methods of fl exible transparent conductive coatings formation have their own drawbacks. For example, CNT sorption onto the fi ltration membrane over chemical vapor deposition takes place under high temperatures (around 880oC) (Sun et al., 2011; Cui et al., 2014). Vacuum fi ltration and Langmuir-Blodgett methods require a lot of time expenditures (Wu et al., 2004; Zheng et al., 2012; Lee et al., 2013). Spray-method (Воронин и др., 2015) is not as time-consuming as the previous method, but it provides inhomogeneous conductive layer. Also there is another way to improve CNT conductivity. In works (Ebbes- en, 1996; Loiseau, 1996; Guerret-Piecourt et al., 1994) CNT are lined with different metal particles due to capillarity effects. As a result the conductivity of nanotubes increased. Although existing methods for forming conductive coatings are various enough, they have a large number of disadvantages and often diffi cult technology process. However, there is a method of layer-by-layer adsorption, which makes it possible to obtain ordered composite structures with the possibility of including various inorganic nanoparticles and functional molecules in their composition. This method of structures creating provides more abilities to obtain thin multilayer coatings and possibilities of their functionalization. Also there are several works about antirefl ection coating creation (Емельянов и др., 2015; Liu et al., 2009; Zhang et al., 2008) by LbL polymer adsorption. This property can be used to increase optical transmittance of conductive layers and improve their functionality. Thus, the LbL assembly method is perspective in the way of fl exible conductive functional coatings production technology. In view of the above the relevance of this topic lets us emphasize the objective of the work: formation of transparent conductive carbon nanotube coatings by layer-by-layer assembly method. The tasks of the work are:

76 Table 1 Currently existing methods of forming fl exible transparent conductive CNT coatings and their characteristics (Yu et al., 2016) fabrication Transmit- R – sheet resist- s advantages disadvantages methods tance, % ance, Ω/square transparent con- scarcity, ceramic na- excellent optoelec- ducting oxide 85 10-100 ture, short lifetime, tronic properties (TCO) high production cost catalytic excellent conductivi- high process tem- chemical vapor 90 84 ty; no use of additives perature deposition excellent conductiv- aligned CNT forest roll to roll-dry 83 24 ity; no use of addi- required tives; effi cient process little control over dip coating 90 100 simple; low cost thickness, uniformity Langmuir- simple; sickness 78 180 time consuming Blodgett control brush painting 79 286 simplicity poor uniformity great industrial limited to certain Mayer rod 82 75 potential types of substrates fast and simple large-scale produc- spin coating 90 128 process tion limited fast and simple not very uniform spray coating 89 120 process fi lms vacuum fi ltration 83 30 uniform fi lms time consuming (di) electropho- additional etching of 81 220 fast process resis metal layer

– to form transparent conductive fi lms of polymer and carbon nanotubes by layer-by-layer assembly method – to investigate obtained coatings transmittance by spectrophotometer – to measure current-voltage diagram of samples by probe station – to investigate carbon fi lms resistance dependence on the application technic, the amount of conductive fi lms and additional heating of samples. For the experiments we used: SWNT functionalized with carboxylic acid with diameter of 4.5 nm and length of 0.5-1.5 μm; glass substrate (size 18x18 mm, thickness 170 μm); PAH (poly-allylamine hydrochloride)-solution in 0.15M NaCl. Concentration of PAH and CNT solutions – 0.12 mg/ml. The investigation of obtained coatings was made by the following methods: fi lm length measurement by atomic force microscopy (AFM); transmittance coeffi cient measurement by СФ-56-ЛОМО-Спектр spectrophotometer

77 with wavelength range 190-1100 nm; current-voltage (IV) characteristics measurement by PM 5 probe station with curve tracer B 1500 A on contacts deposited on the top of the fi lm (voltage range –50…50V); colour carbon coating surface map obtainment by Raman-spectroscopy. The coating formation procedure consisted of several steps. Firstly, a glass plate was placed in a solution of PAH. Then the solution was stirred with a magnetic stirring rotor for 15 minutes, and then the sample was washed in the same way. Then, to adsorb the next layer, the sample was placed in a colloidal system of CNT in water with following stirring the solution. This procedure had been carried out until required number of bilayers. Also, to avoid irregular nanoparticles adsorption onto the substrate, some of the samples were placed in an ultrasonic bath for 5 minutes after dipping into the solution. Transparent conductive coatings obtained by LbL assembly were investigated by atomic force microscopy to know their thickness and to get surface images. In order to measure thickness a part of the fi lm was removed by scratching. Images of the obtained samples are presented in Figure 1. Thick- ness of 1 bilayer of PAH/CNT was 10.6 nm, 2 bilayers – 16.8 nm and 3 bilayers – 17.5 nm. Using a spectrophotometer, the coeffi cient of optical transmittance of carbon coating dependence on the wavelength was measured for three identical samples with 1 PAH/CNT bilayer. As it follows from the obtained data (Figure 2) that the transmission coeffi cient at the wavelength of 550 nm (the maximum of spectral density) is 99.13%. Also the current-voltage diagrams for various samples were measured to determine the resistance of the obtained coatings. The measurement was carried out at a probe station on contacts deposited on top of the fi lm. At the fi rst stage, two types of carbon coatings were formed. The difference between them was in various rotor revolutions per minute: 480 or 520. In Figure 3, the IV characteristics of these samples produced with/without ultrasound are presented. As it follows from the graphs, the IV diagrams are linear, but in case of adsorption using ultrasound, the surface resistance decreases noticeably as it can be seen from Table 2. With a number of revolutions increasing improvement in the conductive properties is also observed. Thus, the least sheet resistance is measured with 520 rpm and ultrasound treatment so further samples were carried out with these parameters. Further, the dependence of the sample resistance on the number of bilayers (PAH/CNT) was investigated. Coatings with 1, 2 or 3 (PAH/CNT) bilayers were made with or without ultrasound and with 520 rotor rpm. Resistances of obtained samples are presented in Table 3, IV characteristics obtained are

78 Fig. 1. AFM-image of conductive coating surface with scratch: (a), (b), (c) – samples with 1, 2 and 3 PAH/CNT bilayers, respectively. Thickness of each coating is written under its imageg

Fig. 2. Graph of carbon coating transmittance coefﬁ cient (T) on the wavelength (λ), with a range from 350 to 1100 nm. Measurements were carried out for three identical samples with 1 PAH/CNT bilayer. Spread in values is less than 0.5%. Table 2 Sample resistance dependence on stirring speed Stirring speed, Sheet resistance, Resistivity, Ω/ Sample number Using ultrasound rpm MΩ/square cm 1 480 - 49.41 52.4 1y 480 + 10.95 11.6 2 520 - 56.44 59.8 2y 520 + 3.93 4.2 shown in Figure 4. As it follows from the data performed, there is a resistance increase for ultrasound samples with the increasing of layer’s number. The sheet resistance of a sample with 1 bilayer is 1.23 MΩ/square, with 2 for 1.66 MΩ/square, with 3 for 1.74 MΩ/square. It can be explained by a gradual decrease in the surface charge upon adsorption of each next layer.

Fig.3. IV characteristics of samples with 1 bilayer with (orange lines) or without (“y” index, blue lines) ultrasound. Voltage measurement range: -50…50V. Full line – samples produced with 480 rotor rpm; dotted line – samples produced with 520 rotor rpm Four samples were not processed by ultrasound, on the contrary, the resistance decreases, but in the end, it still turns out to be larger. This effect most likely arises due to spotty adsorption and great aggregation of nanoparticles. Also the inﬂ uence of heating on the layers conductivity was investigated. The samples were heated for 1 hour at a temperature of 180°C. Initially, it was assumed that heating will cause decrease in the sheet resistance due to their closer packing and, as a result, nanotube contacts area increasing. Sheet resistance and conductivity of obtained samples are presented in Table 4. However, as it follows from the current-voltage characteristics, the resistance of the samples increased after heating of an average 1.65 times. This effect is observed for samples with 1, 2, and 3 bilayers. Thus, the heating of the samples led to the evaporation of the water molecules remaining in the layer, whereupon the conductivity of the coating decreased. Colour carbon coating surface map was obtained by Raman-spectroscopy to control aggregation of CNT. Maps were made for three different samples: № 3у, № 4у and № 5у. These ones were chase due to the various amount of (PAH/CNT) bilayers and better conductivity because of using ultrasound in process of formation.

80 Table 3 Sample resistance of samples with different number of PAH/CNT bilayers (Produced with 520 rpm) Sample Using Number of PAH/CNT Sheet resistance, Resistivity, Ω/cm number ultrasound bilayers MΩ/square 3 - 1 56.44 59.8 4 - 2 17.97 30.19 5 - 3 3.59 6.28 3y + 1 1.23 1.3 4y + 2 1.66 2.78 5y + 3 1.74 3.04

Fig. 4. IV characteristics of samples with 1 (blue lines), 2 (orange lines) and 3 (green lines) bilayers. Voltage measurement range: -50…50V. Full line –samples produces using ultrasound; dotted line – samples produced without using ultrasound As it can be seen from the maps in Figure 6, there is an increase in the aggregation with greater number of bilayer. Also three additional samples were formed to check the experiment frequency. Above samples had one bilayer of PAH/CNT. Obtained transparent coatings were investigated by probe station. As it follows from the measure-

81 Fig. 5. Raman-map of carbon coating surface: (a) – sample № 3y with 1 (PAH/CNT) bilayer; (b) — sample № 4y with 2 (PAH/CNT) bilayers; (c) — sample № 5y with 3 (PAH/CNT) bilayers ments, these samples have sheet resistance 6,17 MΩ/square, 7,76 MΩ/square and 9,41 MΩ/square, that conﬁ rm an ability of experiment replaying. As a result of the work done transparent conductive coatings with a high transmittance of 99.13% and a sheet resistance of 1.2 to 10 MΩ (resistivity 1.3-11.6 Ohm/cm) were formed by the layer-be-layer adsorption method with a thickness of the conductive layer 10.6-17.5 nm. Table 4 Sample resistance of samples with different PAH/CNT layers before and after heating. Sheet resis- Sheet resis- Sample Number of PAH/ Resistivity, Resistivity tance, MΩ/ tance change, number CNT bilayers Ω/cm change square MΩ/square 6 (before) 1 3,93 4,2 1,86 3,56 6 (after) 1 7,32 7,76 7 (before) 2 17,97 30,19 11,21 18,83 7 (after) 2 29,18 49,02 8 (before) 3 3,59 6,28 1,47 2,96 8 (after) 3 5,28 9,24

The infl uence of various conductive coatings production parameters on the characteristics of these coatings was studied, and the direct dependence of the samples resistance on the number of polymer/CNT bilayer was shown. In the work process further research directions were identifi ed: an increase in the conductivity of the resulting carbon coatings due to further improvement of the method, additional functionalization of nanotubes and their doping with inorganic metal nanoparticles, and the creation of antirefl ective conductive coatings by combining polymer layers.

REFERENCES

1. Воронин А. С., Иванченко Ф. С. и др. Модифицирование spray-метода для полу- чения пленок однослойных углеродных нанотрубок и их свойства // Journal of Si- berian Federal University. Engeneering & Technologies 2. 2015, № 8, С. 146–152.

82 2. Емельянов А. В., Ахмадишина К. Ф., Ромашкин А. В., Неволин В. К., Бобринец- кий И. И. Характеристики гибких прозрачныхпроводящих пленок на основе ком- позита полианилин−углеродные нанотрубки // Письма в ЖТФ. 2015. Т. 41, № 2. С. 87–95. 3. Cui K., Anisimov A. S. et al. Air-stable high-effi ciency solar cells with dry-transferred single-walled carbon nanotube fi lms // J. Mater. Chem.A. 2014, № 2. P. 11311. 4. Ebbesen T. W. Carbon Nanotubes // Phys. Today. 1996. Vol. 49, № 6. P. 26. 5. Guerret-Piecourt C. et al. Relation between metal electronic structure and morphology of metal compounds inside carbon nanotubes // Nature. 1994. № 372. P. 761–765. 6. Lee J. H., Kang W. S., Najeeb C. K. et al. A Hydrogen Gas Sensor Using Single-Walled Carbon Nanotube Langmuir-Blodgett Films Decorated With Palladium Nanoparticles // Sens. Actuators, B. 2013. № 188. P. 169−175. 7. Liu X., He J. Superhydrophilic and Antirefl ective Properties of Silica Nanoparticle Coat- ings Fabricated via Layer-by-Layer Assembly and Postcalcination // J. Phys. Chem. C. 2009. № 113. P. 148–152. 8. Loiseau A. Study of Fullerenes, Nanotubes and Nanowires by Transmission Electron Microscopy // Fullerene Science and Technology. 1996. Vol. 4, № 6. P. 1263–1277. 9. Sun D., Timmermans M. Y. et al. Flexible high-performance carbon nanotube integrated circuits // Nature Nanotechnology. 2011. № 6. P. 156–161. 10. Volder M. F.L., Tawfi ck S. H. Carbon Nanotubes : Present and Future Commercial Ap- plications // 2013. № 339. P. 535–539. 11. Wu Z., Chen Z. Transparent, Conductive Carbon Nanotube Films // SCIENCE. 2004. № 305. P. 1273–1276. 12. Yu L., Shearer C., Shapter J. Recent Development of Carbon Nanotube Transparent Conductive Films // Chem. Rev. 2016. № 116. P. 13413−13453. 13. Zhang L., Li Y., Sun J., Shen J. Layer-by-layer fabrication of broad-band superhydro- phobic antirefl ection coatings in near-infrared region // Journal of Colloid and Interface Science. 2008. № 319. P. 302–308. 14. Zheng Q. B., Zhang B., Lin X. Y. et al. Highly Transparent and Conducting Ultralarge Graphene Oxide / Single-Walled Carbon Nanotube Hybrid Films Produced by Lang- muir-Blodgett Assembly // J. Mater. Chem. 2012. № 22. P. 25072−25082.

CLINICAL AND DIAGNOSTIC EFFICIENCY OF ORIGINAL AND GENERIC IMMUNOSUPPRESSANT AFTER KIDNEY TRANSPLANTATION

A. A. Levin¹·² ¹Public Health Institution ‘Regional Clinical Hospital’ in Saratov ² Saratov State University

Abstract: The review examines the indices of clinical and diagnostic efﬁ ciency of generic immunosuppressants. The comparison between two original immunosuppressants – cyclosporin and tacrolimus – was carried out. Key words: immunosuppression, calcineurin inhibitors, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, generic.

83 ПРОГНОСТИЧЕСКИЕ КРИТЕРИИ ОЦЕНКИ КЛИНИКО- ДИАГНОСТИЧЕСКОЙ ЭФФЕКТИВНОСТИ ОРИГИНАЛЬНЫХ И ГЕНЕРИЧЕСКИХ ИММУНОСУПРЕССОРОВ ПОСЛЕ ТРАНСПЛАНТАЦИИ ПОЧКИ

А. А. Левин¹·² ¹Государственное учреждение здравоохранения «Областная клиническая больница» г. Саратова ² Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: в обзоре рассмотрены показатели клинико-диагностической эффективности генерических иммуносупрессоров. Проведено сравнение между двумя оригинальными иммуносупрессорами циклоспорином и такролимусом. Ключевые слова: иммуносупрессия, ингибиторы кальциневрина, цикло- спорин, такролимус, генерик.

1. Relevance of the work. The supporting immunosupression has to provide the maximum life ex- pectancy of the recipient with the functioning transplant that is determined by the suppression adequacy of the alloimmune answer, on the one hand, and by minimizing the risk of immunosupressant side effects, on the other hand. Currently this mission is achieved by using different classes of immunosuppressants. Another way to optimize immunosuppressive therapy is using drug monitoring in clinical practice that allows to keep drugs concentration within the therapeutic range. But the increasing use of generic immunosuppressive medicines is a serious problem for drug monitoring. While generic medicines are not an exact copy of the original drug by the pharmacokinetic properties in all cases when the patient is transferred from the original drug to the generic, or from one generic drug to another, monitoring therapy including full or shortened pharmacokinetic research is necessary (Клинические рекомендации: лекарственный мониторинг и взаимозаменяемость оригинальных и генерических иммунодепрессантов с узким терапевтическим индексом. URL:http://transpl.ru/images/cms/data/pdf/klinicheskie_rekomendacii_-_lek- arstvennyj_montoring.pdf (дата обращения 4.04.2018).. It is especially important to control drug concentration in blood while changing the drug. Recipients of donor organs need immunosuppressive therapy throughout all their lives. Treatment regimen is selected strictly individu- ally in accordance with features of a donor organ, patient’s clinical condition

84 and drug tolerance. Changing generic usage for patients with transplanted organs who receive lifelong immunosuppressive therapy can signifi cantly reduce drug expenses. 2. Purpose of research. The goal of the study is to search and analyze scientifi c literature devoted to evaluation of clinical and diagnostic effectiveness of original and generic immunosuppressants after kidney transplantation. 3. Modern immunosuppressants used in Transplantology. 1. Cyclosporin. Cyclosporin is a neutral, lipophilic, cyclic undecapeptide, fi rst isolated in 1970 from two strains of fungi Tolypocladium infl atum and Cylindrocarpon lucidum in the process of developing a new antifungal medical product. 2. Tacrolimus. Tacrolimus (Tacrolimus) is an immunosuppressive drug that belongs to the group of natural macrolides. It is produced by actinomycete Streptomyces tsukubaensis. It was opened in 1987 in Japan. Tacrolimus immunosuppressive effects are similar to cyclosporine. Like cyclosporin it is an immunophilin antagonist. Tacrolimus is more active than cyclosporine and is more effective in smaller doses. Transplant rejection reactions during the immunosuppressive therapy including tacrolimus, are less met than during the therapy that includes cyclosporin and is proceed easier, more amenable to relief. The mechanism of calcineurin inhibitors action is associated with a selective and reversible change of function by suppressing the formation and secretion of lymphokines and their binding to specifi c receptors. 3.2 Clinical diagnostic effi ciency of original and generic immunosupressant after kidney transplantation. Indicators of clinical and diagnostic effi ciency can be divided into three groups conditionally: 1. According to a functional state. The fi rst group includes the following indicators: defi nition of a daily proteinuria, speed of glomerular fi ltration (SGF) of creatinine, uric acid, glucose, lipidic range, SKF of a tsistatin C. Indicator of daily proteinuria is the evaluation of a protein excreted with urine per day, it is used as a marker for assessing kidneys’ functional state. Speed of glomerular fi ltration (SGF) of creatinine is the most exact index of kidneys’ functional state, which refl ects the degree of nephrons’ safety and presents glomerular fi ltration per unit of time.

85 Uric acid is the fi nal product of the disintegration of purine bases. The level of uric acid directly depends on its production in purine metabolism, glomerular fi lter and reabsorption, and as well as tubular secretion. Glucose. Post-transplantation period, as a rule, is accompanied by a signifi cant increase insulin need. There are several reasons for this process: 1) elimination of uremic intoxication; 2) insulinase activity of a transplantat; 3) operational and transplantation stress; 4) start of immunosuppressive therapy. Lipid spectrum – hyperlipidemia is a frequent companion of kidney disease. Almost always, the presence of lipid metabolism disorders in a renal patient worsens the prognosis due to acceleration of nephrosclerosis. Cur- rently it is known that mesangial cells that have receptors for low-density lipoprotein (LDL) bind and oxidize them, this launches a cascade of cytokine production stimulating mesangial proliferation and development of glomeru- losclerosis. Cystatin C (synonym for Cystatin 3) is a protein that is contained in blood plasma and belongs to the second group of genetic family of cystatins. This protein possesses the following properties: it is synthesized with a constant speed by all cells of the body containing nuclei; freely fi ltered through the glomerular membrane; completely metabolized in kidneys; is not secreted by proximal renal tubules (Zhang, Lu B et al., 2011) 2. Assimilation of an immunosupressant. Concentration in blood shows the digestion of immunosuppressant. They usually use the next rule: Co- concentration in 12 hours after using the drug, C2-concentration in 2 hours after using, so fi nally Cmax could be determined. 3. Markers of intense injury of kidneys. The third group includes next markers: NGAL, Molecule-1 of kidneys’ damage (KIM-1), Interleukin-18 (IL-18). NGAL (Neutrophil Gelatinase-Associated Lipocalin) – lipocalin, associated with gelatinase of neutrophils, or lipocalin 2. In acute pathological states it is synthesized in different organs and enters bloodstream. Normally, NGAL stimulates differentiation and structural reorganization of renal epithelial cells. At the development of renal diseases, NGAL levels in serum increase and cor- relates with severity of pathology (Peacock et al.,. 2013). Kidney damage molecule-1 (KDM-1) is a transmembrane glycoprotein of the 1st type, which is normally presented in kidney tissue in a minimal amount. As a result of ischemic or nephrotoxic acute kidney damage (AKD), there is its signifi cant increase in cells of proximal renal canals. KDM-1 is an early noninvasive biomarker for AKD associated with damage to proximal renal canals (Смирнов, Добронравов, Румянцев, 2016).

86 Interleukin-18 (IL-18) is a pro-inﬂ ammatory cytokine produced in proximal canals and detected in urine of patients with ischemic AKD. Moreover, it was revealed that an increase in concentration of IL-18 urine in early postop- erative period allowed to forecast development of AKD within next 24 hours with a probability of 73%. It was found that increasing concentration of IL- 18 outpaces the increase of serum creatinine concentration by 48-72 hours. (Смирнов, Каюков и др., 2009). Interleukin-18 (IL-18) is a pro-inﬂ ammatory cytokine produced in proximal canals and detected in urine of patients with ischemic AKD. Moreover, it was revealed that an increase in concentration of IL-18 urine in early postop- erative period allowed to forecast development of AKD within next 24 hours with a probability of 73%. It was found that increasing concentration of IL- 18 outpaces the increase of serum creatinine concentration by 48-72 hours. (Смирнов, Каюков и др., 2009).

REFERENCES

1. Клинические рекомендации: лекарственный мониторинг и взаимозаменяемость оригинальных и генерических иммунодепрессантов с узким терапевтическим индексом. URL: http://transpl.ru/images/cms/data/pdf/klinicheskie_rekomendacii_-_ lekarstvennyj_montoring.pdf (дата обращения 4.04.2018). 2. Смирнов А. В., Каюков И. Г., Добронравов В. А., Кучер А. Г. Острое повреждение почек – новое понятие в нефрологии // Клиническая нефрология. 2009. № 1. С. 11–15. 3. Смирнов А. В., Добронравов В. А., Румянцев А. Ш., и др. Национальные рекомендации. Острое повреждение почек : основные принципы диагностики, профилактики и терапии. Ч. I // Нефрология. 2016. Т. 20, № 1. С. 79–104. 4. Mårtensson J1, Bellomo R. The rise and fall of NGAL in acute kidney injury // Blood Puriﬁ cation. 2014. 37(4). P. 304–310. 5. Peacock WF, Maisel A, Kim J, Ronco C. Neutrophil gelatinase associated lipocalin in acute kidney injury // Postgraduate Medical Journal. 2013. 25(6). P. 82–93. 6. Zhang Z1, Lu B, Sheng X, Jin N. Cystatin C in prediction of acute kidney injury : a systemic review and meta-analysis // American Journal of Kidney Diseases. 2011. 58(3). P. 356–365.

87 ABOUT PLOTS OF COMPATIBLE MAPPINGS IN EUCLIDEAN HYPERCUBE

I. V. Los Saratov State University

Abstract: This paper describes the tool for creation plots for compatible maps in Euclidean hypercube. With that tool we can make hypotheses about measure of some compatible map. Keywords: p-adic numbers, ergodic theory, compatible mappings, euclidean hypercube.

О ГРАФИКАХ СОВМЕСТИМЫХ ОТОБРАЖЕНИЙ В ЕВКЛИДОВОМ ГИПЕРКУБЕ

И. В. Лось Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В работе описывается инструмент, разработанный для постро- ения графиков совместимых отображений в евклидовом гиперкубе. Созданный инструмент позволяет строить предположения о мере конкретного совместимого отображения. Ключевые слова: p-адические числа, эргодическая теория, совместимые отображения, евклидов гиперкуб.

Let’s start with some defi nitions. Set with addition and multiplication named as ring of integer p-adic numbers and denoted by Zp. P-adic numbers are sequences of numbers {0,1,…,P-1} with infi nity length (Hensel, 1905). 2-adic numbers are binary sequences. 2-adic numbers with fi nite number of ones match with positive integers (like binary form) …00011 = 3. Finite number of zeros match with negative integers (like two’s complement)…11100 = -4. Periodic sequences match with rational numbers …101010 = -1/3. Non- periodic sequences don`t match with any numbers (rational, complex, …). Let’s defi ne metric on Z2: , where s is the maximum length of matching pr efi xes of sequences u and v. For example, let’s u =…0101010101 and v =…0000000001. So s=2 and . This metric is also called ultrametric because it satisfi es strong triangle inequality (Сагаева, Салий, Тяпаев, 2013).

88 Study of compatible mappings is an actual problem now, because methods of p-adic analysis and dynamic system theory are used in developing stable and fast stream ciphers. Compatible mappings have very important properties like measure preserving, ergodicity and high linear complexity. Some of the most important sections of algebraic dynamic are p-adic algebraic systems. When we talk about algebraic systems, we mean dynamic in fi elds, rings, groups with projective limit structure. These structures are used for representing hierarchy of more complex structures. The main advantage of this method is ability to fi nd some properties of the process on the high levels of this system’s hierarchy. For example, for checking ergodicity of the system’s process. In some cases there is ability to check property for complex p-adic system using behavior of the system on rings with small modulo n (Anashin, Khrennikov, 2009). Metric for algebraic projective limit structure is named ultrametric. To- pology of ultramitric space could be used for creating hierarchy on corresponded structures. But now theory of general ultrametric dynamic systems doesn’t have many practical applications. It is known that automation mappings are compatible. These mappings could be present as sets of points in some spaces. Let’s call these sets ‘plots’. But it`s impossible to fi nd such important measure preserving and ergodicity in these plots for application properties. There are many ways to present compatible mappings in the euclidean unit cube. This work describes one of them. In this method let’s not take the function F (x), but let`s take some of its approximation: we don`t use infi nity length words, but we use fi nite length – just prefi xes of them. If length of the words increases then approximation becomes better. Obviously, getting words of the fi nite length we just should take x and F (x) modulo pk, where k is the length of words. Now let’s fi x some non-negative integer k. Each integer x: 0 ≤ x < pk match with exactly one point in the space with coordinates from formula 1 (Anashin, Khrennikov, 2009; Тяпаев, 2001).

(1)

It’s easy to see that each of the three coordinates lies in the interval . So for plotting these points we can use euclidean unit cube (Хренников, 2001; Анашин, 2002). But there are no easy ways to present 3-dimensional image on the computer screen. So let’s use projection to 2-dimensional space and create full

89 interface for rotating, scaling and zooming it. This interface is shown on fi gure 1. For example, let’s see at some plots on dynamic by length of words. On fi gure 2 the plots are shown for Thue–Morse automaton for k equals 10, 30, 60, 100 and 1000. For big k we take only random sub-set of whole set of points. With k < 60 points on the plot fi ll unite cube almost monotonically. But with 60 ≤ k < 100 this rule is broken and some areas are free from points. For bigger k points starts converging to one of the upper corner of the cube.

Fig. 1. Interface of the application

90 Fig. 2. Plots for Thue–Morse automaton for k equals 10, 30, 60, 100 and 1000

REFERENCES

1. Анашин В. С. Равномерно распределенные последовательности целых р-адических чисел// Дискретная математика. Т. 14, вып. 4. 2002. С. 3–64. 2. Сагаева И. Д., Салий В. Н. Тяпаев Л. Б. Дискретная математика. Ч. 1. Lulu Publish- ing, USA, 2013. 3. Тяпаев Л. Б. Геометрические образы автоматов как множества точек плоскости с рациональными координатами // Автоматизация проектирования дискретных систем (CAD DD’2001) : материалы IV межд. конф. Минск : Институт технической кибернетики НАН Беларуси, 2001. С. 203–210. 4. Хренников А. Ю. Моделирование процессов мышления в р-адических координатах. М. : Физматлит, 2004. 5. Anashin V., Khrennikov A. Applied Algebraic Dynamics, W. de Gruyter. Berlin-N.Y., 2009. 6. Hensel K. Uber eine neue Begrundung der Theorie der algebraischen Zahlen // Journal fur die reine und angewandte Mathematik. № 128, 1905. P. 1–32.

BIOLOGICAL TESTING OF CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF THE ABSCISSION OF LEAVES OF WOODY PLANTS

A. I. Lozbyakova Saratov State University

Abstract: The inﬂ uence of water-soluble active substances from the leaves of woody plants (maple, birch, oak, aspen ordinary) on the germination of seeds of the studied species of cultivated plants, which are test objects (wheat, spring cress-salad,

91 pink-red radish with a white tip, tomato black moor) is the aim of the research. The aspen has the most suppressive effect on the growth and development of seedlings; the birch has a stimulating effect on the tomato and the cress-salad. Keywords: biotesting, saproliny, seed germination, biogenic stimulators and inhibition.

БИОТЕСТИРОВАНИЕ ХИМИЧЕСКОГО ВЛИЯНИЯ ОПАДА ЛИСТЬЕВ ДРЕВЕСНЫХ РАСТЕНИЙ

А. И. Лозбякова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Выявлено влияние водорастворимых активных веществ из опада листьев древесных растений (клен остролистный, береза, дуб, осина обык- новенная) на прорастание семян исследованных видов культурных растений, являющимися тест-объектами (пшеница, кресс-салат весенний, редис розово- красный с белым кончиком, томат черный мавр). Осина оказывает самое подавля- ющее действие на рост и развитие проростков; береза оказывает стимулирующее действие на томат и кресс-салат. Ключевые слова: биотестирование, сапролины, прорастание семян, био- генные стимуляторы, ингибирование.

The problem of the relationship between living organisms in communities is one of the most urgent problems in the environment, because to a certain extent the stability, productivity and direction of the development of ecosystem depend on them (Торгашкова, 2008). In recent times human impact on the forest community has led to a change in their composition of species, structure and productivity. In this regard, there was a need to study the interaction of plants in order to determine the change of plant communities. The interaction of woody plants has not been carried out previously (Гродзинский, 1977). There are a lot of methods to determinate the degree of inﬂ uence of living organisms on the environment, among which there is the most common biotesting of the analyzed object. The method of biotesting is based on the response of living organisms to the effect of substances and can give reliable information about the degree of interaction of the components of the environment, including stimulation or inhibition (Матвеев, 1994). The choice of higher plants as test objects is due to their higher sensitivity to chemical exposure in comparison with other living organisms. In addition,

92 it is known that for an objective assessment of the chemical effect it is recommended to use several test cultures as the response level of different plant species (Матвеев, 1994; Райс, 1978). Allelopathy is the mutual infl uence of plants through changes in the environment as a result of the release of vital activity products (volatile or dissolved substances in the water fl owing from the leaves or washing the roots). Sometimes allelopathy is defi ned only as the harmful effect of some plants on others, but allelopathy is both negative and positive interaction of plants with each other by the release of chemicals. Allelopathy is a chemical interaction of plants through the release of physiologically active substances (Гродзинский, 1977; Матвеев, 1994; Райс, 1978). Among various abiotic and biotic factors affecting the habitat of living organisms, phytogenic factors determining different forms of plant interinfl u- ence, including chemical are of great importance. 4 types of substances are known: antibiotics are substances produced by microorganisms that suppress the activity of other microorganisms; phytoncides are volatile substances that kill or inhibit the growth and development of other organisms; marasmus are substances of withering that infl uence higher plants; colins are FAW plants inhibiting or stimulating their development. FAW are allocated by roots and aboveground organs of plants in the process of vegetation and also of decomposition of root and crop residues after harvesting in the soil. They can be volatile (phytoncides) and water-soluble (colins, marasmus, antibiotics) (Папкина, Степанов, 2017). Saproliny is a water-soluble substance that enters the environment in the process of decomposition of dead parts of plants the chemical composition of which is greatly infl uenced by metabolic products of microorganisms . The main source of allelopathic active substances in forest communities is forest litter, as leaf and root extracts have low activity. The activity of secretions depends on the type of plants, soil and weather conditions. Saproliny has high biological activity and plays an important role in formation of the mode of communities and therefore has a signifi cant impact on the structure and productivity of steppe, forest and agricultural plant communities. For example, Saproliny from the forest litter prevents penetration of many weed, steppe and meadow species of plants into the herbal layer of the forest communities as they inhibit or completely eliminate the process of germination of seeds and growth of seedlings (Одум, 1986; Шилов, 1997). The process of FAW release by the above-ground organs can be active (phytoncides) and passive in connection with the leaching action of atmo-

93 spheric precipitation water or as a result of artifi cial sprinkling. FAW are re- leased both by above-ground organs and underground ones (roots, rhizomes, etc.), however, the leading role remains for root selection. FAW can be toxic for one species, harmless or even stimulant for other species. Allelopathy occurs everywhere both in natural phytocenoses and agrophytocenoses. As a result of positive or negative effects of FAW signifi cant changes can occur in the anatomical and morphological structure of plants and their chemical composition, which affects the crop and its quality. It is quite diffi cult to observe the allelopathic phenomena in natural conditions, because the development of plants is infl uenced by various abiogenic factors. The formulation laboratory experiments can exclude their action, creating the same conditions for plant development. Allelopathy can be demonstrated using root selections and above- ground organs selections (leaves are the best). Root selection has more pronounced allelic effect, but the formulation of experiments with colins of above-ground organs is simple and short (Кавтарадзе, 2000; Акимова, 1994). The aim of this research was to study the effect of saprolins from the abscission of maple (Ácer platanoídes), birch (Bétula), oak (Quércus), aspen (Pópulus trémula) leaves on the germination of seeds of cultivated plant species, which are test objects (wheat (Tríticum), spring cress-salad (Lepidium sativum), rose-red radish with white tip (Sativus Raphanus L. var. Sativus), tomato black moor (Solánum lycopérsicum).

MATERIALS AND METHODS During the research an experiment was carried out to determine the effect of water-soluble allelopathic active substances from the abscission of leaves of woody plants on the germination of seeds of the studied species of cultivated plants, which was carried out by conventional methods (Торгашкова, 2008; Гродзинский, 1977). The essential advantages of this method are simplicity, productivity, good repeatability of results and high sensitivity. Filter paper was used as substrate. Germination was carried out in Petri dishes. Additional materials and equipment were as follows: forceps, scalpels, dissecting needles, rulers, scale, mortars with pestles, plant materials (leaf litter of woody plants – the Norway maple (Ácer platanoídes), the birch (Bétula), the oak (Quércus), the aspen ordinary (Pópulus trémula)), seeds of cultural plants: wheat (Tríticum), spring cress-salad (Lepidium sativum), pink-red radish with white tip (Raphanus sativus L. var. Sativus), tomato black moor (Solánum lycopérsicum)), distilled water, a pipette 10 ml. 24 hours before the beginning of the experiment, working extracts were prepared in a ratio of 1:10 (40 g of vegetable material – ground leaves, and

94 400 ml of distilled water). The obtained extracts were fi ltered. Further, in each Petri dish on fi lter paper control samples – 7 ml of distilled water, and in the experimental variants – 7 ml of the corresponding extract were put. Then the seeds (100 PCs) of the studied species were sown. Sowing was made as a square of 10x10 seeds. Then the cups were covered and left to germinate at room temperature for 7 days. Seed germination was carried out in the laboratory. According to the variants, starting from the control, every day the seed germination was measured (Гродзинский, 1977). Measurement was started on January 14, 2018 and fi nished on January 21, 2018. Statistical processing of the results was carried out using the Microsoft offi ce Excel program.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Germination is expressed as a percentage of the seeds that gave seedlings to the total number of seeds and is calculated by the formula:

B where B – germination, Bs – the number of seeds that gave seedlings, Bg – the number of seeds that participated in the experiment. The results were presented in Table.1. To determine the length of stems and roots of seedlings in all variants of the experiment seedlings were selected with tweezers from each Petri dish on the diagonal of a square planting and the length of stem and root was measured with a ruler. The results are listed in Table 2 and Table 3. Further, the average values and error of the arithmetic mean for seed germination and growth were calculated, the data was listed in the Table.4. According to the results of the experiments, physiologically active substances (colins) of different plants have an ambiguous effect on the physiological, biochemical and growth processes of the studied seed species. None of these woody plants had signifi cant impact on the germination of wheat seeds. Maple and aspen had inhibitory effect on the germination of radish seeds. But cress salad and tomato did not give any germination in the fi rst days. This can be viewed by germination dynamics of seed germination (on the fi rst day of germination) (Fig. 1). According to the results of measurements of seedlings’ stems and roots: wheat had the best result in the control variant, more slowly – in the birch extract, the slowest growth was in aspen extract; cress-salad had the best result in the birch extract, and slower – in the control variant; radish had the highest

95 Table 1 Germination of seeds in extracts from leaves of woody plants Proportion of sprouted seeds in the control sample and Counting Types of seeds in the extract, % date Control Maple Birch Oak Aspen wheat 15.01 96 94 90 90 87 16.01 98 97 93 97 90 17.01 98 97 93 97 90 18.01 98 97 95 97 93 19.01 98 97 95 97 93 20.01 98 97 95 97 93 21.01 98 97 95 97 93 cress-salad 15.01 67 3 0 0 0 16.01 96 46 50 19 0 17.01 97 72 65 33 0 18.01 97 80 70 65 25 19.01 97 80 74 80 39 20.01 97 91 80 80 41 21.01 97 91 80 80 55 radish 15.01 96 15 96 81 1 16.01 97 93 97 94 97 17.01 97 98 97 96 98 18.01 97 98 97 96 98 19.01 97 98 97 96 98 20.01 97 98 97 96 98 21.01 97 98 97 96 98 tomato 15.01 0 0 0 0 0 16.01 2 0 1 0 0 17.01 61 2 3 1 0 18.01 61 34 41 30 43 19.01 62 68 57 38 66 20.01 69 74 71 62 73 21.01 82 80 71 66 81

96 Table 2 Length of stems of seedlings, mm

Length of stems of seedlings, mm Types of seeds Control Maple Birch Oak Aspen Wheat 70 50 65 55 35 Cress — salad 45 45 55 55 50 Radish 40 55 30 40 20 Tomato 40 35 75 50 55

Table 3 Root length of seedlings, mm

Root length of seedlings, mm Types of seeds Control Maple Birch Oak Aspen Wheat 70 60 60 60 40 Cress — salad 15 40 40 35 25 Radish 35 35 30 35 15 Tomato 25 20 50 50 15

Fig.1. Dynamics of seed germination 15.01.18, %

97 Table 4 Key indicators of seed germination and growth

Variant Option seed Germination % Stem length, mm Root length, mm Wheat (Tríticum) Control 98,0±2,6 70,7±3,1 70,0±2,7 Maple 97,7±2,5 50,3±2,1 60,2±2,3 Birch 95,0±1,0 65,1±1,7 60,5±1,5 Oak 97,7±1,5 55,2±3,4 60,3±1,7 Aspen 93.7±3,2 35,2±2,3 40,1±2,4 Spring cress — salad (Lepidium sativum) Control 97,3±1,3 45,2±1,5 15,3±1,3 Maple 91,5±2,7 45,5±2,7 40,3±2.4 Birch 80,2±3,1 55,3±2,6 40,6±1,6 Oak 80,3±1,0 55,1±2,2 35,8±3,2 Aspen 55,4±2,6 50,7±1,4 25,3±2,1 Pink-red radish with white tip (Raphanus sativus L. var. Sativus) Control 97,3±2,3 40,4±1,8 35,8±2,6 Maple 98,0±2,0 55,3±2,4 35,2±1,5 Birch 97,5±1,5 30,2±2,9 30,3±2,3 Oak 96,8±2,4 40,1±1,3 35,7±1,3 Aspen 98,2±1,6 20,3±3.1 15,6±2,4 Tomato black moor (Solánum lycopérsicum) Control 82,3±1,4 40,3±2,1 25,4±2,4 Maple 80,5±2,7 35,3±1,4 20,3±1,8 Birch 71,4±1,5 75,6±2,5 50,5±1,5 Oak 66,5±3,2 50,4±2,7 50,7±2,9 Aspen 81,1±2,1 55,3±2,2 15,3±2,5 result in the maple extract, slower – in the aspen extract; tomato had the best result in the birch extract, the slowest growth was in the maple extract. Growth dynamics of length of seedlings’ stalks and roots are presented in the diagrams (Fig.2, 3).

98 Fig.2. Growth dynamics of length of seedlings’ stems, mm.

Fig. 3. Growth dynamics of seedlings’ root length, mm.

99 CONCLUSION The results of laboratory studies show that the aspen extract has the most suppressive effect on the growth and the development of seedlings (especially on wheat and radish seeds); the birch extract has stimulating effect on some plant species (especially tomato and cress-salad), the maple extract has stimulating effect on the development of radish seeds, so their extracts from leaves abscission can be recommended to gardeners to use them as a stimulant for soaking these seeds, and therefore for other plants with similar reproduction biology in order to improve the process of germination.

REFERENCES

1. Акимова Т. А. Основы экоразвития : учеб. пособие / Т. А. Акимова, В. В. Хаскин; Рос. экон. акад. им. Г. В. Плеханова. М. : Изд-во Рос. экон.акад., 1994. 311 с. 2. Гродзинский А. М. Некоторые проблемы изучения аллелопатического взаимодей- ствия растений / А. М. Гродзинский // Взаимодействие растений и микроорганиз- мов в фитоценозах. Киев, 1977. С. 3–12. 3. Кавтарадзе Д. Н. Экополис как естественнонаучная концепция среды обитания человека / Д. Н. Кавтарадзе // Экология и устойчивое развитие города : материалы III междунар. конф. по программе «Экополис». М., 2000. С. 14–16. 4. Матвеев Н. М. Аллелопатия как фактор экологической среды / Н. М. Матвеев. Са- мара : Кн. изд-во, 1994. 203 с. 5. Одум Ю. Экология : в 2 т. Т. 1 / Ю. Одум ; пер. с англ. Ю. М. Фролова; под ред. В. Е. Соколова. М.: Мир, 1986. 326 с. 6. Папкина В. Ю., Степанов М. В. Биотестирование почвогрунта после экспозиции композитных пленок на основе крахмала и L-Аспарагиновой кислоты / Папки- на В. Ю., Степанов М. В. // Современные проблемы теоретической и эксперимен- тальной химии. Саратов, 2017. С. 287–289. 7. Райс Э. Л. Аллелопатия / Э. Л. Райс. М. : Мир, 1978. 182 с. 8. Современные проблемы теоретической и экспериментальной химии : межвуз. сборник науч. трудов XII Вcерос. конф. молодых ученых с международ. участием. Саратов : Саратовский источник. 2017. 297 с. 9. Сохранение и восстановление биоразнообразия : учеб. пособие / В. Е. Флинт [и др.]. М. : Изд-во НУМЦ, 2002. 288 с. 10. Торгашкова О. Н. Практикум по основам химического взаимодействия растений: учебно-методическое пособие для студентов биол. факультета. Саратов, 2008. 20 с. 11. Шилов И. А. Экология : учеб. для студентов биол. и мед. факультетов и спец. ву- зов / И. А. Шилов. М. : Высш. шк., 1997. 511 с.

100 OPTIMIZATION OF THE MECHANOACTIVATION STAGE OF THE LITHIUM CARBONATE – RUTILE SYSTEM IN THE PRODUCTION OF A FUNCTIONAL MATERIAL BASED ON LITHIUM PENTATITANATE FOR ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES

D. V. Makhov Saratov State University

Abstract: The article is concerned with optimization of the functional material by controlling the intensity factors and the duration of mechanoactivation of the mixture of the initial materials when it is obtained. The application of various approaches for estimating the level of excess energy in the processed systems is considered in the article. Key words: mechanical activation, synthesis in mechanically activated system, lithium titanate, electrode material

ОПТИМИЗАЦИЯ СТАДИИ МЕХАНОАКТИВАЦИИ СИСТЕМЫ КАРБОНАТ ЛИТИЯ –РУТИЛ ПРИ ПОЛУЧЕНИИ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОГО МАТЕРИАЛА НА ОСНОВЕ ПЕНТАТИТАНАТА ЛИТИЯ ДЛЯ ЭНЕРГОАККУМУЛИРУЮЩИХ УСТРОЙСТВ

Д. В. Махов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: предлагается проведение оптимизации функционального мате- риала за счёт управления факторами интенсивности и длительности механоакти- вации смеси исходных веществ при его получении. Рассматривается применение различных подходов для оценки уровня избыточной энергии в обработанных си- стемах. Ключевые слова: механическая активация, синтез в механически активи- рованной системе, титанат лития, электродный материал

The modern growth of technologies in the ﬁ eld of electronics entails a growing need for portable power sources, such as batteries. The main advantages of lithium-ion batteries in front of other systems are the high density of accumulated energy (100-150 W · h / kg) and, accordingly, the low mass of the energy storage device, among the possible operating cycles of charge / discharge (up to 1000), in a wide range operating temperature (from -20 to + 60 °C), as well as in the absence of periodic maintenance and in some other aspects.

101 The traditional lithium-ion battery consists of functional materials: a positive, which is layered lithium cobaltate (III) LiCoO2, LiFePO4, mixed oxides of the general formula LiNiuMnyO2; a negative electrode, which role is played by graphite C, lithium-containing alloys, lithium pentatitanate (IV)

Li4Ti5O12, etc.; electrolyte, which is either a solution of the lithium salt in a mixture of organic solvents, or a lithium-conducting polymer (Кедринский, Яковлев, 2002) Perfection of each functional component entails the improvement of the entire lithium-ion energy storage system. Therefore, the development and optimization of electrode materials is a promising direction in the development of lithium-ion systems. To obtain electrode materials, among other methods, a solid-phase method with preliminary mechanical activation of the starting materials is isolated, which makes it possible to reduce the temperature and duration of the high-temperature synthesis stage. By controlling any of the synthesis parameters, it is possible to determine the electrochemical properties of the fi nal product that are of interest in the development of electrode materials. For the stage of mechanical activation conducted at room temperature, the duration and intensity of the mechanical action, as well as the composition of the dispersion medium, are controlled. For the high-temperature stage, the variable parameters are the duration, temperature, heating and cooling rates, the number of stages, and the composition of the atmosphere. Evalu- ation of the infl uence of each parameter separately and their joint infl uence on the electrochemical properties of the fi nal product requires a long and time-consuming experiment. However, the fact that excessive energy in the form of defects accumulates during the mechanical activation in the crystals of the initial substances, which determines the parameters of the subsequent high-temperature stage, allows us to consider the level of this excess energy as a cumulative parameter, the detection of a maximum of which will signifi - cantly improve the effi ciency of the optimization. The purpose of this work has been to optimize the stage of mechanoactivation of the lithium carbonate – rutile system to enhance the electrochemical properties of lithium pentatitanate obtained by annealing it; considering the possibility of using X-ray phase and thermogravimetric analyses to estimate the level of excess energy of the starting materials accumulated as a result of their mechanical activation. The choice of this system is conditioned, fi rstly, by the development of this electrode material carried out by the authors of the work and, secondly, in the extremely slow chemical interaction between the components under me-

102 chanical processing conditions, which makes it possible to observe more accurately the infl uence of the parameters of mechanical activation on the level of excess energy in the starting materials (Косова, Девяткина, 2009) In the solution of the problem, portions of the lithium carbonate – rutile mixture in an acetone medium has been mechanically activated in a planetary AGO-2 activator with varying intensity (rotor speed, 340-780 rpm) and duration (1-120 min) of treatment, after the mixture was dried in air. To assess the level of excess energy of the crystalline components of the mixture, an x-ray diffraction pattern has been recorded (Figures 1 and 2). Their analysis showed the invariance of the phase composition, as well as the broadening of the peaks of mechanically activated crystalline phases relative to the initial state. This broadening has been compared with the level of accumulated excess energy. Its accumulation corresponds to an increase in the chemical activity of solid reagents, which affects the chemical reaction during annealing. This infl uence is well illustrated by the results of thermogravimetric analysis (Figure 3). The reaction initiation temperature, accompanied by a decrease in the mass of the condensed system due to gas evolution, is signifi cantly lower in the mixtures subjected to mechanoactivation, compared to the mixture ground in the mortar. In this case, the longer the duration of mechanoactivation, the lower the temperature, the onset of the reaction proceeds.

Fig. 1. X-ray patterns of mixtures of lithium carbonate and rutile (with stoichiometry 2Li2CO3 + 4TiO2) subjected to mechanical activation in an acetone medium. Radiographs from the bottom up: titanium (IV) oxide TiO2 (without m/a); 560 rpm 1 min; 560 rpm 5 min; 340 rpm 20 min

103 Fig. 2. X-ray patterns of mixtures of lithium carbonate and rutile (with stoichiometry 2Li2CO3 + 4TiO2) subjected to mechanical activation in an acetone medium. Radiographs from the bottom up, respectively: titanium (IV) oxide TiO2 (without m/a); 560 rpm 20 min; 560 rpm 40 min; 780 rpm 20 min

Fig.3. Thermogravimetric analysis of mixtures of the lithium carbonate – rutile system

The results of this analysis allow us to conclude that for the lithium carbonate – rutile system intended for the production of Li4Ti5O12, an increase in the duration of the mechanical action entails an increase in the level of excess energy. This increase is well interpreted qualitatively and quantitatively by X- ray phase and thermogravimetric analysis. The experiment shows that the analysis of the peak broadening on the diffractograms of the machined systems, as well as the thermogravimetric study, are acceptable tools for estimating the level of accumulated excess energy. This approach is planned to be used in future when developing other electrode materials for lithium-ion batteries.

104 REFERENCES

1. Кедринский И. А., Яковлев В. Г. Li-ионные аккумуляторы. Красноярск : «Платина», 2002. 268 с. 2. Косова Н. В., Девяткина Е. Т. Влияние механической активации на синтез катод- ных и анодных материалов для литиевых аккумуляторов: исследование структуры и электрохимических свойств // Фундаментальные основы механической актива- ции, механосинтеза и механохимических технологий / отв. ред. Е. Г. Аввакумов. Новосибирск: Издательство СОРАН, 2009. С. 46–61.

SEPARATOR FOR LITHIUM-ION BATTERIES OBTAINED BY ELECTROSPINING METHOD

S. V. Makhov Saratov State University

Abstract: Separating material is one of the important components of the lithium- ion battery. The separator must possess high mechanical strength, acceptable wettability of the electrolyte, and low ion current resistance in the electrolyte. In this paper, the separator was obtained by electrospining method and its physical and electrochemical properties were studied. Keywords: separating material, nanoﬁ bers, electrospinning method, electrochemical properties, lithium-ion battery.

СЕПАРАТОР ДЛЯ ЛИТИЙ-ИОННЫХ АККУМУЛЯТОРОВ, ПОЛУЧЕННЫЙ МЕТОДОМ ЭЛЕКТРОФОРМОВАНИЯ

С. В. Махов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Сепарационный материал является одним из важных составля- ющих литий–ионного аккумулятора. Помимо предотвращения прямого замыка- ния электродов, сепаратор должен обладать высокой механической прочностью, приемлемой смачиваемостью электролитом и низким сопротивлением потоку ионов в электролите. В данной работе получен сепаратор методом электроформо- вания и исследованы его физические и электрохимические свойства. Ключевые слова: сепарационный материал, нановолокна, метод электро- формования, электрохимические свойства, литий-ионный аккумулятор.

105 As it is known, a lithium-ion battery contains electrodes, a separator and an electrolyte. One of the important components of the lithium-ion battery is the separator, which primarily performs the function of preventing short cir- cuiting of the electrodes. Wide ranges of physical, chemical and electrochemical properties are applicable to separator: 1) The minimum ion resistance; 2) Mechanical and volumetric stability; 3) High physical strength; 4) Chemical stability to the destruction of the electrolyte, impurities, electrode materials; 5) Effi ciency in preventing migration of electrode material particles; 6) High wettability with solutions of electrolytes; 7) Uniform thickness. These properties greatly affect the performance of the battery [Arora, 2004]. The separator must possess suffi cient porosity to absorb the liquid electrolyte to maximize ionic conductivity. However, the presence of the separator adds electrical resistance and takes up a limited space inside the battery, which adversely affects the battery power. The selection of an appropriate separator is critical for battery performance, including energy and power density, working life and safety. At present, polyethylene, polypropylene and three-layer polymer separators are widely used in commercial lithium-ion batteries (LIB) due to good electrochemical stability and excellent mechanical properties. The polyolefi n separators are characterized by weak wettability, small pore size and low porosity, which interferes the absorption of the electrolyte and this promotes to low conductivity. As a result, these drawbacks lead to loss of power during cycling, especially at high temperatures [Zhang, 2007]. Separating materials made of nanofi bers can be applied as separators in lithium-ion batteries, which have a highly tortuous pore structure that will prevent the growth of lithium dendrites and a small thickness. These properties will greatly enhance the energy and electrochemical characteristics of a LIB, as well as its safety at function. Three main methods for obtaining of polymeric separating materials are known: method of die-casting, method of phase separation and electrospinning method. Electrospinning method is a special place, differing by the simplicity of equipment, high energy effi ciency, fl exibility and process a variety of products. This method is usually used to produce continuous nanofi bers due to the electric fi eld superimposed on the polymer solution [Junga, 2009]. In this study, a separating material based on polyvinylidene fl uoride (PVDF) and fl uoroplastic-42B was obtained by method of non-capillary elec-

106 trospinning (Elmarco «Nanospider NS Lab 200»). Its electrochemical behavior in the lithium-accumulating system Li4Ti5O12 vs. Li with an electrolyte based on a 0.67 M solution of lithium perchlorate LiClO4 in a mixture of propylene carbonate (PC) and dimethoxyethane (DME) was investigated. The following optimal conditions for electrospinning of the polymer solution were found: voltage – 75 kV, distance between electrodes – 170 mm, rotation speed of electrode – 16 rpm. Respectively temperature and humidity were 27°C and 15%. By scanning electron microscopy (MIRA LMU Tescan) determined the average diameter of the fi bers, which was 280 ± 20 nm, surface structure without defects (Figure 1.1). The average pore diameter was measured by the method of the equipment manufacturer (Porometer 3G Quan- tocrome Instruments) and was 0.32 ± 0.01 μm (Figure 1.2). The porosity was about 70 %. The method of galvanostatic cycling was used for the initial assessment of the electrochemical properties of the Li4Ti5O12 vs. Li with a separator based on fl uorine-containing polymers (equipment “Buster” 0.03-10). As can be seen in Figure 1.1, the average pore diameter was about 0.32 ± 0.01 μm. Uniform distribution and tortuous pore structure are highly desirable, as the former provides a uniform current distribution throughout the separator, and the latter suppressing of lithium dendrites growth. The discharge capacity of the lithium titanate on the fi rst cycle was about 140 mA·h·g-1, according to the galvanostatic cycling curves (Figure 2.1). The value of the coulombic effi ciency (Figure 2.2.) was 96% on the fi rst cycle. We concluded that the electrochemical processes running on the fi rst cycle were more reversible compared with a system without separating material.

Fig. 1. (1) Micrograph of the separating material obtained from polymer mixtures by electrospinning method. (2) The dependence of the ﬂ ow differential on the average pore diameter.

107 Fig. 2. (1) Curves of galvanostatic charge and discharge cycling of the electrochemical system Li4Ti5O12 vs. Li c 0.67M LiClO4 in mixture organic solvents and a separator obtained by electrospinning method at a temperature of 30 ° C. (2) Dependence of the coulombic efﬁ ciency on the cycle number of the electrochemical system Li4Ti5O12 vs. Li without a separator and with it. The possibility of obtaining a separator based on mixtures of polymers by electrospinning method was shown and its physical and electrochemical properties were investigated.

REFERENCES

1. Arora P., Zhang Z. Battery Separators // Chem. Rev. 2004. № 104. P. 4419–4462. 2. Zhang S. S. A review on the separators of liquid electrolyte Li-ion batteries // Journal of Power Sources. 2007. № 164. P. 357–364. 3. Junga H. R., Jua D. H. Electrospun hydrophilic fumed silica/polyacrylonitrile nanoﬁ ber- based composite electrolyte membranes // Electrochimica Acta. 2009. № 54. P. 3630– 3637.

DETECTION OF SULFADIMETHOXINE IN MILK USING SERS-ACTIVE CALCIUM CARBONATE MICROSPHERES WITH EMBEDDED SILVER NANOPARTICLES

N. E. Markina, N. A. Burmistrova SARATOV STATE UNIVERSITY

Abstract: The purpose of this report is synthesis of SERS-active material with high sorption properties, which was used as SERS-active sorbent for solid phase extraction and sensitive detection of sulfadimethoxine (sulfanilamide antibiotic) in milk after liquid-liquid extraction as milk samples preparation technique. Keywords: surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy (SERS), silver nanoparticles, calcium carbonate microspheres, liquid-liquid extraction, sulfadimethoxine.

108 ДЕТЕКТИРОВАНИЕ СУЛЬФАДИМЕТОКСИНА В МОЛОКЕ С ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕМ ГКР-АКТИВНЫХ МИКРОСФЕР КАРБОНАТА КАЛЬЦИЯ СО ВСТРОЕННЫМИ НАНОЧАСТИЦАМИ СЕРЕБРА

Н. Е. Маркина, Н. А. Бурмистрова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Целью данной статьи является синтез ГКР-активного матери- ала с высокими сорбционными свойствами, который был использован как ГКР- активный сорбент для твердофазной экстракции и чувствительного определения сульфадиметоксина (сульфаниламидного антибиотика) в молоке после жидкост- но-жидкостной экстракции как техники подготовки образцов молока. Ключевые слова: гигантское комбинационное рассеяние (ГКР), наночасти- цы серебра, микросферы карбоната кальция, жидкостно-жидкостная экстракция, сульфадиметоксин

Nowadays for food chemical analysis gas chromatography and high-performance liquid chromatography are mainly used. However, these methods have some disadvantages, such as difﬁ cult and long in time samples pretreatment, the need for trained personnel and for expensive bulky equipment. Since the 2000s, surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy (SERS) has also been applied for food analysis due to its advantages such as high sensitivity, small required volume of analyte, fast and portable analysis (Craig et al., 2013; Zheng, He, 2014). For SERS analysis, including food analysis, various SERS substrates have been applied. An enormous number of articles describes the use of nanoparticles (silver or gold) solutions for SERS detection (Lin et al., 2009; Xie et al., 2012). Also, core-shell structures (Hu et al., 2010), micro- and nano- composites (Hu et al., 2011; Zhao et al., 2013), planar substrates (Khlebtsov et al., 2015) were often applied. Use of sorbents for solid phase extraction (SPE), which have ability to Raman signal enhancing, enables additional con- centrate of analytes and carries out of detection within the sorbents (Shende et al., 2004; Yurova, et al., 2016). Mainly, reports about SERS food analysis were dedicated to detection of food contaminants, including antibiotics (Xie et al., 2012), pesticides (Khlebt- sov et al., 2015), mycotoxines (Lin et al., 2009), food additives (colorants (Hu et al., 2011), preservatives (Gao et al., 2013), ﬂ avor enhancers (Peica et al., 2007), etc.), and others. The presence of antibiotic residues in food products is a big problem due to development of antibacterial resistance to these drugs by humans.

109 Therefore, the aim of the present work is the synthesis of SERS-active sorbent based on calcium carbonate microspheres with embedded silver nanoparticles and its application for sulfanilamide antibiotic (sulfadimethoxine) detection in whole milk.

Silver nitrate (AgNO3), trisodium citrate dihydrate (Na3C6H5O7·5.5H2O), calcium chloride dihydrate (CaCl2·2Н2О), sodium carbonate (Na2CO3), sodium chloride (NaCl), hydrochloric acid (HCl) were used for SERS-active microparticles synthesis. Carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, ethyl acetate, diethyl ether were used as solvents for liquid-liquid extraction (LLE). Sulfadimethox- ine (SDM) as target molecule for analysis was taken from «Sulfadimethoxine» pills. Deionized water (15MΩ resistivity) was used for all solutions preparation, and milk (2.5% of fat) was purchased from a local supermarket. Silver nanoparticles (AgNP) were prepared by simple citric reduction method (Markina et al., 2016). 100 ml of silver nitrate solution (10-3 M) were boiled under stirring and then 0.1 ml of sodium citrate (0.5 M) was added dropwise to the AgNO3 solution. The mixture was left to boil for 30 min. Syn- thesized AgNP were stirred for 24 hours at room temperature before further application. Image of AgNP obtained by scanning electron microscopy (SEM, Mira II LMU, Tescan, UK) is presented in Figure 1a. Average size of synthesized AgNP is 70±14 nm according to SEM images and their zeta-potential is around -50 mV according to dynamic light scattering data (Zetasizer Nano, Malvern, UK).

SERS -active sorbent (CaCO3-AgNP) was obtained by incorporation of AgNP inside calcium carbonate microspheres. 1 ml of calcium chloride (1 M) and 1 ml of sodium carbonate (1 M) were simultaneously added under vig- orous stirring to the 4 ml of AgNP. The reaction was carried out for 30 sec under continuous stirring and for 60 sec without one. Obtained CaCO3-Ag- NP microparticles were rinsed 3 times with deionized water via centrifugation (6000 RPM, 10 sec) and dried out for 3 h at 60°C. Final sample powders

(around 90 mg) were stored at room temperature. The average size of CaCO3- AgNP microspheres is 4±1 μm by SEM images (Figure 1b). SERS measurements were performed after SPE step with synthesized SERS-active sorbent. Brieﬂ y, 0.5 ml of analyte was added to 10 mg of sorbent. Then the mixture was mixed during 10 minutes to complete sorption of analyte. After removing of analyte by centrifugation (6000 RPM, 10 sec) the sedi- ment was dissolved in 20 μL HCl (5 M) to release of both analyte and AgNP. 10 μL of obtained mixture was dropped on cover glass. SERS measurements were performed by Raman spectrometer (Ntegra Spectra, NT-MDT, Russia) with solid state blue laser (473 nm) as light excitation source. All SERS spectra

110

Fig 1. SEM images of AgNP (a) and CaCO3 microspheres with embedded AgNP (b). were obtained at 0.9 mW laser power and 10 sec signal acquisition time. From every sample 10 spectra were collected. Before spectral measurements pretreatment of milk samples was carried out. Milk samples were artifi cially spiked with SDM so that fi nal SDM concentration was 1 μg/ml. For separation of target molecules in milk, LLE was performed. 200 mg of NaCl was added in 0.5 ml milk, and then the mixture was shaken (during about 5 min.) until salt dissolving and centrifuged (7000g, 10 min) for fats and proteins separation. Liquid below the fi lm of fats and proteins was moved into a new vial, mixed with 0.5 ml of organic solvent and shaken for 5 min. Then the solvent layer was removed, placed to another vial and completely dried at 70ºC. Residue was redissolved in 0.5 ml of water and used for SERS measurements. For every solvent LLE procedure was carried out for 3 times. SDM molecules have the sulfonyl group with high affi nity for silver surface, so SDM must bind well with AgNP inside sorbent matrix. Figure 2a demonstrates SERS spectrum of SDM aqueous solution (1 μg/ml). The most intensive SERS peak of SDM (1082 cm-1) was used for calibration curve plotting (Figure 2b). The obtained lower limit of detectable concentrations (0.1 μg/ ml) using SERS-active sorbent is in 10 times lower compared with using initial AgNP, which was determined in our previous report (Markina et al., 2016), due to preconcentration ability. These results were compared with spectrophoto- metric measurements. UV-vis spectra were obtained with spectrophotometer Shimadzu UV-1800 (Japan). According to fi gure 3 UV-vis spectrophotometry has lower sensitivity compared with SERS. Milk is a complex system, which contains fats, proteins, and some mi- croelements. So, SERS spectrum of spiked by SDM milk sample has a big background signal due to proteins fl uorescence that prevents SDM detection

111 Fig 2. SERS spectrum of sulfadimethoxine (200 μg/ml) (its molecular structure is in insert) (a), and calibration curve for sulfadimethoxine on peak at 1082 cm-1 (b)

Fig 3. UV-vis spectrum of sulfadimethoxine (200 μg/ml) (a), and calibration curve for sulfadimethoxine on peak at 275 nm (b)

(Figure 4, line 1). After removing of fats and proteins from milk (ﬁ rst step of LLE) intensity of the background signal was decreased (Figure 4, line 2), but SERS spectrum of SDM did not appear. And only using of extracting solvents allows us to remove the background signal. (Figure 4, line 3). To further demonstration the potential utility of the presented method for real samples, the milk samples spiked with SDM (200 μg/ml) were determined using SERS-active sorbent. The obtained results are summarized in Table 1. Four different insoluble in water extracting solvents were applied for LLE of SDM: carbon tetrachloride (ρ=1.595 g/cm3), chloroform (ρ=1.483 g/ cm3), ethyl acetate (ρ=0.902 g/cm3), diethyl ether (ρ=0.714 g/cm3). As shown in Table 1, chloroform is the most appropriate solvent for extraction of SDM. Low recovery of SDM with diethyl ether can be explained by much loss of sample during extraction step due to low boiling point (34.6 oC) of this solvent. Limits of SDM detection (according to IUPAC norms) in milk using SERS and UV-vis spectrophotometry with chloroform as extracting agent were 0.17 μg/ml (5×10-7 M) and 6.4 μg/ml (2×10-5 M), correspondingly. It

112 Fig 4. SERS spectra of milk with SDM (1 μg/ml) before (line 1) and after (line 2) removing of fats and proteins from milk, and aqueous solution of SDM obtained after liquid-liquid extraction by chloroform (line 3)

Determination of SDM in milk samples using SERS technique (n=5)

Found, μg/ml Solvent for LLE Added, μg/ml R, % xmean±Δxsr, % Carbon tetrachloride 91±9 7.7 45.5 Chloroform 154±11 5.8 77.0 200 Diethyl ether 49±4 6.4 24.5 Ethyl acetate 124±11 7.3 62.0 is noteworthy, that the limit of detection using SERS-active sorbent can be improved by additional functionalization of its surface with polyelectrolyte molecules, antibodies, or calixarenes. This step will allow to rise the selectivity to the SDM due to the increase of electrostatic interaction or appearance of spatial afﬁ nity to target molecule.

In the conclusion the obtained results are summed up. CaCO3 microspheres were used as the basis for SERS-active sorbent, and silver nanoparticles provided SERS properties. Simple and reliable synthesis ensures fabrication of high homogeneous samples without the milling step. High sorption of the sorbent provides preconcentration ability and, thus, decreasing of limit of detection compared to AgNP. Liquid-liquid extraction step helps to collect precise SERS spectra SDM from milk and using chloroform as extracting solvent provides the most intensity SERS spectra of SDM.

The work was supported by the Russian Scientiﬁ c foundation (project 14- 13-00229).

113 REFERENCES

1. Craig A. P., Franca A. S., Irudayaraj J. Surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy applied to food safety // Annu. Rev. Food Sci. Technol. 2013. Vol. 4. P. 369–380. 2. Gao J., Hu Y., Li S., Zhang Y., Chen X. Adsorption of benzoic acid, phthalic acid on gold substrates studied by surface-enhanced Raman scattering spectroscopy and density functional theory calculations // Spectrochim. Acta A. 2013. Vol. 104. P. 41–47. 3. Hu H., Wang Z., Pan L., Zhao S., Zhu S. Ag-coated Fe3O4@SiO2 three-ply composite microspheres: synthesis, characterization, and application in detecting melamine with their surface-enhanced Raman scattering // J. Phys. Chem. C. 2010. Vol. 114. P. 7738– 7742. 4. Hu H., Wang Z., Wang S., Zhao S., Zhu S. ZnO/Ag heterogeneous structure nanoarrays: photocatalytic synthesis and used as substrate for surface-enhanced Raman scattering detection // J. Alloy Compd. 2011. Vol. 509. P. 2016–2020. 5. Khlebtsov B. N., Khanadeev V. A., Panﬁ lova E. V., Bratashov D. N., Khlebtsov N. G. Gold nanoisland ﬁ lms as reproducible SERS substrates for highly sensitive detection of fungi- cides // ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces. 2015. Vol. 7, № 12. P. 6518–6529. 6. Lin W. C., Jen H. C., Chen C. L., Hwang D. F., Chang R., Hwang J. S., Chiang H. P. SERS study of tetrodotoxin (TTX) by using silver nanoparticle arrays // Plasmonics. 2009. Vol. 4. P. 187–192. 7. Markina N. E., Shalabay V. V., Zakharevich A. M., Markin A. V. Detection of sulfona- mide drug in urine using liquid-liquid extraction and surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy // Proc. SPIE. 2016. Vol. 9917. P. 9917X. 8. Peica N., Lehene C., Leopold N., Schlucker S., Kiefer W. Monosodium glutamate in its anhydrous and monohydrate form: differentiation by Raman spectroscopies and density functional calculations // Spectrochim. Acta A. 2007. Vol. 66. P. 604–615. 9. Shende C., Inscore F., Gift A., Maksymiuk P., Farquharson S. Analysis of pesticides on or in fruit by surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy // Nondestruct. Sens. Food. Saf. Qual. Nat. Resour. 2004. Vol. 5587. P. 170–176. 10. Xie Y., Zhu X., Sun Y., Wang H., Qian H., Yao W. R. Rapid detection method for nitro- furan antibiotic residues by surface-enhanced Raman Spectroscopy // Eur. Food Res. Technol. 2012. Vol. 235. P. 555–561. 11. Yurova N. S., Markina N. E., Pozharov M. V., Zakharevich A. M., Rusanova T. Yu., Mar- kin A. V. SERS-active sorbent based on aluminum oxide loaded with silver nanoparticles // Colloids Surf. A. 2016. Vol. 495. P. 169–175. 12. Zhao Y., Luo W., Kanda P., Cheng H., Chen Y., Wang S., Huan S. Silver deposited poly- styrene (PS) microspheres for surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopic-encoding and rapid label-free detection of melamine in milk powder // Talanta. 2013. Vol. 113. P. 7–13. 13. Zheng J., He L. Surface-enhanced Raman spectroscopy for the chemical analysis of food // CRFSFS. 2014. Vol. 13. P. 317–328.

114 FEATURES OF THE TEMPERATURE RESPONSE ON DOUBLE CUFF-OCCLUSION OF THE UPPER LIMBS: REMOTE ISCHEMIC PRECONDITIONING ASPECT

D. I. Mayskov Saratov State University

Abstract: A pilot study of using brachial cuff-occlusion as a method of remote ischemic preconditioning of the myocardium has been carried out. The temperature response of fourteen healthy subjects on double brachial occlusion has been investigated via infrared thermography. As a result, it was found that for 80% of the subjects the response to the ﬁ rst period of ischemia is more intensive than the second one, and vasodilation occurs even on the opposite non-occluded hand during reactive post-occlusive hyperemia of the occluded hand. The latter experimental fact indicates involvement of not only local, but also systemic mechanisms of regulation of vascular tone. Thus, multiple one-sided brachial occlusions, apparently, can have a general training effect, at least, on the peripheral vascular system. Keywords: remote ischemic preconditioning, RIPC, RIP, thermal imaging, occlusion, ischemia, reperfusion.

ОСОБЕННОСТИ ТЕМПЕРАТУРНОГО ОТВЕТА НА ДВОЙНУЮ ОККЛЮЗИЮ ВЕРХНИХ КОНЕЧНОСТЕЙ В АСПЕКТЕ ДИСТАНТНОГО ИШЕМИЧЕСКОГО ПРЕКОНДИЦИОНИРОВАНИЯ

Д. И. Майсков Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет им. Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Проведено экспериментальное исследование использования плечевой окклюзии в качестве метода дистантного ишемического прекондици- онирования миокарда. С помощью инфракрасной термографии был исследован температурный отклик четырнадцати здоровых испытуемых. В результате было обнаружено, что у 80% испытуемых ответ на первый период ишемии более ин- тенсивный, чем на второй, и вазодилатация происходит даже на противополож- ной руке без окклюзии во время пост-окклюзионной гиперемии руки с окклюзи- ей. Последний экспериментальный факт свидетельствует об участии не только местных, но и системных механизмов регуляции сосудистого тонуса. Таким об- разом, многократные односторонние плечевые окклюзии, по-видимому, могут иметь общий тренировочный эффект, по крайней мере на периферической со- судистой системе. Ключевые слова: дистантное ишемическое прекондиционирование, ДИПК, ДИП, тепловидение, окклюзия, ишемия, реперфузия.

115 Investigation of the features of myocardial ischemic lesions during cardiac surgery led to the discovery of the ischemic preconditioning phenomenon. The essence of this phenomenon consists in increasing the myocardium resistance to long periods of ischemia that occurs after several short artifi cially created ischemia-reperfusion periods (Przyklenk K., Whittaker P., 2011). The implementation of ischemic preconditioning contributes to a signifi cant necro- sis area reduction in the myocardium after coronary artery bypass surgery, the organism’s adaptive reserve increases with respect to pathological conditions caused by a lack of oxygen, the expulsion fraction of both left and right ven- tricles increases. The choice of the ischemic preconditioning method is an important issue. Currently, the most common method of local ischemic preconditioning, during which episodes of short-term ischemia-reperfusion are created directly in the fi eld of coronary vessels. The applying of this preconditioning method is limited to cardiosurgical practice and complicated by the great invasiveness of the procedure. The search for new ways of implementing ischemic preconditioning and its use for the prevention and treatment of coronary heart disease can be attributed to the actual cardiology problems. An alternative to local preconditioning is remote ischemic preconditioning (RIPC), realized by creating ischemia-reperfusion periods of organs distant from the heart. The most accessible area for the RIPC implementation is the limbs zone. Experimental works in this direction demonstrate a decrease in the markers concentration of myocardial damage (troponin I) by 17% in the preconditioned patients blood in comparison with the control group. There is also a positive effect of distant preconditioning in the shoulder region on the endothelial function of peripheral vessels (Jones, Hopkins, Bailey, Green et al, 2014). The question of the multiple occlusion effect of the brachial artery on the coronary vessels and the peripheral vascular system remains unclear. The aim of this work is to study the temperature and associated upper limb vascular response to multiple shoulder occlusion and an assessment of the prospects for using this test for remote ischemic preconditioning. To study the organism temperature reactions to the functional load, it is advisable to use a thermographic method that realizes the temperature recording over a large area of the human body. The latter makes it possible to compare temperature signals, for example, simultaneously on the left and right hands.

THERMAL IMAGING DATA RECORDING AND ENVIRONMENT 8 men and 6 women without cardiovascular abnormalities at the age of 22 to 35 years were included in a group of 14 subjects. Before the measure-

116 ments, the subjects were adapted to the surrounding conditions for 15 minutes (temperature 24 ° C, humidity 50%). We used a cooled thermal imaging camera ThermaCam SC 3000, Flir Systems (Sweden) as a specimen of modern class equipment for temperature measurements with sensitivity 0.02°C and spectral range 8-9 μm. All measurements are performed with frame rate 2 fps.

Fig. I. Thermogram of hands with round regions of interest on the distal phalanx

ISCHEMIA – REPERFUSION PROTOCOL OF MEASUREMENTS In this study, the vascular reaction to occlusion was considered in two aspects. First, the reaction features of the right and left hands were compared when occlusion was performed on one of the limbs. Second, the vessels response of the limbs to the second occlusion was compared with the fi rst. Here- in, repeated reaction features, reproduced during the conduct of both the fi rst and the second occlusions, were determined. The ischemia periods of the right limb were created with the help of a cuff applied to the appropriate arm in the shoulder region. The cuff pressure on the shoulder during ischemia is 80 mm Hg. exceeded systolic and had a value of about 200 mm Hg. Two ischemia periods were created for a time of 2 min each, after each ischemia period, a reperfusion period was recorded for 3 min. Figure II shows several types of temperature response to a double occlusion. In 80% of cases, the response to the fi rst ischemia period is more intense than the second one (fi g. II a). The second important reproducible feature is the presence of a vasodilation period of the free extremity during post-occlusion vasodilation of the ischemic limb (fi g. II b, dashed frame). There is also a presence of vasoconstriction (temperature lowering) of the free limb at the initial moment of pressure

117 (a) (b)

Fig. II. Examples of temperature response of arms (solid line – cuffed right arm, dashed line – uncuffed left arm): (a) – Second response to the ischemia is less than the fi rst one; (b) Infl ation and defl ation of the cuff provokes respectively vasoconstriction and vasodilatation of the contralateral arm; (c) – Repeatable vasoconstrictions immediately after cuff defl ations; (d) – Slightly noticeable response of contralateral arm during ischemia of the cuffed arm. increase in the cuff on the ischemic limb (fi g. II b, dashed frame). Not typical cases of vasoconstriction after occlusion removal (fi g. II с) or cases contralateral limb weak reaction occlusion (fi g. II d). The results of this research are interesting to consider in the realisation aspect of distant ischemic preconditioning. In this area there are many unresolved issues among which one can single out the following: – the protocol of the RIPC is not defi ned; – areas of ischemia are not defi ned (arm, leg or a combination of them); – it is not clear how the cardioprotective stimulus is transmitted to the myocardium; – is the reaction to ischemia local or systemic? Some of these issues are discussed below.

LOCAL OR SYSTEMIC CHARACTER OF THE ISCHEMIC RESPONSE As Figure II b shows at the beginning of the right hand ischemia period, the vessels vasoconstriction on the opposite left arm is observed. In this case, vasoactive substances produced in the vessels endothelium of the right hand can not be transported to the left arm vessels, since the venous outﬂ ow is blocked by the cuff. Consequently, the vessels constriction of the free hand is

118 due to the signal transmission along the sympathetic nerve pathways, and the reaction itself is not humoral, but neurological. Considering the limb vessels vasodilation during the occlusion removal, it can be noted that the vessels dilatation of the free left arm occurs without delay, simultaneously with the fl ow-dependent the vessels dilatation of the right arm. That is also neurological. In studies (Matsuo S., Matsumoto T., Takashima H., Ohira N., Yamane T., Yasuda Y., Horie M., 2004), it is noted that the ability of the hand vessels to fl ow-dependent vasodilation is well correlated with vasomotor activity of coronary vessels. At present, it is not known whether hemodynamics are connected in the extremities with changes in coronary blood fl ow, but it is assumed that peripheral changes in skin blood fl ow can refl ect the overall microvascular function, including circulation in the coronary vessels, as shown in the studies (Khan F., Patterson D., Belch J. J., Hirata K., Lang C. C., 2008).

SELECTION OF AN ISCHEMIC ZONE The next unresolved issue is the choice of the RIPC area. The RIPC phenomenon is observed in several ischemia-reperfusion episodes both on the upper and lower limbs. When perform occlusal inﬂ uences in the shoulder region of one of the upper limbs, a steady increase in the vascular capacity for vasodilation not only in this limb but also in the opposite limb. When perform occlusion on the upper limb, some subjects also record a temperature reaction, and therefore a vascular reaction of the lower limb (Vainer B. G., Markel A. L., 2015, Vainer B. G., Morozov V. V., 2017). In our study, an upper limb zone was chosen for occlusion; the arteries occlusion of the lower limb, femoral for example, requires the creation of a higher cuff pressure on the thigh (more than 250 mm Hg), causing mechanical trauma and discomfort to the subject. At the same time, it should be assumed that in the RIPC implementation on the lower limbs vessels may have a greater effect on the myocardium due to the larger diameter of the femoral artery as compared with the brachial artery.

THE TRANSMISSION PATHWAY OF A CARDIOPROTECTIVE STIMULUS TO MYOCARDIUM The cardioprotective stimulus can be transmitted in two main pathways, either humoral (via transport of vasoactive factors from the ischemic organ to the myocardium) or neural (via sympathetic nerve ﬁ bers). As discussed in 3.1 above, the study results suggest that the reaction to occlusion of one of the upper limbs is systemic, and the signal that stimulates vasoactivity enters the

119 vessels of the opposite limb along the sympathetic nerve pathways. The RIPC realization on the mice femoral artery showed that the reducing size effect of the infarction arises only if both the neural and humoral ways of transmitting the cardioprotective signal were preserved (Lim S. Y., Yellon D. M., Hausen- loy D. J., 2010).

THE THERMOGRAPHIC METHOD ADVANTAGES OF STUDYING HEMODYNAMICS As was shown earlier, between the change in skin temperature and peripheral hemodynamics, an interrelation can be established in the form of amplitude and phase relationships (Sagaidachnyi А. А., Skripal A. V., Fomin A. V., Usanov D. A., 2014). The latter makes it possible to use the thermography method as a tool for the investigation and visualization of cutaneous blood fl ow. The method of thermography is more suitable for investigating low-frequency changes in peripheral blood fi lling compared with methods of laser doppler fl owmetry and photoplethysmography. As was shown earlier, in the human skin, the high-frequency oscillations of hemodynamics in the cardiac, respiratory ranges decay and the relative intensifi cation of low-frequency oscillations of the endothelial, neurogenic and myogenic ranges10. In addition, infrared cameras provide the capture of a larger surface area while providing high temporal and spatial resolutions. A pilot study testifi es to the fact that multiple occlusive effects in the shoulder region have a systemic effect. Vascular local responses of a limb with a cuff are accompanied by vascular reactions of the opposite limb (fi g. II). Thus, it can be assumed that post occlusional hyperemia can provoke the occurrence of vascular reactions in other parts of the vascular system, remote from the occlusion site, for example, in the coronary vessels of the heart. With multiply repetition of ischemia-reperfusion periods in the hand vascular region, a “training effect” and the formation of resistance to ischemia of not only peripheral but also coronary vessels may occur. Experimental confi rmation of this assumption is the subject of further research.

The study of the hemodynamic response of limbs on occlusion was funded by the Russian Science Foundation (grant No. 17-75-10130).

REFERENCES

1. Jones H., Hopkins N., Bailey T. G., Green D. J. et al. Seven-day remote ischemic preconditioning improves local and systemic endothelial function and microcirculation in healthy humans // American journal of hypertension. 2014. Vol. 27, № 7. P. 918–925.

120 2. Khan F., Patterson D., Belch J. J., Hirata K., Lang C. C. Relationship between peripheral and coronary function using laser Doppler imaging and transthoracic echocardiog- raphy // Clinical Science. 2008. Vol. 115, № 9. P. 295–300. 3. Lim S. Y., Yellon D. M., Hausenloy D. J. The neural and humoral pathways in remote limb ischemic preconditioning // Basic research in cardiology. 2010. Vol. 105, № 5. P. 651–655. 4. Matsuo S., Matsumoto T., Takashima H., Ohira N., Yamane T., Yasuda Y., Horie M. The relationship between fl ow-mediated brachial artery vasodilation and coronary vasomotor responses to bradykinin: comparison with those to acetylcholine // Journal of cardiovascular pharmacology. 2004. Vol. 44, № 2. P. 164–170. 5. Przyklenk K., Whittaker P. Remote ischemic preconditioning: current knowledge, unresolved questions, and future priorities // Journal of cardiovascular pharmacology and therapeutics. 2011. Vol. 16, № 3–4. P. 255–259. 6. Sagaidachnyi А. А., Skripal A. V., Fomin A. V., Usanov D. A. Determination of the amplitude and phase relationships between oscillations in skin temperature and photoplethysmography – measured blood fl ow in fi ngertips // Physiological measurement. 2014. Vol. 35, № 2. P. 153–166. 7. Vainer B. G., Markel A. L. Systemic vascular response to brachial arteries crossclamping may prognosticate the outcome of remote ischemic preconditioning // Medical hypotheses. 2015. Vol. 84, № 4. P. 298–300. [5] 8. Vainer B. G., Morozov V. V. Infrared Thermography-based Biophotonics: Integrated Diagnostic Technique for Systemic Reaction Monitoring // Physics Procedia. 2017. Vol. 86. P. 81–85.

MODELING AND PARALLEL ALGORITHMS ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS OF CONTROLLED HYBRID DYNAMIC SYSTEMS

D. V. Melnichuk, D. K. Andreichenko Saratov State University

Abstract: In mathematical modeling, the development of parallel algorithms and programs requires the use of adaptive algorithms of numerical analysis by dynamic balancing of computational load between processors. An example is the analysis and synthesis of controlled technical systems containing interacting objects with spatially-centered parameters and objects with spatially distributed parameters on the basis of the apparatus of hybrid dynamic systems (HDS), i.e. mathematical models in the form of ordinary differential equations (ODE) and associated with them by boundary conditions (BC) and communication conditions (CC) of partial differential equations (PDE) under the corresponding initial conditions (IC). Managed HDS depends on a set of real parameters of feedbacks. In the general case, the question remained open about the conditions for the analyticity of the characteristic and perturbing quasipolynomial polynomials in the right complex half-plane and near the imaginary axis. Keywords: Hybrid Dynamic Systems, HDS.

121 МОДЕЛИРОВАНИЕ И ПАРАЛЛЕЛЬНЫЕ АЛГОРИТМЫ АНАЛИЗА И СИНТЕЗА УПРАВЛЯЕМЫХ КОМБИНИРОВАННЫХ ДИНАМИЧЕСКИХ СИСТЕМ

Д. В. Мельничук, Д. К. Андрейченко Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В математическом моделировании при разработке параллель- ных алгоритмов и программ требуется применять адаптивные алгоритмы числен- ного анализа c динамической балансировкой вычислительной нагрузки между процессорами. Примером могут служить задачи анализа и синтеза управляемых технических систем, содержащих взаимодействующие объекты с сосредоточен- ными по пространству параметрами и объекты с распределенными по простран- ству параметрами, на основе аппарата комбинированных динамических систем (КДС), т. е. математических моделей в форме обыкновенных дифференциальных уравнений (ОДУ) и связанных с ними посредством граничных условий (ГУ) и условий связи (УС) уравнений в частных производных (УЧП) при соответствую- щих начальных условиях (НУ). Управляемые КДС зависят от набора веществен- ных параметров обратных связей. Ключевые слова: Комбинированные Динамические Системы, КДС.

INTRODUCTION Parallel programming technologies such as OpenMP and MPI can be used for developing the software for most modern parallel computer archi- tectures. “Manager-workers” strategy is part of OpenMP standard in ver- sions 3.x and 4.x [1] but it is limited to multiple threads within one process in an operating system (OS) running on a single node of massive parallel processing (MPP) cluster. That strategy is not implemented within modern MPI standard [2], which is traditionally used on MPP clusters, but it can be substituted with the MPI-MAP pattern [3] proposed by the authors of this paper. MPI-MAP implements the MAP stage of the MAP-REDUCE pattern [4] with standard MPI process interchange operations to balance the computational load dynamically according to “manager-workers” strategy. MPI-MAP is very efﬁ cient when time that pro-gram runs in single executor is much more than time needed for data interchange within MPI processes. For example, MPI-MAP can be used in parallel algorithms of mathematical modeling of controlled dynamic systems containing interacting objects with parameters concentrated in space as well as objects with parameters distributed in space, based on a body of HDS [5]. HDS is a mathematical model

122 in form of system of ODE and PDE combined with boundary and relation conditions in presence of given initial conditions. The primary theorems on the stability of linear and linearizeable HDS are formulated and proven in [6]. Various modifi cations of parametric synthesis (the algorithm of pick- ing feedback parameters to sustain required quality of transient processes) are shown in [6-8]. Nevertheless, the question of comparing the effi ciency of dynamic load balancing based on OpenMP and MPI-MAP stays open, in case of running those mathematical models on SMP systems as well as MPP clusters and energy effi cient co-processors such as Intel Xeon Phi.

MPI-MAP PATTERN The well-known MAP-REDUCE pattern of parallel programming allows for parallelization of various data-processing algorithms. It consists of 2 stages. On a fi rst stage called MAP some suffi ciently long fi nite sequence is being transformed into another fi nite sequence element-wise. And second stage called REDUCE the result sequence is being reduced to one value:

(1);

, (2);

So that Op operation is associative. The MAP stage is effectively parallel since the sequence is processed element-wise. The REDUCE stage is also effectively parallel because Op is associative. The dynamic parallel load balancing is required if time needed for operations f and Op can change heavily depending on input. In the MPI standard, the REDUCE stage is implemented with MPI_ Reduce operation. The MAP stage can be implemented with another standard MPI functions. However, MPI doesn’t offer the dynamic load balancing by itself. The proposed MPI-MAP pattern implementation [3] with dynamic load balancing implies that some MPI process (g(e.g. process with rank 0) acts as a manager and all other processes , are executors. Intercommunications between tasks run by executors are supposed to be minimal or absent at all. It is also supposed that run time of calculation is much more than time needed to send data and .

123 MATHEMATICAL MODEL The block diagram of an HDS with piecewise continuous inputp vector function x(t)( ) and continuous output vector function y(t) of time t, , (see ﬁ g. 1) ﬁ ts model equations similar to [3]:

Here is a set of independent space coordinates assigned to some individual point of the object with space-distributed parameters, is an area occupied by objects with space-distributedp parameters, is a domain boundary, , is a distributed output vector function, . Differential operators , , containing partial derivatives , ,…, ﬁ t equations in partial derivatives, boundary and relation conditions; are parameters characterizing the inﬂ uence of typical nonlinearities; dot on top of the symbol means differentiation by time t. The linearization of model equations corresponds to the situation when . Here the parallel algorithm of the parametric synthesis [8] actually uses MPI-MAP pattern to transform the set of frequency range boundaries to integrals over frequency ranges.

Fig. 1. The block diagram of the HDS

124 NONLINEAR NONSTATIONARY COMBINED DYNAMIC MODEL OF THE STABILIZATION SYSTEM As an example of a nonlinear nonstationary combined dynamic model of the stabilization system in the vertical direction and relative to the longitudinal axis of the mobile control object (the rocket taking into account the elastic deformations of its hull, ﬁ g. 2). The modeling of the error of the system of angular stabilization of a mobile object (a rocket taking into account deformations of its body) is performed, i.e. angles of deviation of the moving object from the vertical caused by the perturbing shear force.

Fig. 2. The design model of mobile control object

REFERENCES

1. OpenMP Application Program Interface. Version 4.5 – November 2015. [Electronic resource]/ OpenMP Architecture Rewiew Board. El. data. 2015. Access: http://www.openmp. org/mp-documents/openmp-4.5.pdf, open access. Screen title (at 31.01.2016). English. 2. MPI: A Message-Parsing Interface Standard 3.1. June 4, 2015. [Electronic resource]/ Message Passing Interface Forum. El. data. 2015. Access: http://www.mpi-forum.org/ docs/mpi-3.1/mpi31-report.pdf, open access. Screen title (at 31.01.2016). English. 3. Concurrency Runtime [Electronic resource]/ Microsoft. El. data. 2016. Access: http:// msdn.microsoft.com/ru-ru/library/dd504870.aspx, open access – Screen title (at 31.01.2016).

125 4. Andreichenko D. K. Pattern MPI-MAP and modeling of output vector functions of nonlinear hy-brid dynamic systems [Text] / D. K. Andreichenko, K. P. Andreichenko, D. V. Melnichuk // Reports of Military Sciences Academy. 2015. N 2 (66). P. 101–115 (in Russian). 5. Andreichenko D. K. On the theory of hybrid dynamical systems [Теxt] / D. K. Andre- ichenko , K. P. Andreichenko // Journal of Computer and Systems Sciences International. 2000. Vol. 39, No 3. P. 383–398. 6. Andreichenko D. K. Dynamic analysis and choice of parameters of a model of gyroscop- ic integrator of linear accelerations with ﬂ oating platform [Теxt] / D. K. Andreichenko, K. P. Andreichenko // Journal of Computer and Systems Sciences International. 2008. Vol. 47, No. 4. P. 570–583. 7. Andreichenko D. K. Parameter Selection and Dynamic Analysis of Gas Jet Stabili- zation Systems with Elastic Rods [Теxt] / D. K. Andreichenko, K. P. An-dreichenko, M. S. Komarova // Journal of Computer and Systems Sciences International. 2012. Vol. 51, N 4. P. 573–586. 8. Andreichenko D. K. Parallelization of parametric synthesis by “problems portfolio” scheme based on MPI technology [Text] / D. K. Andreichenko, A. A. Eroftiev, D. V. Mel- nichuk // Izv. Saratov Univ. (N. S.), Ser. Math. Mech. Inform.

APPLICATION OF GEODETIC METHODS FOR MONITORING OF SLOPE PROCESSES

L. A. Mitrokhina Saratov State University

Abstract: Geodetic methods for monitoring of slope processes are discussed fo- cusing on urban area. Peculiarities of their application as well as advantages and disadvantages of each method are presented. Keywords: geodetic monitoring, slope processes, landslides, leveling, terrestrial laser scanner, total station, GNSS receiver.

ПРИМЕНЕНИЕ ГЕОДЕЗИЧЕСКИХ МЕТОДОВ ДЛЯ ИЗУЧЕНИЯ ДИНАМИКИ СКЛОНОВЫХ ПРОЦЕССОВ

Л. А. Митрохина Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье рассмотрены геодезические методы, применяемые для изучения динамики различных склоновых процессов в условиях застроенной территории. А также представлены особенности применения тех или иных мето- дов, их недостатки и преимущества.

126 Ключевые слова: геодезический мониторинг, склоновые процессы, оползни, нивелирование, наземное лазерное сканирование, тахеометр, ГНСС приемник.

Saratov region has a complex hilly relief and geographic conditions that cause a variety of slope processes such as landslides, erosion, karst processes etc. Houses and other constructions are often built on quite steep slopes and can become deformed due to soil instability. Landslide failure is usually preceded by slight changes of slope surface that can indicate forthcoming falling down. To predict and minimize property damage monitoring of slope deformation is carried out. Monitoring also helps to connect different factors that inﬂ u- ence slope stability as well as to investigate mechanisms of landslides. Monitoring includes analyses of different parameters of a slope and material forming it. It includes geophysical, hydrological and meteorological studies as well as geodetic monitoring to reveal slope deformation and its rate. Ge- odetic monitoring of slope processes may be performed by various methods. It provides horizontal and vertical displacements of slope points, direction and rate of their movements. Displacements are often visualized through spatial- temporal graphs (Figure).

An example of a spatial-temporal graph.

127 The graph represents height differences of four deformation marks (Rp.3287 – Rp. 2848) during fi ve measurement cycles (Клюшин и др., 2004). Contours depict deformation variations of different parts of a slope. An important part of monitoring is installing deformation and control marks through a slope area. Deformation marks change their position together with soil. They should be placed in a way they refl ect the mean behavior of the surrounding area. Control marks (usually reinforced concrete pillars) are mounted on the stable area and it is considered that their positions do not change. Displacements can be determined by means of leveling or surveying using a total station, a GNSS receiver or a terrestrial laser scanner. The choice of a suitable method depends on characteristics of the studying slope (the area size, the shift rate) and required accuracy. Leveling is the simplest and the cheapest method for obtaining vertical displacements through measuring height differences. For this purpose, a level and levelling staffs (specialized measuring sticks) are used. The levelling staffs are set up at points and the level is installed between them in the middle. Dif- ferences in height are calculated as a difference between two staff readings – backsight and foresight. This method can provide height differences with sub-millimetric accuracy (Erol et al., 2004). But leveling cannot be applied for very steep slopes so it is not an appropriate method for measuring of big height differences. The slope must be accessible because level staffs should be set up on deformation marks. The second method includes positioning of deformation marks by means of total stations (TS). TS measures horizontal and vertical angles and the distance to an object that are used to compute coordinates of an object. There are two measuring modes: prism-mode and non-prism mode (a measurement to direct objects without the need for a refl ector). The prism-mode provides accuracy of distance measurement (by the example of TS Leica FlexLine TS02 plus) 1.5 mm + 2.0 mm/km over distances up to 3.5 km (Leica Geosys- tems AG, 2013a). TS is set up at a control mark and a refl ector (for the prism mode) is set up at deformation marks. Sometimes deformation marks are designed as small refl ectors that makes measurements easier and more precise. Accuracy of horizontal and vertical angles measurements varies from 3” to 7”. But this mode can be used only for accessible slopes because a refl ector should be placed on deformation marks. Non-prism mode has limited distance range (maximum 500 m for an ideal atmosphere conditions) and lower accuracy. In case of monitoring of quick deforming slope a robotic TS can be used. A robotic TS performs measurements automatically after a certain time period.

128 GNSS-receivers compute 3D position of a point by means of measuring ranges to satellites of GNSS systems (mostly GLONASS and GPS). For precise geodetic surveying differential methods are applied when two receivers are used. In this case precise coordinates of a vector are determined. In this method there is no need of control marks mounting (for an urban area) because for this purpose any of geodetic points within 50 of km radius can be used. Static measurement provides millimeter accuracy but it takes hours to get vector coordinates: the plane coordinates error 2.5 mm +0.5mm/km, the height error 5 mm + 0.5mm/km. Real time kinematic (RTK) technique provides fast measurements with lower accuracy: the plane coordinates error 8 mm +1 mm/ km, the height error 15 mm +1 mm/km (accuracies are given for an average GNSS receiver EFT M1, ООО Эффективные технологии, 2016). RTK ob- tains coordinates immediately after a measurement while the static technique requires data post processing. Accuracy depends on the distance between receivers. Application of GNSS receivers is limited and sometimes impossible in area with high obstacles – trees and buildings. A terrestrial laser scanner (TLS) performs measurements like TS (the vertical and horizontal angles and the range) and then computes 3D. TLS has a vertically rotating mirror on a horizontally rotating base that enables measurements up to 1 million points per second. The rate and other characteristics are given for Leica ScanStation P20 (Leica Geosystems AG, 2013b). But TLS has limited distance range in comparison with TS – 120 m. 3D position accuracy given by the manufacturer is 6 mm at 100 m, horizontal and vertical angular accuracy is 8”. The result of TLS measurements is a dense point cloud with sufﬁ cient accuracy. TLS can be applied for monitoring of steep slopes inac- cessible for mounting a reﬂ ector or a staff. But TLS is an expensive tool in comparison with other methods and not all companies can afford it. All mentioned above errors of coordinates are presented by manufactur- ers and take into account just errors provided by an instrument while measurement conditions are considered to be ideal. Usually errors in position are larger because of other error sources such as weather conditions, an instrument centering error, a leveling up error, observer errors etc. An observer should keep to strict requirements to achieve sub-millimetric accuracy (short distances, repeated measurements, thorough total station centering and leveling it up, measuring in most suitable weather conditions). There is no universal method of slope process monitoring because all methods have their advantages and disadvantages. For high-precision monitoring of height differences of accessible gentle slopes leveling is the recommended method. TS surveying is an appropriate technique for obtain-

129 ing of precise plane displacements as well as height differences in a steep area. GNSS receivers are easy-to-use method useful in the open area and inefﬁ cient in compact planning. And GNSS positioning is not suitable for high-precision height difference measurement because vertical uncertainty is more than twice larger than horizontal one. TLS provides an informative dense 3D point cloud made up of millions points for a short time of period but with lower accuracy than mentioned above ones. Hence it is not applied for high-precision monitoring.

REFERENCES

1. Клюшин Е. Б., Киселев М. И., Михелев Д. Ш., Фельдман В. Д. Инженерная геодезия : учебник для вузов / под ред. Д. Ш. Михелева. 4-е изд., испр. М. : Издательский центр «Академия», 2004. 480 с. 2. ООО Эффективные Технологии. Руководство к системе EFT M1 GNSS/ 2016. 3. Erol S., Erol B., Ayan T. A General Review of The Deformation Monitoring Techniques and a case Study: Analysing Deformations Using Gps/levelling // XXth ISPRS Con- gress, Technical Commission VII / Editor: Orhan Altan. Volume XXXV Part B7, July 12–23, 2004, Istanbul, Turkey. 4. Leica Geosystems AG. Leica FlexLine TS02 plus data sheet / Heerbrugg, Switzerland, 2013a. 5. Leica Geosystems AG. Leica ScanStation P20 User Manual / Heerbrugg, Switzerland, 2013b.

ELECTROANALYTICAL PROPERTIES OF UNMODIFIED AND POLYANILINE MODIFIED MEMBRANES IN SOLUTIONS OF CERTAIN ANTIBIOTICS

R. K. Mursalov Saratov State University

Abstract: Measurement of resistance of membranes is a kind of electrochemical methods of the analysis. The scientist is achieved by a task to minimize resistance in order to improve the current-conducting properties of the membrane. As a title implies the present work describes the effect on the properties of membranes of an electrically conductive polymer, such as polyaniline. The main idea of this article is to present a solution to the problem of high ohmic resistances. The particular interest is the modiﬁ cation of the membrane by the polymer. The comparison is also made with the functioning of membranes without a conductive polymer. And the presented measurement results are visually analyzed and compared. Keywords: resistance, membrane, polyaniline, solutions, сefotaxim.

130 ЭЛЕКТРОАНАЛИТИЧЕСКИЕ СВОЙСТВА НЕМОДИФИЦИРОВАННЫХ И МОДИФИЦИРОВАННЫХ ПОЛИАНИЛИНОМ МЕМБРАН В РАСТВОРАХ НЕКОТОРЫХ АНТИБИОТИКОВ

Р. К. Мурсалов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Измерение сопротивления мембран – разновидность электро- химических методов анализа. Перед учёным стоит задача – минимизировать сопротивление с целью улучшить токопроводящие свойства мембраны. Как и отображено в названии, в настоящей работе описывается влияние на свойства мембран такого электропроводящего полимера, как полианилин. Главная идея этой статьи – представить решение проблемы высоких омических сопротивле- ний. Особый интерес представляет модифицирование мембраны полимером. Так- же проводится сравнение с функционированием мембран без токопроводящего полимера. И представленные результаты измерений наглядно анализируются, сравниваются. Ключевые слова: сопротивление, мембрана, полианилин, решения, цефо- таксим.

In modern analytical scientiﬁ c community, measurement of resistance of membranes with polyvinylchloride a matrix is one of the widespread interpre- tations of a voltammetry used at the description of ionic transport. Before the scientist there is a problem – the high ohmic resistance expressing big power losses that is interpreted as the undesirable phenomenon. Solution of this problem, namely: modifying by electroconductive polymer polyaniline, it will be stated in the real research. The choice of antibiotics is caused by the fact that cefotaksim is a cepha- losporin antibiotic of the third generation, is widely used in medical practice for treatment of various infectious and somatic pathologies. At production of the studied membrane as an inert matrix used polyvinylchloride, plasticizer – dibutylphthalate and elektroactive connection. The main process of complex formation of silver with cefotaksim is described by the equation: + - - Ag +2Ceftx ↔Ag (Ceftx)2 Synthesis of electroinactive component is carried out on the reaction of exchange presented on the scheme:

131 - + - + Ag (Ceftx)2 · TDA ↔Ag (Ceftx)2 + ТDА (TDA- tetradecylammonium) The technique of this work consists in measurement on a multimeter DT9202A and the microampermeter M244 according to tension and the current of a membrane of Ag (Ceftx)2 TDA (the complex of silver and ionic asso- ciates of tetradecylammonium are a part of a membrane) on the basis of a β-lac antibiotic of a cefotaksim of various concentration: in a compartment with an anode electrode, antibiotic solution with smaller concentration of C=10-7 M, and with cathode – solution with bigger concentration (10-2,10-3,10-4 M) is located. A series of solutions in test tubes on 10 ml has been prepared from standard solution of a cefotaksim of C=10-2 M (the weight of the portion of the substance is 0,0455 g). At removal of indications from the device, during the experiment can change considerably both tension, and current, depending on structure and properties of the studied membrane. Proceeding from sizes of these parameters, membrane resistance under the law of Ohm pays off:

Where R – resistance of a membrane, MegaOhm; U – voltage on a membrane, Volt; I – current intensity , MicroAmpere Researches of properties of membranes were conducted in a cell of own design, the offi ces consisting of two volume on 1,5 by ml everyone. The four- electrode system consisting of couple platinum (conducting) and couples the chlorinesilver (registering) electrodes has been used. At fi rst the multimeter and galvanostat are connected. Measurement was taken within two hours: the fi rst fi ve minutes readings are taken at an interval of 1 minute, the subsequent fi fteen – with an interval of 5 minutes, further with the 10th minute interval before establishment of electrochemical balance of system. After the fi rst hour of measurements change of polarization with further removal of indications is made. Most sharply the problem of high ohmic resistance is shown during the work with background membranes (without electroinactive agent). Accumula- tion of carriers of a charge in such membranes is carried out by processes of penetration of ions of an antibiotic of solution into a membrane phase. But modifying of a membrane as polymer as for the last twenty years properties of high-molecular connections have been better studied is of special interest for this work. It became the real sensation as has caused emergence of new types of electronic and optoelectronic devices, and has laid the foundation for researches in the fi eld of synthesis and studying of properties of similar materials.

132 Fig. 1. The scheme of working installation used in the real research: 1 – galvanostat, 2 – the microampermeter, 3 – a multimeter, 4 – the used galvanic cell (a– a membrane, б – platinum electrodes, в – salt bridges the chlorinesilver of electrodes) (Marca G., Giocalierea E., Villanelli F., 2012) Polyaniline (PANI) the representative of a class of organic high-molecular semiconductors – electroconductive polymers with electronic conductivity. Thanks to a combination of a unique complex of properties to high stability, lack of toxicity and low prime cost, electroconductive polymer ﬁ nds application in the ﬁ eld of shielding of electromagnetic radiation, protection of metals against corrosion and also medicine and a catalysis. On the basis of PANI various electronic devices are developed: sensors, fuel and energy saving elements, solar and secondary batteries (Conobre S. C., Davoglio R. A., Biag- gio S. R., Rocha-Filho R. C., Boechi N., 2006). In the listed PANI devices it is used in the form of thin layers on different types of carriers. Polyaniline is one of the most perspective electroconductive polymers owing to simplicity of receiving, low cost of initial monomer and ability to change the physical and chemical properties depending on acidity of the environment, what is important for maintenance of ecologically safe environment (Stejskal, J., Gilbert R. G., 2002). Distinctive feature of polyaniline is its rather high thermal stability. Polyaniline is steady when heating to 200 ° C, at the same time changes in element composition of polymer and loss of weight aren’t observed. We will analyse the received results of measurements:

133 A background membrane – a membrane without ion-exchange component, therefore, transfer of ions through it, it will be noticeable it is complicated that causes excessive power costs of this process during the experiment. On the Figure 2 we can see a value of resistance of a background membrane. These are veryyg high values of resistance.

Fig. 2. Dependence of resistance of a background membrane on time

Further we will consider how properties of membranes in the presence of an elektrodnoaktivny component (Figure 2) will change. (Kulapina E. G., Makarova N. M., Pogorelova E. S., Mihaleva O. V., Shamina M. N. 2011).

Fig. 3. Dependence of resistance of a membrane Ag (Ceftx)2 ТDА on time, СEАC=2% Ionic transport in this case isn’t complicated by accumulation on a membrane of sources of a charge. But when modifying a membrane polyaniline, process of transfer of ions through a membrane improves. It is caused by mobility of the delocalized

134 π-electrons in structure of polymer. (Neoh K. G., Kang E. T., Tan K. L. ,1993) (Figure 4).

Fig. 4. Dependence of resistance of a membrane Ag (Ceftx)2 ТDА + PANI on time, СEАC=2%

I express gratitude to the research supervisor with, professor Kulapina Elena Grigoryevna for a valuable advice when planning a research and the recommen- dation about execution of article. Also I want to thank the consultant for Eng- lish, the senior teacher Shelyugina Arina Olegovna for the help at registration of linguistic aspect of article. I express gratitude also to my colleague, Dubasova Anastasia Evgenyevna for the help when collecting material for a research. Conclusions: 1) Analyzing results of the done work, were convinced that properties of a membrane directly depend on its structure. 2) The effective method of decrease in ohmic resistance of the membrane dividing solutions of antibiotics of various concentration has been offered is a modifying of a membrane conducting polymer polyaniline.

REFERENCES

1. Kulapina E. G., Makarova N. M., Pogorelova E. S., Mihaleva O. V., Shamina M. N.. Inﬂ uence of various factors on transport properties of the polyvinylchloride plasticized membranes on the basis of polyoxyethylated nonylphenols // Saratov State University. New series. Series of Chemistry. Biology. Ecology. 2011. Iss. 2. P. 18-25 2. Conobre S. C., Davoglio R. A., Biaggio S. R., Rocha-Filho R. C., Boechi N. // J. Power Sources. 2006. Vol. 154. P. 281. 3. Marca G., Giocalierea E., Villanelli F. et. al. Development of an UPLC-MS/MS method for the determination of antibiotic ertapenem on dried blood srots // J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 2012. Vol. 61, № 1. P. 108–113.

135 4. Neoh K. G., Kang E. T., Tan K. L. Protonation of leucoemeraldine in the solid state and in solution // J. Polym. Sci. Part B Polym. Phys. 1993. Vol. 31. № 4. P. 395–401. 5. Stejskal, J., Gilbert R. G. Polyaniline. Preparation of a conducting polymer // Pure and Applied Chemistry. 2002. Vol. 74 (5). P. 857–867.

ALGORITHM FOR CHECKING THE SPERNER PROPERTY FOR LINEAR GRAPHS

E. N. Novokshonova Saratov State University

Abstract: The article deals with the Sperner property for linear graphs. A poset has the Sperner property if at least one antichain consists of elements with the same height among its antichains with maximum length. Linear graph is a connected graph obtained from a polygonal graph by removing some arcs. In linear graph the relation of reachability is an order relation so it is possible to associate linear graph with poset. It results into an algorithm for checking the Sperner property for a linear graph. Keywords: Sperner property, partially ordered set, antichain, width of the graph, linear graph.

АЛГОРИТМ ПРОВЕРКИ ВЫПОЛНЕНИЯ ШПЕРНЕРОВА СВОЙСТВА ДЛЯ ЛИНЕЙНЫХ ГРАФОВ

Е. Н. Новокшонова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье рассматривается шпернерово свойство для линейных графов. Частично упорядоченное множество называется шпернеровым, если по крайней мере одна из его максимальных по длине антицепей состоит из элемен- тов, имеющих одинаковую высоту. Линейный граф – это связный граф, получен- ный из многоугольного удалением некоторых дуг. В линейном графе отношение достижимости является отношением порядка. Следовательно, можно сопоста- вить линейному графу упорядоченное множество. Результатом работы является алгоритм проверки выполнения шпернерова свойства для линейных графов. Ключевые слова: шпернерово свойство, линейный граф, упорядоченное множество.

A partially ordered set is a non-empty set which some order relations is given on.

136 An order relation is a binary relation on some set A usually denoted by the symbol ≤ and has the following properties: 1) a ≤ a (refl exivity); 2) if a ≤ b and b ≤ c, then a ≤ c (transitivity); 3) if a ≤ b and b ≤ a , then a = b (anti-symmetry). Consider a fi nite particially ordered set (poset). A height of an element in a poset is the maximum of lengths of decreasing chains started from that element. The subset of the poset where each two elements are not comparable is called an antichain. A length of an antichain is the number of elements in it. An antichain of maximum length is called a main antichain. An antichain in the poset is said to be regular if all of its elements have the same height. A poset has the Sperner property if there is at least one regular antichain among its main antichains, i.e. an antichain that has the maximum length and all of its elements have the same height. In 1928 Sperner proved that the set of all subsets of a set ordered by the set inclusion has that property. The Sperner property is widely used in many mathematical theories including the graph theory. A directed graph is a pair C = (V, E) where V is the vertex set and E is the set of ordered vertex pairs named arcs. In the directed graph a cycle is a sequence , where , and the initial vertex is equal to the terminal one. A directed graph is acyclic if there are no cycles in it. A vertex v is reachable from the vertex u if there is some path , where . In an acyclic directed graph the relation of reachability is an order relation. Let’s denote the relation of reachability by δ. Let’s associate an acyclic directed graph C = (V, E) with the poset (V, δ). A width of an acyclic directed graph C = (V, E) is the length of main antichains in the poset (V, δ). A connected acyclic graph C = (V, E) is of the Sperner type if the ordered set (V, δ) has the Sperner property. For a natural number n defi ne n-polygonal graph as a graph obtained from the cycle Cn by reorientation of some of its arcs.

137 A linear graph is a connected graph obtained from a polygonal graph by removing some arcs. Obviously, linear and polygonal graphs are connected and acyclic so the relation of reachability in these graphs is an order relation. A linear (polygonal) graph is of the Sperner type if the set of its vertices ordered by relation of reachability has the Sperner property, i.e. there is at least one regular antichain among its main antichains. For polygonal graphs the necessary and suffi cient condition for the Spern- er property was found by Salii V. N. [1]. Let’s consider linear graphs. Number all vertices of a linear graph from left to right by natural numbers from 1 to n. A fi rst chain in a linear graph is the set of all vertices that are comparable to the fi rst vertex. Lemma 1. Some main antichains of a linear graph C can be obtained by adding vertex 1 to some main antichains of the graph II, obtained from C by removing the fi rst chain. Lemma 2. A maximum possible number of vertices lying on one level in the poset (V, δ) for some linear graph C = (V, E) is achieved at zero or fi rst level. Theorem 1. A linear graph C = (V, E) is of the Sperner type if and only if the number of elements lying on zero or fi rst level in the poset (V, δ) is equal to the width of this graph. Algorithm for checking the Sperner property for a linear graph: 1. Find the width of the linear graph, using lemma 1. 2. Build the poset (V, δ) for a given linear graph C = (V, E) where elements are vertices of the graph ordered by the relation of reachability. 3. Check if the poset built on the previous step has the same number of vertices lying on zero level as the width of the graph. If yes, then the given graph is of the Sperner type and the main regular antichain consists of all vertices from the zero level. If no, then check if the number of vertices lying on the fi rst level equals to the width of the graph. If yes, then the given graph is of the Sperner type and the main regular antichain consists of all vertices from the fi rst level, otherwise the given graph is not of the Sperner type. I have a patent for the program implementing this algorithm that is registered in ROSPATENT RF with № 2014660865 [2].

138 REFERENCES

1. Салий В. Н. О шпернеровом свойстве для многоугольных графов // Компьютерные науки и информационные технологии : материалы междунар. науч. конф. / Саратов: Изд. центр «Наука», 2014. С. 275–277. 2. Новокшонова Е. Н. Программа для ЭВМ «Проверка линейного графа на шпернеровость» // Свидетельство РОСПАТЕНТа РФ № 2014660865 от 17.10.2014. 3. Новокшонова Е. Н. Шпернерово свойство для линейных графов // Компьютерные науки и информационные технологии : материалы междунар. науч. конф. / Саратов : Изд. центр «Наука», 2014. С. 230–231 4. Салий В. Н. Об упорядоченном множестве связных частей многоугольного графа // Прикладная дискретная математика. Приложение. 2013. № 6. С. 87–89.

VATTY POLYGON CLIPPING ALGORITHM

I. N. Petrunina Saratov State University

Abstract: This paper describes the two-dimensional Vatti polygon clipping algorithm, outlining its peculiarities, advantages and limitations. Some possible modiﬁ cations to the algorithm are discussed. The article provides an overview of the existing approaches to algorithm implementation and proposes its realization using window interface. Keywords: clipping algorithm, polygon clipping algorithm, Vatti polygon clipping algorithm, computer graphics

АЛГОРИТМ ВАТТИ ОТСЕЧЕНИЯ МНОГОУГОЛЬНИКОВ

И. Н. Петрунина Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной работе рассмотрен двумерный алгоритм отсечения многоугольников Ватти. Проанализированы его особенности, выявлены достоин- ства и недостатки, изучены возможные модификации. Были систематизированы данные по реализации алгоритма и разработано решение с использованием окон- ного интерфейса. Ключевые слова: алгоритм отсечения, алгоритм отсечения многоугольни- ков, алгоритм отсечения Ватти, компьютерная графика

Quite a few polygon clipping algorithms have been published so far. This paper has discussed a Vatti algorithm. This algorithm is a general polygon clipping algorithm that can be used against any visibility area. This algorithm

139 is one of the most effective solutions [1, 2]. It is intended for clipping of any polygons against convex or concave clip polygons. The algorithm can process diffi cult polygons with self-intersections and polygons with holes. In fact, one can easily deal with lists of polygons [3]. Let`s call an edge of a polygon a left or right edge if the interior of the polygon is to the right or left, respectively. Horizontal edges are considered to be both left and right edges. A key fact that is used by the Vatti algorithm is that polygons can be represented via a set of left and right bounds which are connected lists of left and right edges, respectively, that come in pairs. Each of these bounds starts at a local minimum of the polygon and ends at a local maximum. Consider the polygon with vertices from p0 to p8 shown in Figure 1(a). The two left bounds have vertices p0, p8, p7, p6 and p4, p3, p2, respectively. The two right bounds have vertices p0, p1, p2 and p4, p5, p6. The fi rst step of the algorithm involves determination of the left and right bounds of the clip and subject polygons and storing this information in a local minima list (LML). This list consists of a list of matching pairs of left-right bounds and is sorted in ascending order by the y-coordinate of the corresponding local minimum. It does not matter if initial horizontal edges are put into a left or right bound. Figure 1(b) shows the LML for the polygon in Figure 1(a). The bounds on the LML were specifi ed to have the property that their edges are either all left edges or all right edges. However, it is convenient to have a more general notion of a left or right bound. Therefore, from now on, we will denote a left or right bound any connected sequence of edges only whose fi rst edge is required to be a left or right edge, respectively. We still assume that a bound starts at a local minimum and ends at a local maximum. For example, we shall allow the polygon in Figure 1(a) to be described by one left bound with vertices p0, p8, p7, p6, p5, p4, p3, p2 and one right bound with vertices p0, p1, p2.

Polygon bounds

140 The algorithm now computes the bounds of the output polygons from the LML by scanning the world from the bottom to the top using what are called scanbeams. A scanbeam is a horizontal section between two scan lines (not necessarily adjacent), so that each of these scan lines contains at least one vertex from the polygons but there are no vertices in between them. Figure 1(a) shows the scanbeams and the scan lines that determine them for that particular polygon. The scanbeams are the regions between the horizontal lines. It should be noted here that the scan lines that determine the scanbeams are not computed all at once but incrementally in a bottom-up fashion. The information about the scanbeams is kept in a scanbeam list (SBL) which is an ordered list of the y-coordinates of all the scan lines that defi ne the scanbeams. This list of increasing values will be thought of as a stack. As we scan the world, we also maintain an active edge list (AEL) which is an ordered list consisting of all the edges intersected by the current scanbeam. When we begin processing a scanbeam, the fi rst thing to do is to check the LML to see if any of its bound pairs start at the bottom of the scanbeam. These bounds correspond to local minima and may start a new output polygon or break the existing one into. After any new edges from the LML are added to the AEL we need to check for intersections of edges within a scanbeam. These intersections affect the output polygons and fi rstly are dealt with separately. Finally, we process the edges on the AEL. The algorithm can be optimized in the common case of rectangular clip bounds. Another optimization is possible if the clip polygon is fi xed (rectangular or not). An attractive feature of Vatti’s algorithm is that it can easily be modifi ed to generate trapezoids. This is particularly convenient for scan line ori- ented rendering algorithms. Each local minimum starts a trapezoid or breaks an existing one into two, depending on whether the local minimum starts with a left-right (contributing case) or right-left (noncontributing case) edge pair. Trapezoids are output at local maxima and left or right intermediate vertices. A noncontributing local minimum should output the trapezoid, it is about to split and the trapezoid pointers of the relevant edges updated to the two new trapezoids. Vatti compared the performance of the trapezoid version of his algorithm to the Sutherland-Hodgman algorithm and found it to be roughly twice as fast for clipping (the more edges, the more the improvement) and substantially faster if one does both clipping and fi lling [3]. Finally, we can also use the Vatti algorithm for other operations, apart from intersection. All we have to do is replace the classifi cation rules.

141 The major drawback of this algorithm is the need for full account of the large number of the extreme cases arising at realization. The result is the poor computing stability which is evident while searching of intersection points of the sides of polygons. The algorithm is characterized by high computational complexity and diffi cult realization. In the course of the study [4] we’ve built the application i n Visual Studio environment via Windows Forms graphical programming interface. It was performed by Vatti polygon clipping algorithm. The program clips both convex and non-convex polygons of the scope, which can be also considered as a convex or non-convex polygon. The clipper is fi xed after the fi rst drawing and the clipped polygons can be moved within the area of the clipper (to the left, to the right, up, down). There could be a number of clipped polygons. Besides it is possible to draw the rectangular frame, which may be missing. Its sides are parallel to the screen. If such a frame is applied in the input fi le, the scope is clipped by this frame. If the clipper is not entered, then the scope is a rectangular frame. It should be noted, that the presence of the clipper or frame in the input fi le is essential. In the absence of the clipper or frame the input data is considered to be invalid. It uses a text format of the input fi le. The input fi le may contain the following command lines: 1. frame V cx V cy V x V y stands for the selection of the frame. If the command appears in the fi le more than once, each subsequent one cancels the previous one; 2. polygon n x1 y1 xn yn is a given polygon with n vertices, in which the numbers of xi or yi are the coordinates of the i-th vertices of the polygon in the order of traversal of vertices in a clockwise direction; 3. clip n x1 y1 x2 y2 xn yn provides the scope, which is a convex polygon with n vertices, in which the numbers of xi or yi are the coordinates of the i-th vertices of the polygon in the order of traversal of vertices in a clockwise direction. After we enter the data inputs to the output fi eld, the clipper (convex or concave polygons) and clip polygons (both concave and convex) are drawn. The clip polygon is drawn with blue color. The subject polygon is drawn with red color. After the clip polygon undergoes the procedure of clipping, it is drawn with black color.

REFERENCES

1. Agoston M. K. Computer Graphics and Geometric Modeling. Implementation and Algo- rithms / M. K. Agoston. London : Stringer, 2005.

142 2. Matveev I. A. Receiving overlays of vector data of large volume // GraphiCon`2013 : The 23rd International Conference on Computer Graphics and Sight. Vladivostok : Dal- nauka, September 2013. P. 182–185. 3. Peng Y. Efﬁ cient algorithm for general polygon clipping // Proceedings of The 6th In- ternational Conference on Computer-Aided Industrial Design and Conceptual Design 2005. Netherlands : Delft, September 2005. P. 182–185. 4. Veltmander P. V. Machine graphics. Main algorithms / P. V. Veltmander. Novosibirsk : Novosibirsk University, 1997.

ASSESSMENT OF THE REVOLUTION AND SENSITIVITY OF THE TRANSIENT METHOD BASED ON NUMERICAL SIMULATION

S. M. Rakhmetov Saratov State University

Abstract: Calculation of resolution and sensitivity of the transient electromagnetic fi eld method for the normal section and the same section, but containing the anomalous layer, is performed. Times of coming are calculated from the roof and the soles of the anomalous layer. Evaluation of resolution and sensitivity of the transient electromagnetic fi eld method is made using these calculations. Key words: fi eld emergence, time of entry, resolution, sensitivity, anomalous layer.

РАСЧЕТ РАЗРЕШАЮЩЕЙ СПОСОБНОСТИ И ЧУВСТВИТЕЛЬНОСТИ МЕТОДА СТАНОВЛЕНИЯ ПОЛЯ НА ОСНОВЕ ЧИСЛЕННОГО МОДЕЛИРОВАНИЯ

С. М. Рахметов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Проведен расчет эдс индукции становления поля, измеряемой в соосно расположенной круговой петле, для нормального разреза и того же разре- за, но содержащего аномальный слой. Рассчитаны времена вступления от кровли и подошвы аномального слоя. По результатам этих расчетов выполнена оценка разрешающей способности и чувствительности метода становления поля. Ключевые слова: становления поля, время вступления, разрешающая спо- собность, чувствительность, аномальный слой.

143 In works (Губатенко, Назаров, Осипов, 2000), for the case of formation of an electromagnetic fi eld of a vertical magnetic dipole located on daylight surface n-layered conductive medium imitating the geoelectric section of the sedimentary cover it is shown that every i layer (1≤ i ≤ n) of σi conductivity manifests itself in the transient signal, starting from a certain moment of time ti where t1 < t2 < ... < tn. Such behavior of the transient signal means that no matter how the geoelectric section changes below the i – 1 layer (where ) the value of ti will remain almost unchanged. Thus, every transient period has a one-to-one relation with the test depth and by analogy with seismic exploration methods the time ti of top manifestation of the i layer in the transient signal can be named as the arrival time for the electromagnetic fi eld of the eddy currents in the i layer. Works (Губатенко, Назаров, Осипов, 2000) offer the calculation method for arrival times of ti . During the fi rst stage of the study of resolution and sensitivity of the transient method we designed a normal geoelectric section consisting of 23 layers. -2 -6 Let σ1 = 0.5·10 cm/m, σ23 = 10 cm/m. These values defi ne the corresponding conductivity of the upper part of the section and the high-resistance crystalline base of the normal section. Conductivity of the remaining layers of the normal section was defi ned using a random number generator distributed with such a probability density that the elements of the sample lie within the interval 10-7 cm/m < σ < 1 cm/m of sedimentary rocks’ conductivity and preference is given to high-resistance rocks. The layer thickness for all layers is the same and equals 150 m except for layer 12 which has a thickness of 300 m and conduc- -5 tivity σ12 = 2.5648·10 cm/m as well as layer 23 (of the crystalline base) which thickness equals infi nity. The object of our study is another section which dif- fers from the normal section due to the fact that layer 12 of the normal section contains the anomaly-creating low-resistance layer with thickness h < 300 m and conductivity σa = 0.871187 cm/m which is signifi cantly higher than σ12. It is also supposed that the top of the anomalous layer of h thickness is located at the same depth of 1650 m as the top of layer 12 of the normal section. Having used the EFI software developed by V. P. Gubatenko and A. A. Nazarov (Губатенко, Назаров, 1999) we calculated the transient EMF induction measured in the coaxially located circular loop of the 550 meter radius for both normal section and sections containing the anomalous layer at various values of its thickness (h = 5 m, 25 m, 50 m, 100 m, 150 m, 200 m). Let

EN(t) signify EMF induction for a normal section, and EA(h, t) – for sections with an anomalous layer, therefore, the function calculated is:

144 It deﬁ nes relative deviation of curve EN(t) from curve EA(h, t). From curves E r(h, t) it follows that sensitivity of the transient method increases with the increase of thickness h of the anomalous layer. We also calculated with arrival times from the top and the base of the anomalous layer which can be seen in Table 1: Table 1 Arrival times form the top and the base

h, m Arrival time from the top, sec Arrival time from the base, sec 5 4.979 · 10-3 6.024 · 10-3 25 4.979 · 10-3 8.820 · 10-3 50 4.979 · 10-3 0,012 100 4.979 · 10-3 0,017 150 4.979 · 10-3 0,023 200 4.979 · 10-3 0,028

Expectedly, the arrival time from the top of the anomalous layer is the same for various h thicknesses of this layer and equals 4.979 · 10-3 sec. The arrival time from the base increases as the layer thickness increases. Having used the calculated curves E r(h, t) for h = 5 m, 25 m, 50 m, 100 m, 150 m, 200 m and Table 1, we have found maximum values of the E r(h, t) function for interval t between the arrival times from the base and the top of the anomalous layer of h thickness. Table 2 contains these values. Table 2 Maximum values of the E r(h, t) functions h, m 5 25 50 100 150 200 Maximum value E r(h, t), % 1.1 3.7 8.1 14.7 20.5 24.4

This means that when thickness h increases maximum relations for function E r(h, t) (in per cent) increase too which can be defi ned as the resolution transient method for the task of defi ning thickness of the anomalous layer. From Table 2 we can see that the resolution for 5 m and 25 m thickness is small, and it is impossible to single out these anomalous layers against the background of disturbances. However, the anomalous layer with the 50 m, 100 m, 150 m and 200 m thickness has a suffi cient resolution which makes it possible to identify it.

145 In conclusion the author would like to express sincere gratitude to his scientiﬁ c supervisor professor V. P. Gubatenko for his immediate assistance at different stages of the study and invaluable help in stating the purpose of the study.

REFERENCES

1. Губатенко В. П., Назаров А. А., Осипов В. Г. Квазиволновые свойства сигна- ла становления электромагнитного поля // Изв. РАН. Физика Земли. 2000. № 3. C. 40–49. 2. Губатенко В. П., Назаров А. А., Осипов В. Г. Зависимость разрешающей способ- ности и глубинности методов геоэлектрики от формы импульса стороннего тока // Недра Поволжья и Прикаспия. 2000. Вып. 22. С. 44–52. 3. Губатенко В. П., Назаров А. А. Применение метода многократного интегрирова- ния по частям для расчета неустановившегося электромагнитного поля в горизон- тально-слоистой среде // Геология и геофизика. 1999. Т. 40, № 12. C. 1843–1849.

CANCER OCCURRENCE ANALYSIS ON VOLGA REGION TERRITORY

D. A. Reshetarova Saratov State University

Abstract: The article provides materials on the cancer spreading in Volga region. Morbidity rates are analyzed; the examples of uprising of cancer diseases are given. Keywords: medical geography, ecology, environment, health, cancer, correlation, Volga region

АНАЛИЗ ВСТРЕЧАЕМОСТИ ОНКОЛОГИЧЕСКИХ ЗАБОЛЕВАНИЙ НА ТЕРРИТОРИИ ПОВОЛЖСКОГО ФЕДЕРАЛЬНОГО ОКРУГА

Д. А. Решетарова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье приведены материалы на тему распространения ра- ковых заболеваний на территории ПФО. Анализируются показатели различных заболеваний и приводятся различные факторы возникновения онкологических заболеваний. Ключевые слова: медицинская география, экология, окружающая среда, здоровье, онкология, корреляция, ПФО

146 To improve the quality of life is one of the most important courses in many scientiﬁ c directions. Nowadays, we can notice the decline of health. It is one of the main problems. In the last decades the increase of death rate from cancer was registered. In our work, we analyze statistical data on cancer disease on Volga region territory. We analyze statistics of cancer of different organs for adults and kids and conclude that Volga region is on the second place, after Central Federal district. The whole situation in Volga region is satisfactory, because there are regions that have cancer indexes lower than the average exponent. The worst situation is in the republic of Mordovia, Nizhniy Novgorod region, Samara region, Saratov region, Penza region and Orenburg region. And the best situation is in the Mariy-El republic (Figure 1).

Fig. 1. The number of people with cancer disease on the Volga region territory (made by the author on a basis (Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электрон- ный ресурс]:Здравоохранение_в_России_2015_год. URL: http://www.gks.ru/free_doc/ doc_2015/zdrav15.pdf (дата обращения: 22 февраля 2017), Федеральная служба госу- дарственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Российский_статистический_ежегод- ник. URL:http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_1135087342078 (дата обращения: 11 февраля 2017))

147 Also we can notice that local diseases characterize each region. The cause of it can be ecological situation, the quality of life and other social factors. We have chosen organs that are more amenable to cancer disease. You can see a map, on which these local diseases are shown (Figure 2).

Fig. 2. The local spreading of cancer on Volga region territory (made by the author on a basis (Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Здравоохранение_в_России_2015_год. URL: http://www.gks.ru/free_doc/doc_2015/ zdrav15.pdf (дата обращения: 22 февраля 2017), Федеральная служба государствен- ной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Российский_статистический_ежегодник.URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/ doc_1135087342078 (дата обращения: 11 февраля 2017))

Lungs, skin and breast are the most amenable organs for cancer disease. The highest indexes are in Saratov region, in the Republic of Mordovia and in Penza region. These indexes can be explained by worsening of water quality, air, meal, or by inability of providing medical aid in one or another region. In some regions there is a shortage of medical employees that have got skills of necessary treatment. An unemployment rate and middle earned pay can affect similarly, because it characterizes the quality of life. Correlation is one of the fastest and simplest ways how we can ﬁ nd dependence between cancer and social factors. Indexes that bigger than 0,2

148 but smaller than 0,5 can be considered as weak dependence, 05 till 0,7 as a middle exponent and more than 0,7 as a high one. We worked with different social statistics, such as drinking, smoking, eating harmful food, amount of divorces, working people, salary and so on. We fi nd out dependence between cars, urban population, air pollution and amount of pension- ers and cancer diseases. The exponents respectively are: 0, 75; 0, 33; 0, 24; 0, 66 (Информационные технологии в экономике [Электронный ресурс]: Коэффициенты_корреляции.URL: http://economyreview.ru/analiz-informacii/koeffi cient-korrelyacii-koeffi cient-pirsona (дата обращения: 15 января 2017), Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Регионы России. Социально-экономические показатели. URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_1138623506156 (дата обращения: 18 января 2017)). Similarly, one of the important indexes is the quantity of cancer patients among children at the age from 0 to 1. After making an analysis, we can observe that the worst situation is in the republic of Mordovia, in Samara and Perm area. We can make a conclusion that kids diseases are connected with the decline of ecological situation, because children are more subject to the diseases. If we want to improve the cancer situation in the Volga region, we should start with the most polluted regions. Also, try to improve quality of life, and to decrease disease probability among children.

REFERENCES

1. Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Здравоохранение_в_России_2015_год. URL: http://www.gks.ru/free_doc/doc_2015/ zdrav15.pdf (дата обращения: 22 февраля 2017). 2. Информационные технологии в экономике [Электронный ресурс]: Коэффициен- ты_корреляции. URL: http://economyreview.ru/analiz-informacii/koefﬁ cient-korrelyacii-koefﬁ cient-pirsona (дата обращения: 15 января 2017). 3. Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Рос- сийский_статистический_ежегодник. URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/ rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_1135087342078 (дата обращения: 11 февраля 2017). 4. Федеральная служба государственной статистики [Электронный ресурс]: Регионы России. Социально-экономические показатели. URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/ connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_1138623506156 (дата обращения: 18 января 2017).

149 ANALYSIS OF ELECTROOPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF LIQUID CRYSTALS

K. A. Sadchikova Saratov State University

Abstract: The results of the analysis of the electrooptical characteristics of the LC used in ophthalmology are provided in this paper. The several samples were determined to be agreed with all requirements to use them in ophthalmic disease treatment. It was shown that LC can be used for saccade activation, which has positive inﬂ uence on eyesight improvement. Keywords: liquid crystals (LC), ophthalmic disease treatment, analyze a visual system, limiting frequency, saccade activation.

ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ ЭЛЕКТРООПТИЧЕСКИХ СВОЙСТВ В ЖИДКИХ КРИСТАЛЛАХ

К. А. Садчикова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье представлены результаты исследования электроопти- ческих свойств жидких кристаллов, применяемых в офтальмологии. В ходе про- ведённого эксперимента был установлен ряд образцов, соответствующих всем техническим требованиям для лечения глазных заболеваний. Показано, что жид- кие кристаллы могут быть использованы для активизации саккад, что оказывает положительное влияние на улучшение зрения. Ключевые слова: жидкие кристаллы (ЖК), лечение глазных заболеваний, анализ зрительной системы, граничная частота, активизация саккад.

The later researches showed that the LC structure is quite nonstationary, labile: there must be small external inﬂ uences which lead to changes in macroscopic properties of the material (Копаева, 2002). This means that LC is a unique material, which properties can be changed using control actions (Томилин, 2011). The objective of this paper was to investigate and analyze the LC glass characteristics. The following problems have been solved to achieve this objective: 1. Material on the problem has been revised, LC structure has been studied. 2. LC types and their electrooptical properties have been studied. 3. LC glass characteristics and their usage in ophthalmology have been investigated.

150 4. The experimental data have been analyzed. Experimental research was conducted using 3 different samples to check the possibility of using them in ophthalmic disease treatment. The device is supposed to analyze and affect a visual system, to recreate a visio-motor reaction to treat different types of heterotrophy and to increase vision acuity when having amblyopia, hypermetropia and myopia (Усанов, Кащенко, Скрипаль и др., 2004). The fi rst sample is Samsung active glasses ssg-3050gb, the second one is Smart Switchable Glass SW-02, and the third one is Smart Glass TK. Technical specifi cation of the device: The range of LC glass switching interval is from 500 to 150 ms to recreate vision balance. The range of 250 to 20 ms is used to build binocular fi xation. The range of 700 to 120 ms is appropriate and increase vision acuity and ac- commodation volume (Усанова и др., 2016). The investigation of the electrooptical properties of the samples. The experimental device consists of oscilloscope, NI Elvis as a source of external AC voltage, test samples, red LED as a source of radiation, photodiode as a photodetector of radiation transmitted through the sample (fi g. 1).

а б

в Fig. 1. Experimental device to analyze electrooptical characteristics of liquid crystals: а – Samsung active glasses ssg-3050gb, б –Smart Switchable Glass SW-02, в – Smart Glass TK

151 Samsung active glasses ssg-3050gb – limiting frequency is 150 Hz, which corresponds to 6.7 ms (ﬁ g. 2).

Fig. 2. Output voltage (U вых, В) – frequency (f, Гц) relation for Samsung active glasses ssg-3050gb

Smart Switchable Glass SW-02 – limiting frequency is 30 Hz, which corresponds to 33 ms (ﬁ g. 3).

Fig. 3. Output voltage (U вых, В) – frequency (f, Гц) relation for Smart Switchable Glass SW-02

Smart Glass TK – limiting frequency is 130 Hz, which corresponds to 7.7 ms (ﬁ g. 4).

Fig. 4. Output voltage (U вых, В) – frequency (f, Гц) relation for Smart Glass TK

152 As the result of the conducted experiment to study LC electrooptical properties, we can conclude that the 1st and the 3rd samples meet all the requirements to use them in ophthalmic disease treatment. Thus, there has been shown that LC can be used in ophthalmic disease treatment to saccade activation, which leads to eyesight improvement (Кащенко, Усанов, Рабичев, 2008).

REFERENCES

1. Кащенко Т. П., Усанов Д. А., Рабичев И. Э., Усанова Т. Б., Ячменева Е. И., Скри- паль А. В., Губкина Г. Л., Абрамов А. В. Устойчивость эффекта уменьшения ам- плитуды нистагма у детей при периодическом световом воздействии // Вестник офтальмологии. 2008. Т. 124. № 3. С. 46. 2. Копаева В. Г. Глазные болезни / В. Г. Копаева. М. : Медицина, 2002. С. 153–196. 3. Томилин М. Г. Перспективы применения нового поляризационно-оптического ми- кроскопа на основе жидких кристаллов в биологии // Биосфера. 2011. Т. 3. № 3. С. 378–389. 4. Усанов Д. А., Кащенко Т. П., Скрипаль А. В., Рабичев И. Э., Усанова Т. Б., Абрамов А. В., Ячменева Е. И., Губкина Г. Л. Влияние периодических световых воздействий на пара- метры нистагма глаз // Вестник офтальмологии. 2004. Т. 120. № 5. С. 42–43. 5. Усанова Т. Б., Постелъга А. Э., Дорошенко А. А., Радевич С. Б., Усанов Д. А. Кон- троль эффективности лечения косоглазия при тренировке глазодвигательных мышц// Медицинская техника. 2016. № 1. С. 18–20.

TYPES OF FOGS. FOG AS A FACTOR FOR VARIOUS SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY

A. M. Sedov Saratov State University

Abstract: This article provides the classifi cation of fogs, their distribution on the territory of the Lower Volga region. Their infl uence on the transport and agriculture is considered. Keywords: fog, types of fog, fog classifi cation, fog in the Lower Volga region, fog and transport, fog and agriculture, dissipate fog, artifi cially create fogs, fogger.

ТИПЫ ТУМАНОВ. ТУМАН КАК ФАКТОР ДЛЯ РАЗЛИЧНЫХ СЕКТОРОВ ЭКОНОМИКИ

А. М. Седов Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

153 Аннотация: В данной статье приведена классификация туманов, их распре- деление на территории Нижнего Поволжья. Представлено их влияние на транс- порт и сельское хозяйство. Ключевые слова: туман, тип тумана, классификация тумана, туман в Ниж- нем Поволжье, туман и транспорт, туман и сельское хозяйство, рассеяние тумана, искусственное образование тумана, туманообразователь.

Fog is clouding air on the surface layer caused by suspended therein water droplets, ice crystals or a mixture thereof, with the horizontal visibility less than 1 km in at least in one direction. The predominant droplet size is 5-15 microns. Such droplets can be maintained in suspension by ascending air fl ows at a speed of 0.6 m/s. When the number of droplets in 1 dm3 of air reaches 500, horizontal visibility on the surface layer of the atmosphere decreases to 1 km and below. There is a classifi cation that distinguishes the following 4 types of fogs [1, 6, 8]: – The actual fog – solid fog, well developed vertically, which does not allow to determine the state of the sky, the number and shape of clouds. It appears mainly in the evening, night and morning. – Haze – very sparse fog, which is a uniform gray or blue haziness of the atmosphere. The horizontal range of visibility in this phenomenon is 1-9 km. It may be preceded by a fog or appears after it, and exists as an independent phenomenon. – Shallow fog – fog, creeping low over the ground or water by a continuous thin layer or in separate pieces. It forms in the evening, night and morning. – Translucent fog – “fool fog”, weakly developed vertically, which allows to determine the state of the sky, the number and shape of clouds. It appears mainly in the evening, night and morning, in the cold time of the year and day. Depending on the synoptic conditions of formation there are two types of fogs: 1) air mass fogs – formed in homogeneous air masses that tend to be fog cooling; 2) front fogs are formed near atmospheric fronts. Depending on the basic physical processes of formation fogs can be classifi ed as follows [2,3,7]: – fog cooling – formed due to cooling and subsequent condensation of water vapor, occurs usually in the evening when the sun disappears behind the horizon, causing the air cooling: 1) radiation – the main cause of formation is the condensation of water vapor associated with the decrease in temperature of the air surface layer due

154 to radiative cooling during the night. Characteristic synoptic conditions of formation of such fogs are the central part of the anticyclones and the axis of the ridge; 2) advective – occurs in warm air mass moving over a colder surface, that is, when air masses move from low to high latitudes or in winter from the warm sea to cold land, in summer from the warm land to the cold sea and the warm sea surface to cold ones. From the synoptic point of view advective fogs occur mainly in the Western and the South-Western parts of the anticyclone in the Eastern part and the warm sector of the cyclone; 3) advection-radiation is formed over land primarily in the cold season at night with weak advection of warm and humid air. Advection-radiation fog occurs mostly in the Western and the Northern parts of the anticyclones; 4) orographic fog (mountain slopes, adiabatic). – fog-evaporation – arises due to the warm areas of the earth’s surface when moisture evaporates in the colder air. This usually happens early in the morning as the air is cold and the ground still holds heat: 5) evaporation body of waters – evaporation of the Arctic seas, autumn (winter) evaporation of rivers, lakes, inland seas, and evaporation of drops of warm rain in the cold surface layer; 6) mixing (onshore); 7) spray (waterfalls, sea surf, etc.). – fogs associated with human activities (fuel combustion, industrial emis- sions) – caused by airborne particles of smoke, fumes and so on, or by loess dust or parts of the sand, lifted and transported by the wind for long distances (such fogs consist of water particles together with the admixture of large amounts of dust, smoke and soot): 8) urban; 9) frosty (township furnace, aerodrome); 10) artifi cial. People learned how to artifi cially create fogs or to dissipate them. Fog is dissipated at the airports, because it impedes the takeoff and landing of air- crafts. This is carried out using spraying refrigerants, such as «dry ice» (solid CO2). The education system of the artifi cial fog is used to protect valuable plants from frost and can also be used in the following areas: 1. On summer terraces of cafes or restaurants. 2. In industry, especially when overheating of some elements of the system is unacceptable. For example, enterprises with high dustiness, oil refi ner- ies etc.

155 3. In recreation and sports. The foggers can be used on the tennis courts, in parks, golf courses, theatres etc. Fogger is the system of spraying water under high pressure. It provides the increase of humidity and decrease of temperature, which is important for any greenhouse in summer heat. The effect of the artifi cial fog in winter is maintained by positive soil temperature (due to the shielding of the earth’s radiation by a layer of fog – the «greenhouse effect») and the additional heat generated during condensation of steam. The study of fogs in the Lower Volga region was performed by R. K. Pop- ova. [6] The author shows that most of the fogs of all types are observed in the cold season – from October to March. The average number of foggy days decreases from North-West to South-East. The predominant wind during all types of fogs, with the exception of radiation, is breeze with the southern component (south, south-east, south-west). Fogs in the Lower Volga region occur more frequently under the infl u- ence of Polar-front and Arctic-front cyclones, on the Western periphery of the Asian winter anticyclone, less frequently – under the infl uence of the Arctic anticyclone and other processes. They appear in summer in Saratov during the passage of warm and cold polar fronts in the subtropical anticyclone and in the fi eld of deformation, and in Astrakhan, in addition, and in the warm sectors of cyclones polarfront, under the infl uence of the Arctic anticyclone and the fl at pressure gradient. [7] Fogs and aviation. At the entrance to the layer of fogs in-fl ight visibility on landing is rapidly deteriorating. Fogs often affect not only airlines but also passengers, as the departure of the fl ight can be delayed almost for 6 hours, and in this case it may cause serious problems. Fogs and marine navigation. When visibility is less than 1 km ships are temporarily at anchor, beacon sirens are activated. Sometimes ships stumble on the rocks, or icebergs due to fog. The famous tragedy of the sea is related to the fog disaster, the largest passenger liner in the world, the Titanic. Fogs and road and railway transport. Due to dense fog that covers the surface of the earth, there is a diffi culty in transport moving (for example, large traffi c accidents happened on September 11, 2006 at the entrance to Krasnodar. Due to heavy fog at the entrance to the city from the Rostov-on-Don 62 car were crashed). [10] Fogs and agriculture. Fogs negatively affect the development of crops. In the fog the relative humidity reaches 100%, so frequent fogs in warm season are conducive to breeding pests of plant, the emergence of bacteria, fungal diseases etc. During the grain harvest fog contributes to the accumulation of moisture

156 in grain and straw; damp straw is wound on the working parts of the combine harvester, grain is badly threshed and the signifi cant part of it goes into the chaff. Wet grain requires longer drying, otherwise it can grow. Frequent fogs in late summer and autumn make the harvesting of potato diffi cult as tubers dry slowly. Winter fogs «eat» snow, and if it is cold, it forms an ice crust. The world science has been struggling with fog for almost 70 years, but this problem is still in the focus of attention. Effective results in the development of methods for the artifi cial dissipation of fogs were achieved by the staff of the Central aerological Observatory of the Federal service for Hydrometeorology and environmental monitoring (Roshydromet), located in Dolgoprudny. [9]

REFERENCES

1. Арабаджи В. Туманы планеты // Наука и жизнь. № 11. 1975. C. 150–152. 2. Бровкин В. В. Атмосферные явления – классификация и описание [Электронный ресурс]. URL: http://meteocenter.net/meteolib/ww.htm (дата обращения: 10.01.2017). 3. Гуральник И. И., Дубинский Г. П., Ларин В. В., Мамиконова С. В. Метеорология. Л. : Гидрометеоиздат, 1982. 440 c. 4. Зверев А. С. Туманы и их предсказание. Л. : Гидрометеоиздат, 1954. 74 с. 5. Попова Р. К. Туманы и мгла на территории Нижнего Поволжья // Вопросы климата и погоды Нижнего Поволжья. Саратов, 1966. Вып. 2. C. 18–61. 6. Полянская Е. А. Синоптические процессы и явления погоды в Нижнем Поволжье. Саратов, 1986. 208 c. 7. ФГБУ «ЦАО» Отдел физики облаков и активных воздействий. [Электронный ресурс]. URL: http://www.cao-rhms.ru/OFAV/hist_of_dep/hist_of_dep_AktVoz.html. (дата обращения: 12.03.2017). 8. Хромов С. П. Метеорология и климатология. Л.: Гидрометеоиздат, 1983. 456 с. 9. Хромов С. П., Петросянц М. А. Метеорология и климатология. М. : Из-во «Наука», 2006. 582 с. 10. NEWSru.com – самые быстрые новости. [Электронный ресурс]. URL: http://www. newsru.com/russia/11sep2006/crash.html (дата обращения: 23.01.2017).

DEVELOPMENT OF HIGH-LOADED HIGH-PERFORMANCE SECURE SERVICES TO WORK WITH GEOPHYSICAL DATA USING ASP.NET AND WITSML R. R. Shekhmametyev Saratov State University

Abstract: In this article, development and architecture of a service to work with geophysical data is examined. Also, a short overview of used technologies, difﬁ culties faced during development and achieved results is provided. Keywords: REST, WITSML, ASP.NET.

157 РАЗРАБОТКА ВЫСОКОНАГРУЖЕННЫХ ПРОИЗВОДИТЕЛЬНЫХ БЕЗОПАСНЫХ СЕРВИСОВ ДЛЯ РАБОТЫ С ГЕОФИЗИЧЕСКИМИ ДАННЫМИ С ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕМ ASP.NET И WITSML

Р. Р. Шехмаметьев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В этой статье рассматривается разработка и архитектура сер- виса для работы с геофизическими данными. Также в статье представлен краткий обзор используемых технологий, трудностей, возникших в процессе разработки и достигнутых результатов. Ключевые слова: REST, WITSML, ASP.NET.

Nowadays, most companies move to the Internet. Web services make software functionality available over the Internet so that it can be accessed by multiple platforms from mobile phones to personal computers. Currently, there are not many web services available that can work with a WITSML server. My aim is to develop a service to work with it. WITSML stands for Wellsite Information Transfer Standard Markup Lan- guage. It is a standard for transmitting technical and geophysical data between organizations in petroleum industry. It was designed to address the need of universally available standards to facilitate free fl ow of technical data across companies, contractors and various agencies [1]. WITSML standards are defi ned using the W3C Internet standards for XML and SOAP Web services. In other words, it uses XML to interact between WITSML client and WITSML service by sending it back and forth. The service itself is a RESTful service that uses ASP.NET WebAPI. It is a framework that allows to develop Web services using Model-View-Controller, or MVC, pattern, where JSON-formatted data represents the View part of MVC. The service works in the following way [2]: It receives a request made by a user. 1. The request goes through .NET pipeline that inspects and modifi es the request according to our server confi guration. 2. The request arrives to the controller responsible for the endpoint (URL address) specifi ed by the user. 3. Then, using the Model, it validates and transforms user data in a way that will be accepted by a WITSML server. 4. After a WITSML server receives the request and sends the response, the Model transforms the response to JSON data. At this point it is served to the user.

158 WebApi framework is the foundation, but it is not a silver bullet that solves all the problems. These are: 1. Security. The service must be secure, which means that, fi rst, it should work on https protocol, and second, it should provide secure user authentication method. 2. Data must be provided both in real time and on demand. This means that there should be constant fl ow of data, but we also should be able to access old data. 3. It should be performant and support multiple users. Solution for the fi rst problem is OWIN. OWIN stands for Open Web Inter- face for .NET. Its purpose is to separate the server from the application which allows us to easily create and extend server-side applications using modules [3]. In our case it substitutes the standard WebApi pipeline. OWIN has several modules that can help in providing security for the application. The service uses token based authentication for security. Essentially how it works is that a user sends a request to a specifi c endpoint defi ned in OWIN confi guration, authenticates the user using WITSML service and sends the token that contains all necessary user information back to the user. Then the user should use this token for every request he makes to the service. The token is encrypted with a private key so it is diffi cult to decrypt it and get that information. Now for the second problem. Data must be provided both in real time and on demand. We- bAPI service already handles on demand part of the problem, so we only need to handle the case when data should fl ow in real time. For that WebSocket and ASP.NET SingalR are used. WebSocket is a communication protocol that provides us with full-duplex communication channels over TCP. In other words, it allows us to send and receive data without losing the connection and having to make multiple requests. To utilize this protocol, ASP.NET SignalR is used. It is a framework that provides easy to use API that allows us to utilize WebSocket protocol [4]. Of course, not every client supports WebSocket. In this case it falls back to Long polling – transport that does not create a constant connection but simulates it by sending requests with a specifi ed interval. The last problem to solve is performance. We send complex data back and forth while maintain- ing multiple connections using WebSocket. There bound to be some problems. Based on the service profi ling it was determined that most performance issues were related with data requested on demand. Since this data never changes, caching techniques were utilized to boost up performance. To cache and re- trieve the data, Redis was used. Redis is an open-source in-memory database that allows for quick storage and retrieval of both simple and complex data structures [5]. Most of geophysical data in WITSML has a tree-like structure,

159 so hash tables were used to cache it. This service is still a work in progress, but what was described in this article is the foundation of this work. We have achieved great results in security and performance so far.

REFERENCES

1. «WITSML About Us,” [Электронный ресурс]. URL: http://witsml.net/about_us.htm. (дата обращения: 26.02.2018). 2. D. Miller, G. Block, P. Cibraro, P. Dierking and P. Felix, Designing Evolvable Web APIs with ASP.NET, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2014, pp. 67-82. 3. “OWIN Main page,” [Электронный ресурс]. Available: http://owin.org/. (дата обращения: 19.02.2018). 4. “ASP.NET Web Site,” [Электронный ресурс]. Available: https://www.asp.net/signalr. (дата обращения: 13.03.2018). 5. “Redis,” [Online]. Available: https://redis.io/. (дата обращения: 13.03.2018).

RESEARCH OF THE COMPONENTS OF THE EARTH RADIATION BALANCE AT THE TOP OF THE ATMOSPHERE DURING THE EL NIÑO (LA NIÑA) EVENTS IN THE PACIFIC OCEAN A. A. Spiryakhina, M. Yu. Cherviakov Saratov State University

Abstract: This report describes the analysis of space-time distribution of the Earth’s radiation balance components in the Pacifi c Ocean during El Nino, with the use of radiometers IKOR-M on the satellite “Meteor-M” No 1 and No 2. Radiometer IKOR-M is designed to measure refl ected solar radiation, albedo and absorbed solar radiation. The Earth Radiation Budget components in the equatorial part of the Pacifi c Ocean and in the El Nino standard areas were analyzed. Key words: radiometer, El Nino, short-wave radiation, albedo, absorbed solar radiation.

ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ СОСТАВЛЯЮЩИХ РАДИАЦИОННОГО БАЛАНСА ЗЕМЛИ НА ВЕРХНЕЙ ГРАНИЦЕ АТМОСФЕРЫ ВО ВРЕМЯ СОБЫТИЙ ЭЛЬ-НИНЬО (ЛА-НИНЬЯ) В ТИХОМ ОКЕАНЕ

А. А. Спиряхина, М. Ю. Червяков Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В работе рассматриваются результаты анализа пространствен- но-временного распределения составляющих радиационного баланса Земли в Ти-

160 хом океане во время событий Эль-Ниньо, полученные с помощью радиометров ИКОР-М на ИСЗ «Метеор-М» № 1 и № 2. Радиометр IKOR-M предназначен для измерения потоков отражённой солнечной радиации, альбедо и поглощённой сол- нечной радиации. Был проведён анализ компонентов радиационного баланса Зем- ли в экваториальной части Тихого океана и в стандартных районах Эль-ниньо. Ключевые слова: радиометр, Эль-Ниньо, коротковолновая радиация, аль- бедо, поглощенная солнечная радиация.

Meteorological satellite “Meteor-M” No 1 was launched into orbit carrying a radiometer IKOR-M (Fig. 1) in 2009. This equipment was developed and created at Saratov State University. This radiometer had been working at this satellite for ﬁ ve years, until September 2014. The data from this satellite are limited to August 2014. The same radiometer IKOR-M was installed on satellite “Meteor-M” No 2, which was launched on July 8, 2014. Data from this radiometer have been ﬂ owing to present day. The satellite makes 14 orbits per day. The measurements are carried out one time per second.

Fig. 1 The radiometer IKOR-M

161 Radiometer IKOR-M is designed to measure refl ected solar radiation in the range 0.3-4.0 μm, albedo and absorbed solar radiation (ASR). The Earth surface for a possible observation satellite is divided into cells. Pixels are equal with 2,5′2,5° size in geocentric coordinates. Every second measurements are accumulated for each cell. Repeatability of observations over the same territory from the satellite occurs every 4-5 days. During the radiometer operation, there were 2 signifi cant El Nino events. El Nino is the sea surface temperature (SST) anomaly in the equatorial part of the Pacifi c Ocean, which has strong effect on the climate. This phenomenon manifests itself in a signifi cant increase in the temperature of the ocean surface, which leads to the development of powerful convection and, therefore, to an increase in the total amount of cloud cover and the intense precipitation in this region. Spatial-temporal distribution of the albedo in the equatorial part of the Pacifi c Ocean was analyzed. Region with high albedo values of 35-40% is formed in the region 180E in January-February 2010. In this region during winter of 2010 we can see El Nino event. It is associated with the development of a powerful convective cloudiness caused by the increase SST, at certain points the values can reach 45%. The longest El Nino event in 2015-2016 led to an increase in albedo values of up to 40 % in the region near 160E. Then, in June 2015 the maximum of albedo shift in the center of the Pacifi c Ocean (175E – 165W), which completely repeats SST anomalies for the Nino 3.4 region. The increase in SST in the west of the Pacifi c Ocean during the La Nina period promotes an increase in convective clouds and, therefore, an increase in the albedo. Moreover, we analyze Earth Radiation Budget components in the El Nino standard areas (Fig. 2).

Fig. 2. Different regions for monitoring El Nino (La Nina) events [4]

162 Albedo and ASR distribution curves are plotted for all regions based on the calculation results. Values of albedo increased in all regions especially in 3, 4 and 3.4 Nino regions during the El Nino event. During last two El Nino events, the values of ASR are much less than during the period between these events in all regions. The Nino 4 region is the most representative region for detecting and monitoring these events (Fig. 3 and 4).

Fig. 3. Distribution of the albedo values in region 4

Fig. 4. Distribution of the ASR values in region 4

The annual ASR values in each selected area are well traced. In addition, graph (Fig. 4) shows the infl uence of the intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ), which decreases ASR values in December every year. ITCZ is thick convective cloud system is located in these regions of the Pacifi c Ocean and refl ected incoming solar radiation back to space. It was shown that the albedo and ASR data received from the radiometer IKOR-M can be used to detect El Nino in the Pacifi c Ocean. The Nino 4 region is the most representative region for detecting these events.

163 The reported study was funded by RFBR according to the research project No.16-35-00284 mol_a.

REFERENCES

1. Петросянц М. А., Гущина Д. Ю. Об определении явлений Эль-Ниньо и Ла-Нинья // Метеорология и гидрология. 2002. № 8. С. 24-36. 2. Скляров Ю. А., Воробьёв В. А., Котума А. И., Червяков М. Ю., Фейгин В. М. Алго- ритм обработки данных наблюдений уходящей коротковолновой радиации с ИСЗ «Метеор-М» № 1 // Современные проблемы дистанционного зондирования Земли из космоса. 2012. Т.9. № 3. С. 83–90. 3. Спиряхина А. А., Червяков М. Ю. Спутниковый мониторинг составляющих ради- ационного баланса Земли во время явлений Эль-Ниньо в Тихом океане // Тезисы XIV Конференции молодых ученых посвященная Дню космонавтики «Фунда- ментальные и прикладные космические исследования» Москва, ИКИ РАН, 12– 14 апреля 2017 г. М. : ИКИ РАН, 2017. С. 140. 4. http://www.cpc.ncep.noaa.gov/

THE STUDY OF DIAMOND-GRAPHITE FILM STRUCTURE ON THE EMISSION UNDER CONDITIONS DESIGNED TO THERMIONIC CATHODES

A. V. Storublev Saratov State University

Abstract: The article describes testing of the cathode with fi eld emission to a characteristic of current in the model developed for testing issue properties of thermocathodes. Characteristics of carrying out a similar experiment are analysed, ways of optimization for obtaining the most qualitative result are provided. Keywords: fi eld emission, diamond-like fi lm structure, the device for research of the emission

ИССЛЕДОВАНИЕ ГРАФИТОВОЙ ПЛЁНОЧНОЙ СТРУКТУРЫ НА ЭМИССИОННУЮ СПОСОБНОСТЬ В УСЛОВИЯХ, ПРЕДНАЗНАЧЕННЫХ ДЛЯ ТЕРМОЭМИССИОННЫХ КАТОДОВ

А. В. Сторублев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье описано проведение испытания автоэмиссионного ка- тода на токоотбор в макете, разработанном для испытаний эмиссионных свойств

164 термокатодов. Проанализированы характерные особенности проведения подоб- ного эксперимента, предложены пути оптимизации для получения наиболее ка- чественного результата. Ключевые слова: автоэмиссия, алмазоподобная плёночная структура, ма- кет для испытаний на эмиссионную способность

Today such electrovacuum devices as the lamp of the running wave (LRW), rather surely have the leading parts in such fi elds of science and technology as satellite communication systems, the systems of a radar-location, radio-electronic counteraction and so forth. The main advantages of electrovacuum products before semiconductor are considered to be the following ones: high output power, a wide range of work frequencies, considerable resistance to external infl uence, for example, to radiation and differences of temperatures. In certain conditions of lamps use available time becomes the signifi cant parameter. Available time of LRW is the time which reckons at the time of turning on the device and ends at the moment when the operating mode of product work has been set. Today, as a rule, available time has several minutes. Generally this time is spent for warming up of the cathode. Products of this type are completed with the cathode with thermoemission. That is the cathode warming up to the working temperature is necessary for the emergence of a bunch of electrons in a lamp. Such time expenditure as inclusions of sources (etc.), represent incomparably smaller sizes in comparison with warming up of the thermocathode. Thus, having lowered time spent for warming up of the cathode it is possible to lower considerably available time LRW. It is offered to solve this problem by means of introduction of the knot with the cathode and a grid (KCG) with the cathode with fi eld emission (CFE). It should be noted that some researches in this direction were already conducted (Григорьев и др., 1995; Сазонов, 2012; Grigoriev, 1997; Imura et al., 1997; Lalli, 1986), however the positive result hasn’t been achieved yet. The positive result should be considered to be the developed technique of production of LRW about CFE brought to the level of stream production. It should be noted that interest in researches of materials regarding fi eld emission is presented at the world con- stantly. Possibly, such activity can be explained with emergence of the new equipment and opportunities for production and CFE research. The problem of creation of KCG seems perspective with the small current intercepting a grid providing current density from the cathode 0,5-1 A/cm2. The nanocomposite diamond-graphite fi lm structure which will be considered as CFE can be one of elements of this design. Advantages when using this material are as follows: high heat conductivity, insignifi cant reorganization of

165 emission surface at an operating mode, resistance to ionic bombing, etc. The made attempt to investigate this ﬁ lm cathode in the conditions suitable for thermocathodes, on emission ability is described n this work.

Fig. 1. A general view of the model for pilot studies of emission CFE

The experimental sample was a substrate from corundum ceramics (the size ≈ 8x12 mm) with the raised dust fi lm of the diamond-graphite for one of the parts. The way of putting material is described in (Яфаров, 2006). With the studied sample the experimental model has been assembled. The model consisted of two planes on one of which the studied subject (cathode) (fi g. 2) was fi xed, on another – the metal detail which had the cylindrical form carrying out in this experiment the role of a current-collecting electrode (anode). The anode has been made of the pressed tungsten powder. The area of a current-collecting surface of the anode was 0,0615 cm2. The planes were fi xed by means of ceramic plugs by each other. The model was fi xed in the glass fl ask made of glass of the S-52 brand which turned on PMI-2 pressure sensor and also gas absorber sprayed on a part of a glass cover. The general view of the model is presented in fi g. 1. The model has been outgased and pumped out on the stand for creation of vacuum conditions at external temperature 300 ºС within 3 hours then it has been soldered with the help of the gas burner. Before the removal of the model from the stand pressure in the model was ≈2·10-5 Pa.

166 Fig. 2. An arrangement of CFE and the anode in the model

Fig. 3. I–V curve in coordinates of the I (U) Fig. 4. I–V curve in coordinates of the I (E)

Fig. 5. I–V curve with the coordinates of Fowler-Nordheim

167 Tests on a current density from the cathode were carried out in the soldered pumping out-of-pocket model at a vacuum about 10-4 Pa. The obtained data is submitted in fi g. 3, 4, 5. Apparently the threshold tension of emergence of current was about 3,8 kV of the provided data. Change of current up to the size of tension of 5,4 kV is shown. Density of fi eld emission current at this tension was about 22·10-5 A/cm2. At further increase in tension there was a series of continuous breakdowns which is followed by the decrease in emission current. Data is obtained in the mode of constant tension giving. The results shown in fi g. 3, 4 are given in linear coordinates, in fi g. 2 – in Fowler- Nordgeym’s coordinates. The linearity of this fi g. 5 confi rms the fi eld emission nature of the current got in an experiment. The main result was to defi ne the possibility of receiving fi eld emission current in the described model with use of materials, technologies of installation and outgassing, size of residual pressure and other components characteristic of standard thermionic cathodes. Due to drawbacks of the received design after measurement of I–V curve further researches weren’t conducted. The decision on carrying out the subsequent experiments on again assembled models which would exclude drawbacks of existing one has been made. The main shortcomings were: very considerable interelectrode distance (about 1 mm) and also the lack of strict parallelism of electrodes. The shortcoming connected with the distance probably infl uences the size of electric fi eld strength at which appears emission current, the maximum size of current and also on stability of size current during operating time. Such consequences have been predetermined by giving of rather high voltage (because of long distance of the cathode anode) that has affected energy which was gained by electrons at the movement in an interelectrode gap. It is obvious that at high tension electrons gained considerable energy. Charged particles transferred the energy to the anode. This energy transformed to thermal one and caused the size of heating of a current-collecting electrode. The stronger the current-collecting electrode heated, the higher was the pressure in the model the higher was the probability of electric breakdowns and destructions of emission centers. The big gap between two electrodes is also undesirable because of high probability of impact of electrons with molecules of residual gases that can also lead to the emergence of positive ions and ionic bombing of the cathode surface which can be followed by dispersion and the change of the cathode microstructure. The lack of exact parallelism between electrodes has caused heterogeneity of electric fi eld. Therefore, the emission current got during in an experiment has been received not from the whole all area of the cathode which the fi eld affected but mainly from that part where the size of tension of the fi eld

168 was maximum. It isn’t possible to estimate the emitting area which has been involved in this experiment. It means that it is also impossible to estimate au- thentically the current density. It is in the long term planned to perform the similar work, having avoided the specifi ed shortcomings. Also the possibility of carrying out an experiment in the conditions of continuous pumping is considered. The next researches are planned: − the research of emission ability of a sample in the diode mode: to compare of level of currents depending on the modes of the enclosed electric fi eld. The research will be conducted at constant and pulse (various duration and frequencies of repetition of impulses) electric fi elds. The task is to get the possible emission current, stability of the selected current over time, establishment of communication of steady emission current with the modes of the enclosed electric fi eld; − the creation of the cathode with multilayered structure; a research of electronic emission from a sample end face; − the creation of KCG with the chosen design of the cathode working in one or several studied modes of electric fi eld; − the creation of the model with a triode design, research of the current intercepted by a grid, development and realization of actions for reduction of a grid current.

REFERENCES

1. Григорьев Ю. А., Рехен Г. А., Семенов. В.К., Шестеркин В. И. // РЭ. 1995. Вып.40. № 7. C. 1127. 2. Сазонов В. П. Приоритеты России в вакуумной СВЧ-электронике в ХХ столетии. М. : ИД “Медпрактика-М”, 2012. 3. Яфаров Р. К. Получение наноалмазных композиционных материалов в плазме микроволнового газового разряда низкого давления / Р. К. Яфаров // ЖТФ. 2006. Т. 76. Вып. 1. С. 42–48. 4. Grigoriev Y. A., Petrosyan A. I., Penzyarov V. V. et al. // J. Vac. Sci. Technol. 1997. B 15(2). P. 503. 5. Imura H., Tsuida S., Takahai M. et al. // Tech. Dig. 1997. Int. Electron Devices Meeting (IEDM-97). 1997. 10 Dec. 1997. N.Y. : IEEE, 1997. P. 721. 6. Lalli P. M., Mack C. D., Spindt C. A. // Proc. Conf. Microwave Power Tube Conf. 1986. Monterey.

169 RHYTHMS OF FLOWERING VEGETATION IN KCHVALYNSKY NATIONAL PARK AND ITS PRESERVATION ZONE

G. F. Suleymanova Saratov State University

Abstract: The article reveals 17 types of plants according to blossoming rhythms. They are integrated in 5 cycles: spring, spring and summer, summer, early-autumn and autumn. 23 plant species form aspects of the grassy-shrub layer. Data are used in ecological, educational and tourist activities of the national park. Keywords: rhythms of ﬂ owering, seasonal development of plant communities, protected areas, National park, aspect, phenology.

РИТМЫ ЦВЕТЕНИЯ РАСТИТЕЛЬНОСТИ НАЦИОНАЛЬНОГО ПАРКА «ХВАЛЫНСКИЙ» И ЕГО ОХРАННОЙ ЗОНЫ

Г. Ф. Сулейманова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В работе выявлены 17 типов растений по ритмам цветения. Они объединены в 5 циклов: весенний, весенне-летний, летний, летне-осенний и осенний. 23 вида растений формируют аспекты травяно-кустарничкового яруса. Данные используются в эколого-просветительской и туристической деятельности национального парка. Ключевые слова: ритмы цветения, сезонное развитие в растительных со- обществах, охраняемые территории, национальный парк, аспект, фенология.

It is known that the rhythm of plant fl owering of communities is com- posed of the fl owering rhythms of individual species. Features of aspects associated with the fl owering of abundantly developed species, their diversity and consistent change over time are important characteristics of cenoses (Вольтер,1936; Борисова,1972; Голубев,1965). Changes in aspects are mostly studied in meadow steppes, where there are 12 or more aspects replacing each other during the growing season. The purpose of the work is to identify the features of aspect formation of the phytocoenosis in the national park refl ecting the seasonal development of plants. The objectives are: 1) identifi cation of plant-aspectants, 2) classifi cation of aspects of the species according to fl owering rhythms in accordance with the phenologi- cal seasons and sub-seasons; 3) analysis of the change of aspects in phytocenoses.

170 The basic methods of the research are: 1. Geobotanical descriptions in- dicating the phenophases and abundance of community species, the laying of permanent test plots (PPP) with a size of 10x10 m2 in steppe areas and 10 PPs with a size of 1x1 m2 in a forest biotope. 2. Routing method. 3. The method of sequential descriptions of V. V. Alyokhin in the study of changes in aspects in steppe associations. 4. Quantitative accounting of the number of fl owers in fl owering species to measure aspecting in forest communities. Observations were held in fi ve vegetable associations. There are: 1) Sti- peta pennatae –Bromopsisosa riparia – Pluriherbosa, 2) Stipeta capillatae – Festucosa valessiaca – Herbosa; 3) Stipeta pennatae – Festucosa valessiaca – Herbosa on sand; 4) Acer platanoides + Tilia cordata – Convallaria majalis; 5) Acer platanoides + Tilia cordata – Aegopodium podagraria. Discussion of results. The National Park Khvalynsky is located in the northern part of the Saratov region in the Khvalynsky region at the border of the Middle and the Lower Volga regions. It occupies the remnant massif (Khvalynskye hills) of the Volga Upland and part of the Tereshka River valley in the vicinity of the town of Khvalynsk (Особо охраняемые.., 2008). In accordance with the botanical-geographical division, the region under the study belongs to the Central Russian (Verkhnedonskaya) subprovince of the Eastern European forest-steppe province of the Euro-Asian steppe region. Zone types of vegetation are deciduous forests and meadow steppes (Тарасов, 1977). For- ests gravitate towards the highlands, on the plains yielding to the meadow steppes. The climate of the territory of the national park is continental. Summer is warm and dry. Winter is moderately cold and snowless. Daily, seasonal and annual fl uctuations in the temperature of air and soil characterize the weather. The average annual temperature ranges from 5,2°C to 7,9°C. The average iso- therm of January is 13°С. The average temperature of July is + 20,5°C. Relative humidity is 70%, the average annual precipitation is 425-450 mm (Аникин, 2013). As a result 17 types of plants according to blossoming rhythms are revealed. They are integrated in 5 cycles: spring, spring and summer, summer, aestivo-autumnal and autumn. In steppe phytocoenosis plants of summer and late spring types of blossoming prevail. In forest communities spring types of blossoming dominate. The greatest number of steppe plants blossoms in the average period – during June-July (38,2%). Other richly represented groups include early-middle-aged (14,2%), late-spring (10,1%) mid-late (7,9%), late-spring-early-middle-summer late-autumn (6,5%), early (6,5%) and late-spring-early-summer

171 (5,7%). The ratio of forest species according to the fl owering rhythms is the following: late spring (22,2%), mid-late-spring and late-spring-early-summer – 18,0%, average summer (15,3%), early spring (7,6%). Thus, plants of summer and late spring types of fl owering prevail in the vegetation of steppe cenoses of the Khvalynsky National Park, spring species prevail in the communities of deciduous forest. In the second half of the growing season, especially in the autumn period, the phenomenon of secondary fl owering of meadow-steppe and steppe plants is widespread. By the duration of fl owering, long-fl owering and short-fl owering plants are prominent. A preliminary analysis of 86 steppe and meadow-steppe species has shown that there are 36 short-fl owering (46,0%), 28 long-fl owering (35,8%) and 14 intermediate (18.2%) plant species in the vegetation of the NP Khvalynsky. Among the dominant species, the longest fl owering blossom is Securigera varia (59 days), the original (42), the Aster bessarabicus (47 days). In spring, the fi nest peony bloom Paeonia tenuifolia for the longest time and the large-sized primula Primula macrocalyx (29 days). The leader in the fl owering period among the spring-summer species is the Centaurea marschalliana (43 days). Aspects are created by the 23 species of plants grassy and shrub layer. There are: forest, margin-forest, meadow and steppe, margin-forest-meadow, steppe phytocoenotypes. The anthropogenic habitats in the recreational and tourist zone of the NP Khvalynsky are defi ned: road slopes, embankments, wastelands, mineralized stripes and slopes of the Cretaceous mountains on the ski slope. Their aspect varies little in seasons: for mineralized strips – white-gray, and for ski slopes – snow-white. Plants do not form an aspect in such habitats. The information based on the beginning, duration and the end of plant blossoming is used by the organizations of security in the ecological, educational and tourist activities in the national park. The Calendar of nature was founded for these purposes.

REFERENCES

1. Борисова И. В. Сезонная динамика растительного сообщества // Полевая геобота- ника. Л. : Наука, 1972. Т. IV. С. 5–94. 2. Вальтер Г., Алёхин В. Основы ботанической географии. М. ; Л. : Биомедгиз, 1936. С. 306–680. 3. Голубев В. Н. Эколого-биологические особенности травянистых растений и рас- тительных сообществ лесостепи. М. : Наука, 1965. С. 132–253. 4. Особо охраняемые природные территории Саратовской области : национальный парк, природные микрозаповедники, памятники природы, дендрарии, ботаниче-

172 ский сад, особо охраняемые природные объекты ; науч. ред. В. З. Макаров. Сара- тов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2008. 300 с. 5. Тарасов А. О. Основные географические закономерности растительного покрова Саратовской области. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 1977. 24 с. 6. Учебно-краеведческий атлас Саратовской области / Аникин В. В. [и др.] ; гл. ред. А. Н. Чумаченко ; отв. ред. В. З. Макаров. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2013. 144 с.

MODELING OF POROUS SILICON FORMATION VIA CELLULAR AUTOMATON

D. V. Terin, D. O. Kochnev Saratov State University

Abstract: The article describes detailed algorithms for the implementation of mathematical model of porous silicon formation by electrochemical etching via cellular automaton. The results of modeling are compared with real structures of porous silicon obtained by scanning electron microscopy. Keywords: porous silicon, cellular automaton, modeling

МОДЕЛИРОВАНИЕ ОБРАЗОВАНИЯ ПОРИСТОГО КРЕМНИЯ МЕТОДОМ КЛЕТОЧНОГО АВТОМАТА

Д. В. Терин, Д. О. Кочнев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В работе подробно рассматриваются алгоритмы реализации математической модели образования пористого кремния посредством электро- химического травления с помощью метода клеточного автомата. Результаты мо- делирования сравниваются с реальными структурами пористого кремния, полу- ченными методом сканирующей электронной микроскопии. Ключевые слова: пористый кремний, клеточный автомат, моделирование

Cellular automaton is a great method for simulating of porous silicon formation. The ﬁ rst attempt was made by Erlebacher et al. in 1994 (Erlebacher, Sieradzki, Searson, 1994). By using correct algorithms, we can get realistic structures that match the images of porous silicon layers obtained by scanning electron microscope. In this article we describe algorithms and results of our modeling of porous silicon formation by electrochemical etching via cellular automaton.

173 The simulation of complete process consists of four models: 1) the model of HF molecules moving on the silicon substrate surface which simulates the interaction of holes and HF molecules with Si atoms (1): (1) 2) the model of oxidization of the substrate surface with formation of amorphous Si ﬁ lm (2): (2) 3) the model of the surface etching by oxidation of amorphous Si with water (3) followed by etching of silicon dioxide (4): (3) (4) 4) the model of single crystal etching (Lin, Guo, Sun, 2010; Foll et al., 2002). Three of these models are 2D cellular automatons and the ﬁ nal model is 3D automaton. All the models were performed on a system-design platform and development of environment Lab VIEW (National Instruments, USA). Firstly, for substrate surface modeling we created a 2D lattice (Figure 1). Each cell in the lattice has its own coordinates (i,j).

Fig. 1. Modeling of the substrate surface

In our ﬁ rst model cells simulate the areas on the surface which will adsorb the HF molecules. Each cell can exist in three states: 1) unabsorbed molecule (state 0); 2) with adsorbed uncharged molecule (state 2); 3) with absorbed

174 charged molecule (state 3). When simulation starts all the cells are in the state 0. The state of every cell depends on the states of its neighborhood. Every cell has its neighborhood given in the Figure 2.

Fig. 2. Cell neighborhood in 2D automaton

Conditions required for the cell transition between states 0 – 2 are basi- cally numbers of cells with different states in the neighborhood of the central cell. These conditions are different for each state (Table 1). To describe conditions we introduce some deﬁ nitions: 1. N(i) – number of cells in the state i in the neighborhood of the central cell;

2. N12 – condition (N (1) > 2 – number of the cells with the state 1 must be more than 2);

3. Pij – probability of cell transition from state i to state j. It should be 1 2 noted that condition P01 is divided in P01 and P01 . Table 1 Probability of cell transition between states

State 0 1 2 0 - 1;10-3 0 11-1 2110-6 -

Here we describe the conditions for cell transition: 1) State 0: 1 a) if N (1) > 0 or N (2) > 1 than with probability P01 cell will transit in state 1; 2 b) if N (1) = N (2) = 0, than with P01 in state 1.

175 2) State 1:

if N12 than with P12 in state 2, if not than with P10 in state 0. 3) State 2:

if N12 than with Р21 in state 1, if not than with Р20 in state 0. The model of oxidization is similar to 2D automaton using the same lattice. But the cells can exist in two states: 1) unoxidized (state 0) or 2) oxidized (state 1). Initially the whole surface is unoxidized. The process starts simultaneously with the adsorption of HF molecules. Cells can only transit from state 0 to state 1 with some constant probability Poxid without any additional conditions. The third model which describes the surface etching sums up the results of two previous ones. For simulation of pore appearance we use the same 2D lattice. Cells can exist in two states: 1) unetched (state 0) or 2) etched (state 1). Of course initially the whole surface is in the state 0. Pore appearance or in other words the cell transition in state 1 can happen only after the coincidence of two conditions: the cell adsorbs the charged molecule and is oxidized. On the real surface pores are usually located on the defects and mechanic tensions of the surface. It is simulated by additional probability constant Pdef. After modeling the surface etching process we should switch to 3D automaton to simulate the Si crystal etching. We created 3D parallelepiped lattice with 2D lattice used in previous models as one side of this is parallelepiped. Each cell in 3D lattice has (i,j,k) coordinates. Cells can exist in two states: 1) unetched (state 0) or 2) etched (state 1) as in the surface etching model. If the surface cell in the third model becomes etched the volume cell under it automatically transits in the state 1. That is how the pore growth begins. The pore growth is an anisotropic process. Pores often grow downwards, sometimes sideways but almost never upwards. We realized it by adding a new parameter – probability multiplier M (dir). As we mentioned earlier, we have three directions of pore growth : 1) , 2) , 3) . They are afﬁ liated by condition (5). Taking into account that should be around 0 and around 1we get: (5) Besides the pore growth probability also depends on the shape of pores. Every cell of 3D automaton has its own cube neighborhood. It consists of all the cells closest to the central cell. So cube neighborhood consists of 26 cells.

176 Then we choose one cube face consisting of 9 cells which are directed towards the present pore. Then let k number of these 9 cells be etched (k > 0 because the central cell is located near the pore). The pore growth dependence on number of neighbor etched cells k is deﬁ ned by exponential function P (k) (6):

(6)

Then we set a complete formula of pore growth probability Pgrow (7): (7) , – minimum and maximum possible amounts of the pore growth probability, parameters of the model, the condition must be fulﬁ lled. As a result we achieved a real time growth simulation of macro- and mes- oporous silicon structures. Our simulated structures (Figure 3) with values of model parameters (Table 2) are very similar to ones obtained by scanning electron microscope (Figure 4) (Lehmann, 1993).

Fig. 3. Porous silicon structures obtained by simulation Table 2 Values of model parameters for structures in Figure 3

Parameter Value 1 0.1 0.01

177 End table 2

Parameter Value 10-5 0.9 0.05 0.9

Fig. 4. SEM images of real porous silicon structures (Lehmann, 1993)

REFERENCES

1. Erlebacher J., Sieradzki K., Searson P. C. Computer simulations of pore growth in silicon // Journal of Applied Physics. 1994. № 76. P. 182–187. 2. Foll H., Christophersen M., Carstensen J., Hasse G. Formation and application of porous silicon // Materials Science and Engineering. 2002. № 39. P. 93–141. 3. Lin L., Guo S., Sun X. Synthesis and Photoluminescence Properties of Porous Silicon Nanowire Arrays // Nanoscale Research Letters. 2010. № 5. P. 1822–1828. 4. Lehmann V. The Physics of Macropore Formation in Low Doped n-Type Silicon // Jour- nal of Elecrochemical Society. 1993. Vol. 140, № 10. P. 2836–2843.

178 PHOTODYNAMIC OPENING OF BLOOD-BRAIN BARRIER

A. V. Terskov, A. N. Rybakova, A. A. Bodrova, M. V. Ulanova, N. A. Shushunova, O. V. Semyachkina-Glushkovskaya Saratov State University

Abstract: Photodynamic treatment (PDT) causes a signiﬁ cant increase in the permeability of the blood-brain barrier (BBB) in healthy mice. Using different doses of laser radiation (635 nm, 10-40 J/cm2) and photosensitizer (5-aminolevulinic acid – 5-ALA, i.v.), we found the optimal PDT for the reversible opening of the BBB, exhibiting brain tissues recovery 3 days after PDT. Further increases in the laser radiation or 5-ALA doses have no amplifying effect on the BBB permeability, but are associated with severe damage of brain tissues. These results can be an informative platform for further studies of new strategies in brain drug delivery and for better understanding of mechanisms underlying cerebrovascular effects of PDT-related resection of brain tumor. Keywords: Photodynamic therapy, PDT, blood-brain barrier, BBB

ФОТОДИНАМИЧЕСКИЙ СПОСОБ ОТКРЫТИЯ ГЕМАТОЭНЦЕФАЛИЧЕСКОГО БАРЬЕРА

А. В. Терсков, А. Н. Рыбакова, А. А. Бодрова, М. В. Уланова, Н. А. Шушунова, О. В. Семячкина-Глушковская Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Фотодинамическая терапия (ФДТ) является причиной зна- чительного повышения проницаемости гематоэнцефалического барьера (ГЭБ) у здоровых мышей. Используя разные дозы лазерного излучения (635 нм, 10- 40 Дж/см2) и фотосенсибилизатор (5-аминолевулиновая кислота – 5-ALA, в.в.), мы обнаружили, что оптимальные показатели ФДТ для обратимого открытия ГЭБ, показывающие выздоровление тканей мозга через 3 дня после ФДТ. Уве- личение лазерного излучения или дозы 5-ALA не несут усиливающего эффекта на проницаемость ГЭБ, но ассоциируются с серьезным повреждением тканей мозга. Эти результаты могут быть информативной площадкой для дальнейших изучений новых стратегий в доставке лекарств к мозгу и для лучшего понимания механизмов, лежащих в основе цереброваскулярных эффектов связанным с ФДТ удалением опухоли мозга Ключевые слова: Фотодинамическая терапия, ФДТ, гематоэнцефалический барьер, ГЭБ.

179 The blood-brain barrier (BBB) is a gatekeeper located on the endothelial cells of the microvasculature and controls the passage of blood-borne agents into the brain tissues playing an important role for the health of the central nervous system. These protective mechanisms restrict the entrance of many drugs into the brain, only 5% of them are available to treat the neuronal diseases because even the most small molecules simply cannot penetrate the BBB (Pardridge, 2007; Ghose et al., 1999). This is the reason why approaches to open the BBB have received signifi cant research attention from around the world in the last four decades. Photodynamic therapy (PDT) is a treatment that combines light irradiation and photosensitizing agents (porphyrins, chlorins and many other photodynamic dyes). 5-aminole-vulinic acid (5-ALA) is a pro-drug that has been used in a variety of PDT applications due to its safety and suitability for oral administration (Stummer et al., 2017; Colditz et al., 2017). 5-ALA itself does not produce fl uorescence; it is metabolized in the cells to protoporphyrin IX that accumulates in tumor tissues, exhibiting a photodynamic effect via light irradiation of the targeted tissue and allowing the neurosurgeon to clearly see and accurately resect the tumor (Stummer et al., 2017; Kuroiwa, 2014). In this research, we studied the PDT-related BBB disruption using the widely implicated in medicine PDT approach. We employed a 635 nm laser and 5-ALA for fl uorescence guided resection of glioblastoma with the aim of better understating the mechanisms underlying vascular collapse by PDT and its effectiveness as a potential method of brain drug delivery. Experiments were carried out in mongrel mice weight 20 g (n = 103). The animals were divided into fi ve groups: 1) intact, without laser irradiation (the control group); 2-5 included mice after laser irradiation with different laser doses. 2) 10 J/cm2 ; 3) 15 J/cm2 ; 4) 20 J/cm2 ; 5) 40 J/cm2). All procedures were performed in accordance with the “Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals”. The experimental protocol was approved by the Committee for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals at Saratov State University (Protocol H-147, 17.04.2001) To evaluate the BBB permeability we used three different methods. The fi rst test was a spectrofl uorometric assay of Evans Blue dye (EBd) extravasation. The second test was confocal microscopy of dextran extravasation (Hoff- mann et al., 2011). The third test was histological analysis of the BBB permeability to solutes. This study was performed in the same groups, which were used for confocal microscopy assessment.

180 The results were subjected to statistical processing. Signifi cance levels were set at p < 0.05 for all analyses. The results were reported as mean ± standard error (SE). The differences from the initial level in the same group were evaluated by the Wilcoxon test. Intergroup differences were evaluated using the Mann-Whitney test and ANO- VA-2 (post hoc analysis with the Duncan’s rank test). Signifi cance levels were set at p < 0.05 for all analyses. During the fi rst stage of experiments, we used the clinically recommended dose of 5-ALA – 20 mg/kg. The BBB permeability to EBd was analyzed every 30 min after 5ALA-PDT, over 4h duration. Here we presented two time points – 90 min after PDT, when we observed the fi rst signifi cant changes in the BBB and 4h after PDT, when we did not see further increases to the leakage of EBd. Table 1 The 5-ALA-PDT-related-changes in the BBB permeability to Evans Blue

The data presented in Table 1 shows that the illumination dose of 10 J/ cm2 caused an increase in the BBB permeability to EBd compared to initial state (without PDT). A light dose of 15 J/cm2 was accompanied by an increase in the leakage of EBd, which was 1.7 times higher than with an irradiation dose of 10 J/cm2. Further increase in light dose was not associated with more increase in the level of EBd in the brain tissue.

181 No effect on the BBB was observed if laser was applied alone (without 5-ALA). In the next step of our experiments, we analyzed the effect of 5-ALA in high doses (80 mg/kg, n = 8) on the BBB permeability to EBd. The light dose – 15 J/cm2 that was optimal for the opening of the BBB when using a 20 mg/ kg dose of 5-ALA was selected. In this series of experiments, we tested the BBB stability after PDT, studying dextran extravasation (confocal imaging) and solutes leakage (histological analysis). The dextran extravasation was determined as clear specifi c fl uorescence occurring outside of the vessel walls and was classifi ed as weak (A), medium (B), strong (C), and diffusive (D) (Hoffmann et al., 2011).

Fig.1. Test with FITC-Dextran 70 kDa Ex VIVO

Our results (ﬁ gure 1) showed that laser irradiation doses from 10 to 40 J/ cm2 with 5-ALA (20 mg/kg, i.v.) was associated with strong leakage of dextran from cerebral capillaries resulting in formation of red clouds around mi- crovessels. The high dose of 5-ALA (80 mg/kg, i.v., laser dose – 15 J/cm2) was accompanied by diffuse type of dextran extravasation, i.e. higher BBB disruption. The complete recovery of brain tissues after PDT-induced perivascular edema due to the opening of the BBB to solutes was observed 3 days later. Thus, our results suggest that PDT (λ = 635 nm + 5-ALA) causes temporal increase in the BBB permeability to EBd (68.5 kDa) and dextran (70 kDa) mimicking the BBB leakage to high weight molecular molecules such as proteins. These effects depend on irradiation dose and concentration of photosensitizer. The optimal laser doses that induced the opening of the BBB were 10-15 J/cm2. Interestingly, further increasing of the light dose to 40 J/cm2 was not accompanied by more extensive changes in the BBB. Our results on healthy mice clearly show that small doses of PDT (635 nm, 15 J/cm2) with a concentration of 5-ALA, 20 mg/kg (i.v.) are optimal for the reversible BBB opening for high weight molecular substances such as EBd (68 kDa) and dextran (70 kDa). Further increase in light doses has no amplify-

182 ing effect on the BBB. The increasing of 5-ALA concentration is accompanied by severe disruption of the BBB resulting in injuries of brain tissues (perivascular edema). We believe that these results are of high importance for the deeper understanding of PDT effects on the cerebral vasculature and its further applications in drug brain delivery.

REFERENCES

1. Colditz M. J., Jeffree R. L. Aminolevulinic acid (ALA)-protoporphyrin IX ﬂ uorescence guided tumour resection. Part 1: Clinical, radiological and pathological studies // J. Clin. Neurosci. 2012. Vol. 19(11). P. 1471–1474. 2. Ghose A. K., Viswanadhan V. N., Wendoloski J. J. A knowledge-based approach in designing combinatorial or medicinal chemistry libraries for drug discovery. 1. A qualitative and quantitative characterization of known drug databases // J. Comb. Chem. 1999. Vol. 1(1). P. 55–68. 3. Hoffmann A., Bredno J., Wendland M., Derugin N., Ohara P., Wintermark M. High and low molecular weight ﬂ uorescein isothiocyanate (FITC)-dextran to assess blood-brain barrier disruption: technical consideration // Transl. Stroke Res. 2011. Vol. 2(1). P. 106–111. 4. Kuroiwa T. Photodynamic diagnosis and photodynamic therapy for the brain tumors // Progress in Neuro-Oncology. 2014. Vol. 21. P. 14–21. 5. Pardridge W. M. Blood-brain barrier delivery // Drug Discov. Today. 2007. Vol. 12(1-2). P. 54–61. 6. Stummer W., Stepp H., Wiestler O. D., Pichlmeier U. Randomized, Prospective Double- Blinded Study Comparing 3 Different Doses of 5-Aminolevulinic Acid for Fluorescence- Guided Resections of Malignant Gliomas // Neurosurgery. 2017. Vol. 81(2). P. 230–239.

SYNTHESIS OF UNSATURATED 1,5-DIKETONES

E. S. Tikeeva Saratov State University

Abstract: Economic and convenient: Iodic acid (HIO3) and iodine pentoxide (I2O5) form complexes with DMSO when heated at 80°C for 1 h. The complexes are efﬁ cient agents for the dehydrogenation of ketones at 45–65°C. Keywords: dehydrogenation dikenones, synthetic methods, hypervalent compounds iodine.

СИНТЕЗ НЕНАСЫЩЕННЫХ 1,5-ДИКЕТОНОВ

Е. С. Тикеева Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

183 Аннотация: Экономичные и удобные: йодистая кислота (HIO3) и пятиокись йода (I2O5) образуют комплексы с ДМСО при нагревании при 80°C в течение 1 часа. Комплексы являются эффективными агентами для дегидрирования кето- нов при 45-65°С. Ключевые слова: дегидрирование дикенонов, синтетические методы, ги- первалентные соединения йода.

To date, extensive material has been accumulated concerning the methods of obtaining, the nature and characteristics of the transformations of 1,5-diketones, which determines their special place in organic chemistry in both theoretical and applied aspects. The presence of active reaction centers: carbonyl groups, activate d multiple bond and mobile hydrogen atoms of the α-position to carbonyl make possible electrophilic substitution reactions, nucleophilic CO- group reactions accompanied in some cases by heterocyclization, which makes it possible to obtain various N, O, S-heterocyclic compounds (Пчелинцева, Харченко, 1996) The purpose of this study was to develop an innovative approach for obtaining unsaturated 1,5-diketones. Although the chemistry of iodine (III) and iodine (VII) reagents has been extensively explored, that of the iodine (V) manifold, which includes reagents such as o-Iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) and Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP), remained until recently almost entirely relegated to be a source of reliable agents for the simple oxidation of alcohols and for several closely related processes. However, a recent discovery has opened the door to the development of a number of novel iodine (V)-mediated reactions. Furthermore, detailed mechanistic studies into one of these processes, the IBX-mediated dehydrogenation of ketones, led to the recognition of the importance of the ligand appended to the iodine nucleus in this and other SET-based process. (Nicolaou et al., 2002) Armed with this information, we were able to tune the reactivity at the iodine nucleus and developed a mild room-temperature variant. Herein we report initial results that probe the question and provide us with a number of economic, commercially available, and safe iodine (V) dehydrogenation agents. To determine the role of the aryl moiety in the reactivity of IBX, we evaluated the simplest iodine (V)-based reagents: HIO3 (1, iodic acid, IA) and its anhydride I2O5 (2, iodine pentoxide, IP) (Fig. 1). Both were efﬁ cient reagents for the mild and chemo selective dehydrogenation of carbonyl compounds. De- spite their extensive use in industry and their commercial availability, IA and IP have rarely been employed in organic synthesis. Their industrial applications and studies conducted at elevated temperatures strongly suggest that these agents are

184 particularly stable oxidants. This feature is perhaps related to the stabilization attained through the extensive secondary bonding networks present in the solids and, at least partially, maintained in solution. We reasoned that dehydrogenation might still be feasible (for a mechanistic rationale, see Fig. 2), and we prepared the DMSO complexes of IA and IP (Scheme 1, 3 and 4).

Fig. 1. DMSO complexes of IA and IP

Fig. 2. Reaction mechanism

185 Gratifyingly, the IA·DMSO (3) and IP·DMSO (4) complexes are remark- ably mild and efﬁ cient oxidants and can be used for dehydrogenation of ketones. Although equally efﬁ cient, we favored the use of IР in these reactions. Moreover, since the oxidation reactions tend to produce varying amounts of detrimental iodine as a by-product, we added a cosolvent. (Fig. 3) This transformation has challenged the more traditional dehydrogenation techniques, which give poor yields and often unwanted by-products.

Fig. 3. Experimental reaction

In conclusion, we have demonstrated the unique mild and efﬁ cient nature of HIO3 and its anhydride I2O5 as commercially available and safer for the dehydrogenation of ketones. Furthermore, they have highly chemo selective, and effect smooth dehydrogenations at 45-65 °C. Our investigations now center on exploring other possible transformations of these versatile reagents and their complexes.

REFERENCES

1. Пчелинцева Н. В., Харченко В. Г. Непредельные 1,5-дикетоны, их галогензамещен- ные – получение и использование в синтезе гетероциклов // Химия гетероцикл. соед. 1996. № 10. С. 1299–1319. 2. Nicolaou K. C. , Montagnon T. , Baran P. S. HIO3 and I2O5 : Mild and Selective Alter- native Reagents to IBX for the Dehydrogenation of Aldehydes and Ketones // Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002. Vol. 41, № 8. P. 1386–1389.

REVIEW OF ALGORITHMS USED IN COMPUTER VISION

R. H. Tugushev Saratov State University

Abstract: In this article modern algorithms used in computer vision are reviewed. Main domains of the algorithms are given. Also fundamentals as well as pros and cons of the algorithms are given. Keywords: deep learning, computer vision.

186 ОБЗОР АЛГОРИТМОВ ИСПОЛЬЗУЕМЫХ В КОМПЬЮТЕРНОМ ЗРЕНИИ

Р. Х. Тугушев Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В данной статье даётся обзор алгоритмов, которые использу- ются в настоящее время в компьютерном зрении. Приведены отрасли применения данных алгоритмов. Также приведены основы указанных алгоритмов и даны их преимущества и недостатки. Ключевые слова: глубинное обучение, компьютерное зрение.

1. Scale-invariant feature transform The scale-invariant feature transform (SIFT) is an algorithm in computer vision to detect and describe local features in images. The algorithm was patented in Canada by the University of British Columbia (Lowe, 2004) and published by David Lowe in 1999 (Lowe, 1999). Applications include object recognition, robotic mapping and navigation, image stitching, 3D modeling, gesture recognition, video tracking, individual identiﬁ cation of wildlife and match moving. For any object in an image, interesting points on the object can be extracted to provide a «feature description» of the object. This description, extracted from a training image, can then be used to identify the object when attempting to locate the object in a test image containing many other objects. To perform reliable recognition, it is important that the features extracted from the training image be detectable even under changes in image scale, noise and illumination. Such points usually lie on high-contrast regions of the image, such as object edges. Another important characteristic of these features is that the relative positions between them in the original scene should not change from one image to another. For example, if only the four corners of a door were used as features, they would work regardless of the door’s position; but if points in the frame were also used, the recognition would fail if the door is open or closed. Similarly, features located in articulated or ﬂ exible objects would typically not work if any change in their internal geometry happens between two images in the set being processed. However, in practice SIFT detects and uses a much larger number of features from the images, which reduces the contribution of the errors caused by these local variations in the average error of all feature matching errors.

187 SIFT (Lowe, 2004) can robustly identify objects even among clutter and under partial occlusion, because the SIFT feature descriptor is invariant to uniform scaling, orientation, illumination changes, and partially invariant to affi ne distortion (Lowe, 1999). The algorithm. 1. Constructing a scale space. This is the preparation for further steps. Internal representations of the original image are created to ensure scale invariance. This is done by generating a «scale space». 2. LoG Approximation. The Laplacian of Gaussian is more suitable for fi nding key points of an image but they are computationally expensive. Thus, the algorithm using the representation created earlier. 3. Finding key points. These are maxima and minima in the Difference of Gaussian image the algorithms calculates in step 2. 4. Removing «bad» key points. Edges and low contrast regions are suitable key points and eliminating these makes the algorithm effi cient and robust. A technique similar to the Harris Corner Detector is used here. 5. Assigning an orientation to the key points. In this step an orientation is calculated for each key point. Any further calculations are done relatively to this orientation. This effectively cancels out the effect of orientation, making it rotation invariant. 6. Generate SIFT features. In this step, with scale and rotation invariance in place, one more representation is generated. This helps uniquely identify features.

2. Speeded up robust features. In computer vision, speeded up robust features (SURF) is a patented local feature detector and descriptor. It can be used for tasks such as object recognition, image registration, classiﬁ cation or 3D reconstruction. It is partly in- spired by the scale-invariant feature transform (SIFT) descriptor. The standard version of SURF is several times faster than SIFT and claimed by its authors to be more robust against different image transformations than SIFT. To detect interest points, SURF uses an integer approximation of the de- terminant of Hessian blob detector, which can be computed with 3 integer operations using a precomputed integral image. Its feature descriptor is based on the sum of the Haar wavelet response around the point of interest. These can also be computed with the aid of the integral image. SURF descriptors have been used to locate and recognize objects, people or faces, to reconstruct 3D scenes, to track objects and to extract points of interest.

188 SURF was ﬁ rst presented by Herbert Bay at the 2006 European Confer- ence on Computer Vision. An application of the algorithm is patented in the United States (Funayama и др., 2009). An «upright» version of SURF (called U-SURF) is not invariant to image rotation and therefore faster to compute and better suited for application where the camera remains more or less horizontal. The image is transformed into coordinates, using the multi-resolution pyramid technique, to copy the original image with Pyramidal Gaussian or Lapla- cian Pyramid shape to obtain an image with the same size but with reduced bandwidth. This achieves a special blurring effect on the original image, called Scale-Space and ensures that the points of interest are scale invariant. Algorithm and features. The SURF algorithm is based on the same principles and steps as SIFT; but details in each step are different. The algorithm has three main parts: interest point detection, local neighborhood description and matching.

3. Viola-Jones algorithm The Viola–Jones object detection framework is the fi rst object detection framework to provide competitive object detection rates in real-time proposed in 2001 by Paul Viola and Michael Jones (Viola и др., 2001), (Jones и др., 2001) Although it can be trained to detect a variety of object classes, it was motivated primarily by the problem of face detection. Feature types and evaluation. The characteristics of Viola–Jones algorithm which make it a good detection algorithm are: – Robust – Very high detection rate (true-positive rate) and very low false-positive rate always. – Real time – For practical applications at least 2 frames per second must be processed. – Face detection only (not recognition) – The goal is to distinguish faces from non-faces (detection is the fi rst step in the recognition process). The algorithm has four stages: 1. Haar Feature Selection 2. Creating an Integral Image 3. Adaboost Training 4. Cascading Classifi ers The features sought by the detection framework universally involve the sums of image pixels within rectangular areas. As such, they bear some resem- blance to Haar basis functions, which have been used previously in the realm of image-based object detection (Papageorgiou и др., 1998). However, since

189 the features used by Viola and Jones all rely on more than one rectangular area, they are generally more complex. The ﬁ gure on the right illustrates the four different types of features used in the framework. The value of any given feature is the sum of the pixels within clear rectangles subtracted from the sum of the pixels within shaded rectangles. Rectangular features of this sort are primitive when compared to alternatives such as steerable ﬁ lters. Although they are sensitive to vertical and horizontal features, their feedback is considerably coarser.

4. Eigenface Eigenface is the name given to a set of eigenvectors when they are used in the computer vision problem of human face recognition (Navarrete и др., 2002). The approach of using eigenfaces for recognition was developed by Sirovich and Kirby (1987) and used by Matthew Turk and Alex Pentland in face classiﬁ cation (Turk и др., 1991). The eigenvectors are derived from the covariance matrix of the probability distribution over the high-dimensional vector space of face images. The eigenfaces themselves form a basis set of all images used to construct the covariance matrix. This produces dimension reduction by allowing the smaller set of basis images to represent the original training images. Classiﬁ cation can be achieved by comparing how faces are represented by the basis set. The Eigenface approach began with a search for a low-dimensional representation of face images. Sirovich and Kirby (1987) showed that principal component analysis could be used on a collection of face images to form a set of basis features. These basis images, known as eigenpictures, could be lin- early combined to reconstruct images in the original training set. If the training set consists of M images, principal component analysis could form a basis set of N images, where N < M. The reconstruction error is reduced by increasing the number of eigenpictures, however the number needed is always chosen less than M. For example, if you need to generate a number of N eigenfaces for a training set of M face images, you can say that each face image can be made up of «proportions» of all these K «features» or eigenfaces: Face image1 = (23% of E1) + (2% of E2) + (51% of E3) + … + (1% En). In 1991 M. Turk and A. Pentland expanded these results and presented the Eigenface method of face recognition (Turk и др., 1991). In addition to designing a system for automated face recognition using eigenfaces, they showed a way of calculating the eigenvectors of a covariance matrix in such a way as to make it possible for computers at that time to perform eigen-decomposition on a large number of face images. Face images usually occupy a high-dimen-

190 sional space and conventional principal component analysis was intractable on such data sets. Turk and Pentland’s paper demonstrated ways to extract the eigenvectors based on matrices sized by the number of images rather than the number of pixels. Once established, the Eigenface method was expanded to include methods of preprocessing to improve accuracy (Draper и др., 2002). Multiple manifold approaches were also used to build sets of eigenfaces for different subjects (Belhumer и др., 1996), (Burnstone и др., 2011) and different features, such as eyes (Moghaddam и др., 1998). Eigenface provides an easy and cheap way to realize face recognition in that: • Its training process is completely automatic and easy to code. • Eigenface adequately reduces statistical complexity in face image representation. • Once eigenfaces of a database are calculated, face recognition can be achieved in real time. • Eigenface can handle large databases. However, the defi ciencies of the Eigenface method are also obvious: • Very sensitive to lighting, scale and translation; requires a highly controlled environment. • Eigenface has diffi culty capturing expression changes. • The most signifi cant eigenfaces are mainly about illumination encoding and do not provide useful information regarding the actual face. To cope with illumination distraction in practice, the eigenface method usually discards the fi rst three eigenfaces from the dataset. Since illumination is usually the cause behind the largest variations in face images, the fi rst three eigenfaces will mainly capture the information of 3-dimensional lighting changes, which has little contribution to face recognition. By discarding those three eigenfaces, there will be a decent amount of boost in accuracy of face recognition, but other methods such as Fisherface and Linear space still have the advantage. This approach to face recognition involves the following initialization operations: 1. Acquire an initial set of face images (the training set). 2. Calculate the eigenfaces from the training set, keeping only the M images that correspond to the highest eigenvalues. These M images defi ne the face space. As new faces are experiences, the eigenfaces can be updated or recalculated.

191 3. Calculate the corresponding distribution in M-dimensional weight space for each known individual, by projecting their face images onto the “face space”. These operations can also be performed from time to time whenever there is free excess computational capacity. Having initialized the system, the following steps are then used to recognize new face images: 1.Calculate a set of weights based on the input image and the M eigenfaces by projecting the input image onto each of the eigenfaces. 2.Determine if the image is a face at all (whether known or unknown) by checking to see if the image is sufﬁ ciently close to “face space”. 3.If it is a face, classify the weight pattern as either known person or as unknown. 4.(Optional) Update the eigenfaces and/or weight patterns. 5.(Optional) If the same unknown face is seen several times, calculate its characteristic weight pattern and incorporate into the known faces.

5. Mean shift Mean shift is a non-parametric feature-space analysis technique for locating the maxima of a density function, a so-called mode-seeking algorithm (Cheng, 1995). Application domains include cluster analysis in computer vision and image processing (Comaniciu и др., 2002). Although the mean shift algorithm has been widely used in many applications, a rigid proof for the convergence of the algorithm using a general kernel in a high dimensional space is still not known (Ghassabeh, 2015). Aliyari Ghas- sabeh showed the convergence of the mean shift algorithm in one-dimension with a differentiable, convex, and strictly decreasing profi le function (Ghassa- beh, 2013). However, the one-dimensional case has limited real world applications. Also, the convergence of the algorithm in higher dimensions with a fi nite number of the (or isolated) stationary points has been proved (Ghassabeh, 2015), (Li и др., 2007). However, suffi cient conditions for a general kernel function to have fi nite (or isolated) stationary points have not been provided. Strengths. 1. Mean shift is an application-independent tool suitable for real data analysis. 2. Does not assume any predefi ned shape on data clusters. 3. It is capable of handling arbitrary feature spaces. 4. The procedure relies on choice of a single parameter: bandwidth. 5. The bandwidth/window size ‘h’ has a physical meaning, unlike k-means.

192 Weaknesses. 1. The selection of a window size is not trivial. 2. Inappropriate window size can cause modes to be merged, or generate additional “shallow” modes. 3. Often requires using adaptive window size.

6. Kalman fi lter Kalman fi ltering, also known as linear quadratic estimation (LQE), is an algorithm that uses a series of measurements observed over time, containing statistical noise and other inaccuracies, and produces estimates of unknown variables that tend to be more accurate than those based on a single measurement alone, by estimating a joint probability distribution over the variables for each timeframe. The fi lter is named after Rudolf E. Kálmán, one of the primary developers of its theory. The Kalman fi lter has numerous applications in technology. A common application is for guidance, navigation, and control of vehicles, particularly aircraft and spacecraft (Zarchan и др., 2000). Furthermore, the Kalman fi lter is a widely applied concept in time series analysis used in fi elds such as signal processing and econometrics. Kalman fi lters also are one of the main topics in the fi eld of robotic motion planning and control, and they are sometimes included in trajectory optimization. The Kalman fi lter also works for modeling the central nervous system’s control of movement. Due to the time delay between issuing motor commands and receiving sensory feedback, use of the Kalman fi lter supports a realistic model for making estimates of the current state of the motor system and issuing updated commands (Wolpert и др., 2000). The algorithm works in a two-step process. In the prediction step, the Kalman fi lter produces estimates of the current state variables, along with their uncertainties. Once the outcome of the next measurement (necessarily cor- rupted with some amount of error, including random noise) is observed, these estimates are updated using a weighted average, with more weight being given to estimates with higher certainty. The algorithm is recursive. It can run in real time, using only the present input measurements and the previously calculated state and its uncertainty matrix; no additional past information is required. Using a Kalman fi lter does not assume that the errors are Gaussian (Kal- man, 1960). However, the fi lter yields the exact conditional probability estimate in the special case that all errors are Gaussian. Extensions and generalizations to the method have also been developed, such as the extended Kalman fi lter and the unscented Kalman fi lter which work on nonlinear systems. The underlying model is similar to a hidden Markov

193 model except that the state space of the latent variables is continuous and all latent and observed variables have Gaussian distributions. Technical description and context. The Kalman fi lter is an effi cient recursive fi lter that estimates the internal state of a linear dynamic system from a series of noisy measurements. It is used in a wide range of engineering and econometric applications from radar and computer vision to estimation of structural macroeconomic models (Strid и др., 2009), (Andreasen, 2008) and is an important topic in control theory and control systems engineering. Together with the linear-quadratic regulator (LQR), the Kalman fi lter solves the linear–quadratic–Gaussian control problem (LQG). The Kalman fi lter, the linear-quadratic regulator and the linear–quadratic–Gaussian controller are solutions to what arguably are the most fundamental problems in control theory. In most applications, the internal state is much larger (more degrees of freedom) than the few «observable» parameters which are measured. How- ever, by combining a series of measurements, the Kalman fi lter can estimate the entire internal state. In Dempster–Shafer theory, each state equation or observation is considered a special case of a linear belief function and the Kalman fi lter is a special case of combining linear belief functions on a join-tree or Markov tree. Addi- tional approaches include belief fi lters which use Bayes or evidential updates to the state equations. A wide variety of Kalman fi lters have now been developed, from Kalman’s original formulation, now called the «simple» Kalman fi lter, the Kalman–Bucy fi lter, Schmidt’s «extended» fi lter, the information fi lter, and a variety of «square- root» fi lters that were developed by Bierman, Thornton and many others. Perhaps the most commonly used type of very simple Kalman fi lter is the phase-locked loop, which is now ubiquitous in radios, especially frequency modulation (FM) radios, television sets, satellite communications receivers, outer space communications systems, and nearly any other electronic communications equipment. Kalman fi lters are ideal for systems which are continuously changing. They have the advantage that they are light on memory (they do not need to keep any history other than the previous state), and they are very fast, making them well suited for real time problems and embedded systems.

REFERENCES

1. Lowe D. G. Method and Apparatus for Identifying Scale Invariant Features in an Image and Use of Same for Locating an Object in an Image. U. S. Patent 6,711,293, patent for the SIFT algorithm, March 23, 2004.

194 2. Lowe D. G. Object Recognition from Local Scale-invariant Features // Proceedings of the International Conference on Computer Vision. 2, 1999. P. 1150–1157. 3. Funayama R., Yanagihara H., Gool V. G., Tuytelaars T., Bay H. US 2009238460 Robust Interest Detector and Descriptor, 2009. 4. Viola P., Jones M. Rapid Object Detection Using a Boosted Cascade of Simple Features, 2001. 5. Jones V. Robust Real-time Object Detection // IJCV, 2001. P. 1, 3. 6. Papageorgiou C., Oren M., Poggio T. A General Framework for Object Detection. Inter- national Conference on Computer Vision, 1998. 7. Navarrete P., Ruiz-Del-Solar J. Analysis and Comparison of Eigenspace-Based Face Recognition Approaches // International Journal of Pattern Recognition and Artiﬁ cial Intelligence. November 2002. 8. Turk M. A., Pentland A. P. Face Recognition Using Eigenfaces. Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 1991 // Proceedings Computer Society Conference, 1991. 9. Draper B. A., Yambor W. S., Beveridge J. R. Analyzing Pca-based Face Recognition Algorithms: Eigenvector Selection and Distance Measures, 2002. 10. Belhumeur, Kriegman D. What is the Set of Images of an Object under all Possible Lighting Conditions? // Proceedings 1996, 1996 Computer Society Conference on Com- puter Vision and Pattern Recognition, 1996. 11. Burnstone J., Yin H. Eigenlights: Recovering Illumination from Face Images // Confer- ence Proceedings on IDEAL, 2011. 12. Moghaddam B., Wahid W., Pentland A. Beyond Eigenfaces: Probabilistic Matching for Face Recognition // Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition, 1998. 13. Cheng Y. Mean Shift, Mode Seeking, and Clustering // IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 1995. 14. Comaniciu D., Meer P. Mean Shift: A Robust Approach towards Feature Space Analysis // IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 2002. 15. Ghassabeh A. Y. A Sufﬁ cient Condition for the Convergence of the Mean Shift Algo- rithm with Gaussian Kernel // Journal of Multivariate Analysis, March 2015. 16. Ghassabeh A. Y. On the Convergence of the Mean Shift Algorithm in the One-dimensional Space // Pattern Recognition Letters, September 2013. 17. Li X., Hu Z., Wu F. A Note on the Convergence of the Mean Shift // Pattern Recognition Letters, June 2017. 18. Zarchan P., Musoff H. Fundamentals of Kalman Filtering: A Practical Approach // Amer- ican Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 2000. 19. Wolpert D., Ghahramani Z. Computational Principles of Movement Neuroscience // Na- ture Neuroscience, 2000. 20. Kalman R. E. A New Approach to Linear Filtering and Prediction Problems // Journal of Basic Engineering, 1960. 21. Strid I., Walentin K. Block Kalman Filtering for Large-Scale DSGE Models // Computa- tional Economics, April 2009. 22. Andreasen M. M. Non-linear DSGE Models, the Central Difference Kalman Filter, and the Mean Shifted Particle Filter, 2008.

195 REPRESENTATION OF AFFECTING AND INFORMATIVE FUNCTIONS IN ENGLISH ECONOMIC DISCOURSE

S. Е. Tupikova, Е. М. Zmeeva Saratov State University

Abstract: This paper focuses on the main features of modern publicistic style in English economic discourse. Based on the analysis of economic articles taken from The New York Times, BBC and CNN newspaper articles, the main lexical, syntactical and morphological features of the style are analyzed. It is proved that different compositional and verbal means of expressiveness help publicists to infl uence effectively the audience with the aim of transmission of economically and socially signifi cant information, persuading the public, suggesting certain views and ideas, motivating to commit certain actions, manipulating. Modern journalistic style is aimed at fi nding the answers to current socio-political and socio-economic problems, gives a truly impressive description of language use and fully refl ects the changes in everyday life and language. The relevancy of content makes the publicist search for modern and commonly understood but innovative forms of content expression. Journalistic style represented in economic discourse refl ects all processes taking place in society and its economic sphere. In this regard, the role of economic discourse in modern English is very noticeable and it requires a constant study. Thus, the relevancy of this research is aimed at the need to study the basic means of expression in modern economic discourse. Keywords: economic discourse, publicistic style, means of expressiveness, compositional means, verbal means, infl uence.

РЕАЛИЗАЦИЯ ВОЗДЕЙСТВУЮЩЕЙ И ИНФОРМАТИВНОЙ ФУНКЦИЙ СОВРЕМЕННОГО АНГЛОЯЗЫЧНОГО ЭКОНОМИЧЕСКОГО ДИСКУРСА

С. Е. Тупикова, Е. М. Змеева Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: В статье рассматриваются и анализируются основные способы реализации воздействующей (или манипулятивной) и информативной функций современного публицистического стиля на материале англоязычного экономиче- ского дискурса. На основе анализа новостных статей The New York Times, BBC и CNN экономической тематики выделяются основные лексические, синтаксиче- ские и морфологические особенности стиля, репрезентирующие данные функ- ции. Доказывается, что именно различные композиционные и речевые средства выразительности помогают публицисту эффективно воздействовать на аудиторию с целью передачи общественно значимой экономической информации, убеждать

196 в чем-то читательскую аудиторию, внушать ей определенные взгляды и идеи, по- буждать ее к совершению определенных действий и поступков, манипулировать. Ключевые слова: экономический дискурс, публицистический стиль, сред- ства выразительности, композиционные средства, речевые средства, воздействие.

Nowadays economics is regarded not only as the social science that studies the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services, but also as an infl uential tool of affecting and manipulating of audience. Economic discourse and the system of functional styles represented in it are in a state of continuous development. Different styles are separated in varying degrees as the boundaries of most of them are diffi cult to defi ne and it is not easy to separate such styles from the genres. This becomes evident when it comes to journalistic style as one of predominating styles of English economic discourse. There is no doubt that journalistic style perfectly refl ects economic situation in the world. Journalistic style (lat. «publicus», meaning – «social and state») is one of the functional styles which serves a wide area of social relations, whether political, economic, cultural or sport. Journalistic style or news style or news writing style is the prose style used for news reporting in media such as newspapers, radio and television. It is widely applied in various areas of public life: in public political speeches, in the activities of public associations, political parties, etc (Zherebilo, 2011). Journalistic style plays a leading role in the stylistic structure of the literary language and surpasses other styles in strength and extent of the impact on the development of the literary language, formation of speech norms and language preferences. The role of the mass media is particularly great in these processes. A lot of new means of literary expression appear and then are tested in journalistic style. However, it should be borne in mind that the mass media also has negative infl uence on the literary language, e.g. the abuse of borrowings, slang, vulgar- isms and the violations of linguistic norms (Zherebilo, 2011). According to A. N. Vasilyeva, journalism is a kind of literature where the topical political, economic, literary, philosophical and other problems of modern life are discussed and analyzed in order to infl uence public opinion and the existing political institutions; in order to strengthen or change them according to a certain society class interest or social and moral ideal. A. N. Vasilyeva al- locates all of modern life in its greatness and smallness, private and public, real or refl ected in the media, arts, paper, as a subject of journalism (Vasilyeva, 1982). Summarizing everything that was mentioned above we can defi ne the functions of the journalistic style. The main aims of the journalistic style are as

197 follows: the evaluation of facts and events, news reporting and commenting. In this regard, two language functions are implemented in this style: the function of exposure and the information function. These functions determine the organization of linguistic means in journalistic style. The use of linguistic means of expressiveness is determined largely by their socio-evaluative qualities and capacity in terms of the effective impact on the audience. Information function is aimed at the formation of a layer of neutral vocabulary speech standards which is essential when arranging verbal speech (Клушина, 2008). The political and economic vocabularies play a special role in journalistic style. This is due to the fact that journalists are primary inter- ested in informing the widest possible range of readers, viewers and listeners of social and political problems. E.g. TV programmes, shows, newspaper articles, etc. inform the public about a variety of aspects of everyday life. The main topics vary from the parliamentary debate on the economic programmes of the government and the parties of accidents and crimes to the environmental problems and the daily life of citizens. Information function is inherent in all styles of speech. The main criteria of selection and the use of linguistic means is a universal accessibility. The specifi city of this in a journalistic style is the nature, source and destination of the information. The information does not only describe the facts, but also refl ects the opinions, attitudes and provides reporter’s commentary. The reporter mainly writes for certain social groups, highlighting those aspects of life which are important for potential audience (Solganik, 1996). Informing the public about the situation in the journalistic texts implements a function of exposure. The function of exposure is the second most important function which determines the need for various evaluation means of expressiveness. The use of linguistic means is determined largely by their socio-evaluative qualities and capacity in terms of the effective impact on the audience (readers, listeners, viewers and society in general) in order to effectively convey socially signifi cant information with subsequent persuasion the audience of something, with suggestion of certain views and ideas, and with incitement to commission of certain actions. A variety of expressive means exist in the literary language. Almost all means of expressiveness can be found in the journalistic style. All kinds of evaluative words, Biblicisms and many others apply to such means. The author of journalistic text about economic news affects the readers’ thoughts, feelings and imagination, therefore this method is one of the main ways of implementation of this function. Figurativeness and emotion of the text contribute to better understanding, perception and memorization, bringing aesthetic pleasure of the reading process (Tupikova, 2011).

198 Not only ready-made material is used in journalistic style. A variety of new words and phrases are converted, created, and transformed from different spheres of language under the infl uence of the function of exposure. In this regard, special vocabulary (the vocabulary of sports, names of literary genres, the vocabulary of the theatre, etc.) is used in a fi gurative sense. Dictionary of the literary language serves as material for the evaluative newspaper journalistic vocabulary. The function of exposure is vividly refl ected also in syntax. Syntactic constructions are structured so that they have a signifi cant impact on the audience. Short, succinct, concise, clear and understandable constructions of colloquial speech are just perfectly suitable for this purpose (Solganik, 1996). In addition to informing and acting, journalistic style of economic discourse performs all other functions inherent in the language: expressive, com- municative and aesthetic. As for the journalistic genres, they are traditionally divided into: newspaper (essay, article, satire, reportage); communication (press conference, teleconference); television (analytical program, the dialogue in the air); advertising (ad, poster, slogan); and oratory (debates, speeches at the rally, toast) (Zherebilo, 2011). Economic discourse has a number of various lexical features. The reporter uses the following means of expression to effectively infl uence the audience. First of all, the publicist uses compositional means which include bright, eye- catching and unusual headline in order to attract the reader’s attention, to intrigue and to arouse the curiosity of the reader. The distinctive feature of this «header vocabulary» is not only the frequency of its use but also the universality of its semantics. The headlines built on word-play are also of particular interest. In addition to that, one of the important features of English newspaper headlines is the prevalence in elliptical passive voice with the omission of the auxiliary verb «to be» to describe events in the past and in the present tense. For example: «The dark depths of hatred for Hillary Clinton» [6], «US election 2016: Your daily dig from economic campaign trail» [7], «US election 2016: Six reasons it will make history» [8], «Trump: Clinton ‘has to go to jail’» [10], «Trump Finds That Attack-Dog Strategy Has Its Economic Limits» [14]. Thus, it is clear that lexical and grammatical specifi c newspaper-style information appears in the headlines. English newspapers’ headlines are characterized by frequent use of a small number of special words that make up a sort of «header jargon». Also journalistic style is characterized by intriguing beginning, contrast- ing arguments comparison, expressive conclusion and question-answer rea- soning. For instance: «If that is true, why are Clinton and Trump so concerned about our economy? One possible explanation is that they are using ‘economy’ as a code word to appeal to certain voters» [11].

199 Since the main areas of use of journalistic style are the socio-political, economic and cultural relations, socio-political vocabulary in economic discourse is widely used. For example: «inauguration», «candidate», «election», «president», «presidential», «senator», «The Republicans», «elected», «presidency», «Democrat», «a major US party», «secretary of state» [8], «The GOP nominee» [10]. Journalistic style is of diverse stylistic vocabulary. Vocabulary denoting concepts of morality, ethics, medicine, economics, culture, psychology and words denoting the internal state, emotions, feelings and human experience are widely used in journalistic style. For instance: «health», «embarrassed», «government», «history», «religion», «tolerance» [6]. Thirdly, the inclusions of colloquialisms, slang and vernacular language can be found in journalistic style. For example: «Trump also took a fresh shot at Clinton’s health», «What a joke» [9]. The abundance of abbreviated words, especially common in the headlines is a characteristic feature of language newspaper. Abbreviation is a shortened or contracted form of a word or phrase and consists of a group of letters taken from the word or phrase. For example: «An FBI investigation», «the US military», «the UN human rights chief», «NASA». [6]. In addition, there are many clichés, standard expressions, newspaper stamps and fi gures of speech used in modern English economic discourse. Clichés play an important role in newspaper-style, as they cause the desired instant association and do not allow ambiguity. Different compositional and verbal means of expressiveness provide vividly emotional speech, giving it special fi gurativeness, accuracy, expressiveness, and help to avoid monotony. These means include quotes, phraseological units (sayings, proverbs, aphorisms and popular expressions), literary fi gures and lexical repetitions. However, tropes and different stylistic fi gures of speech, such as: epithets, metaphors, comparisons, allegories, synecdoche, antanaclasis, meton- ymy, oxymoron, climax (auxesis), parallelism, antithesis, epistrophe, ellipsis, anaphora, etc., are used in English economic discourse quite often. «Donald Trump’s ’deeply unsettling and disturbing’ views make him a danger interna- tionally, the UN’s human rights chief has said». For example, epithets «deeply unsettling and disturbing» are used in this sentence. [8]. Journalistic text is also rich in metaphors. For instance: «who plans to steal America», «punishment for the sins of colonialism» [6], «America’s pre- miere conservative troll» [7], «his favorite political and economic chew toys – Democrats and the news media» [13].

200 A great variety of means of expressiveness, such as: humour, irony, satire, pun (or paronomasia), witty comparisons, satirical paraphrase, parody, ironical commentaries, etc., can be found in English economic discourse. For instance, «… his views on economy are like typical Clinton diarrhoea…» is an irony [8]. The characteristic feature of journalistic style of economic discourse is the frequent use of synonyms in order to avoid repetition, to strengthen the emotional expression, to give more accurate description of the phenomenon. Alliterations are quite common in headlines and articles. For example: «Trump’s white wave» [12], «Attack the attacker» [13]. Comparisons are also used quite often as evidence, as way to vividly characterize person or phenomenon. For example: «As a political and economic underdog and now as president-elect, Donald J. Trump» [13]. Economic discourse has also a number of syntactical features. A variety of syntactic constructions help the reporter to inﬂ uence effectively on the audience with the aim of transmission of socially signiﬁ cant information, followed by persuading the public of something, suggesting certain views and ideas, motivating to commit certain actions. The characteristic features of journalistic texts also are rhetorical means, such as rhetorical question, rhetorical exclamation and rhetorical appeal. These means help the reporter to express different emotions, to draw the audience’s attention and to strengthen emotional impact and the idea. For instance, «Where do you ever see the United Nations? » is a rhetorical question [8]. Quotations are also used often in economic discourse. For example: «Longworth describes her disgust at having to listen to ‘that painful scratching noise that you like to call intelligence spew from your mouth like typical Clinton diarrhoea’» [7]. The syntax of journalistic style represented in economic discourse is characterized by frequent use of homogeneous parts of the sentence. For instance: «When we treat economy like sport or war, then we treat ourselves as fans or soldiers, cheering or booing or following orders» [6]. Different complex syntactic constructions are also widely used in journalistic style represented in economic discourse. For instance: «Trump, speaking of his opponent, suggested he could ‘hit her harder’» [10]. Parallelism of sentences (adjacent sentences or their parts) is also a characteristic feature of the journalistic style represented in economic discourse: «Those who hold differing views from us are not wrong, they are evil. They are not mistaken, they are enemies» [6]. Anaphora is a mean of connectivity and climax (auxesis) is a consistent strengthening of the form. For instance: «She’s a creep, she’s a witch, she’s turned over to evil» [7].

201 Economic discourse has a number of morphological features. Complex and shortened words are used frequently. For instance: «post-economy» [10], «well-publicised», «top-grossing», «the right-wing», [6] «intelligence-gather- ing» [13]. Thus, we can conclude that the language of the modern economic discourse is becoming more natural and alive and is characterized by stylistic, linguistic, ideological variety and diversity of content. The main features of journalistic style represented in economic discourse are emotionality and sub- jectivity. Modern economic discourse affects thoughts, feelings, and imagination of readers. Figurativeness and emotion of the text contribute to better understanding, perception and memorization, bringing aesthetic pleasure of the reading process. Information function and the function of exposure are implemented with the help of different means of expressiveness. Based on the analysis of The New York Times, BBC and CNN newspaper articles we can note that different compositional and verbal means of expressiveness are used in economic discourse.

REFERENCES

1. Васильева А. Н. Публицистический стиль речи. Курс лекций по стилистике русско- го языка. M. : Русский язык, 1982. 198 с. 2. Жеребило Т. В. Термины и понятия лингвистики : Общее языкознание. Словарь- справочник. Назрань : Пилигрим, 2011. 210 с. 3. Клушина И. М. Стилистика публицистического текста. М. : МедиаМир, 2008. 520 с. 4. Солганик Г. Я. Лексика газеты. Функциональный аспект. М. : Высшая школа. 1996. 272 с. 5. Тупикова С. Е. Универсальные тональности жанра светской хроники публицисти- ческого дискурса // Вестник Тамбовского гос. университета. Серия : Гуманитар- ные науки / под ред. В. Ю. Стромова. Вып. II. Тамбов : Изд-во Тамб. гос. ун-т им. Г. Р. Державина, 2011. С. 203–207 6. Antony Zurcher. US Election 2016 Results: Five reasons Donald Trump won // URL: http://www.bbc.com/news/election-us-2016-37918303 (дата обращения: 16.03.18) 7. Glenn Thrushjan. Trump Finds That Attack-Dog Strategy Has Its Limits. // URL: http://www.nytimes.com/2017/01/06/us/politics/donald-trump-intelligence.html? ref=politics&_r=0 (дата обращения: 16.03.18) 8. Jasmine Taylor-Coleman. The Dark Depths Of Hatred For Hillary Clinton // URL: http:// www.bbc.com/news/magazine-36992955 (дата обращения: 16.03.18) 9. Naoya Yoshino. Clinton, Trump Use ‘Japan’ As Code Word // URL: http://asia.nikkei. com/Politics-Economy/Policy-Politics/Clinton-Trump-use-Japan-as-code-word (дата обращения: 17.03.18) 10. Roland Hughes. US Election 2016: Six Reasons It Will Make History // URL: http:// www.bbc.com/news/election-us-2016-36202424 (дата обращения: 17.03.18) 11. Stephen Collinson. Trump: Clinton ‘Has To Go To Jail’ // URL: http://edition.cnn. com/2016/10/12/politics/donald-trump-hillary-clinton-podesta-emails/index.html (дата обращения: 17.03.18)

202 12. US Election 2016: Your Daily Dig from Campaign Trail // URL: http://www.bbc.com/ news/election-us-2016-37626612 (дата обращения: 17.03.18) 13. US Election: Trump Presidency ‘Dangerous’, Says UN Rights Chief // URL: http:// www.bbc.com/news/election-us-2016-37628345 (дата обращения: 18.03.18) 14. US Election: ‘Cruel’ Trump claim annoys Muslim family // URL: http://www.bbc.com/ news/election-us-2016-37790832 (дата обращения: 18.03.18)

POSSIBILITIES OF GEOMARKETING TOOLS IN DETERMINING THE OPTIMAL LOCATION OF THE BANKING DEPARTMENT (ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE BRANCH NETWORK OF SBERBANK, SARATOV)

V. D. Vinogradova Saratov State University

Abstract: The purpose of this study is to test various methods of geomarketing using GIS tools for the purposes of analyzing the spatial localization and expediency of the existence of Sberbank branches in Saratov. The possibilities of using the methods of geomarketing research for the convenience of the location of the departments are considered. Spatial and mathematical analysis of the location of branches is carried out using geomarketing methods. Keywords: geomarketing, GIS, cartography, banking, Sberbank, Saratov.

ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ ИНСТРУМЕНТОВ ГЕОМАРКЕТИНГА В ОПРЕДЕЛЕНИИ ОПТИМАЛЬНОГО РАСПОЛОЖЕНИЯ БАНКОВСКОГО ОТДЕЛЕНИЯ (НА ПРИМЕРЕ ФИНАНСОВОЙ СЕТИ СБЕРБАНК Г. САРАТОВА)

В. Д. Виноградова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

Аннотация: Целью данного исследования является апробирование различ- ных методов геомаркетинга с использованием инструментов ГИС для анализа пространственной локализации и целесообразности существования филиалов Сбербанка в Саратове. Рассмотрены возможности использования методов гео- маркетингового исследования для удобства размещения отделений банка. Про- веден пространственный и математический анализ расположения отделений с использованием методов геомаркетинга. Ключевые слова: геомаркетинг, ГИС, картография, банковское дело, Сбер- банк, Саратов.

203 The purpose of any business, especially fi nancial is profi t. The main way to achieve this goal, especially in growing economy, is the development of the branch network of the Bank. The development of the banking system is a fundamental problem Rus- sian economy faces. The pronounced geographical heterogeneity of the socio- economic life of the country has a signifi cant impact on banking activities. It is necessary to actively use new technologies in the management of organizations, allowing to analyze the development of the banking sector to solve the above problem. Geomarketing can be the most promising direction for this. Geo- marketing is a technology of decision-making using spatial data (Силин, 2014). One of the most important tasks of geomarketing is to support decision-making on the location and format of new branches or subsidiaries. For the implementation of geomarketing tools GIS is used, which allows you to assess the potential of a new offi ce at the stage of deciding on its opening (Долженко, 2017). One of the geomarketing tools is Huff’s gravity model. It is based on the hypothesis that the attractiveness of a separate Department depends on the size of its service hall and its remoteness from the consumer. Also, the parameter of the degree of attraction can serve as a generalized parameter of attractiveness of the object: price level, range, availability of Parking, and not only the area of the object (Наумов, 1999). The object of the study was the branch network of Sberbank of Russia in Saratov. At the moment Sberbank tested the methodology geomarketing is only on the 50 largest cities of Russia. In large and medium-sized cities at the moment there is no clear understanding of how the network would look like Sberbank in the future. In Saratov there are 843 460 residents and 48 offi ces and agencies of the Sberbank. A multi-factor expert analysis based on cartographic and other data allowed to identify the following leading factors affecting the location of Sber- bank branch network. 1. Permeability. 2. The location of fi nancial centers. 3. Competition. For testing geomarketing analysis of the prospects of availability of network objects, the Sberbank of the city of Saratov developed a formula having the form:

204 Per – indicator of the prospects site; Pop – score estimation of population density; W – score estimation of population density, working on the given territory. O – the number of organizations. Distance from the offi ce to the buildings with organizations take equal to 0.2 km. The distance was chosen based on the results of the sociological survey of Sberbank clients. Respondents were asked «what is the most convenient distance for walking to the branch of Sberbank?» S – the number of shopping malls. The radius of 0.2 km is similar on the basis of the survey referred to above. Pp – availability of car Parking. The availability of car Parking will be denoted by 1, the absence will be denoted by 0. Pc – score of potential customers, refl ecting the distance from the place of residence/work to the Bank branch. The closer to the appropriate structure, the greater the potential of the client. Rb – the number of houses served by this branch. Estimate the maximum allowable levels of spatial accessibility (availability radius) of the object service Bank branch, according to the document “On approval of local standards for urban design of the municipality “City of Saratov»” dated 23 June 2016 N 61-637 was taken as 500 m. The score of each of these parameters is presented in table 1. Table 1 Score estimation of parameters Population density, The number of or- Zone of availability Number of hous- working on this ganizations and com- of potential custom- es serviced Score areas, people/hectare mercial areas, PCs ers to the branch, m by the offi ce less than 25 from 5 to 33 less than 500 less than 40 1 from 25 to 50 from 52 to 76 550-600 from 40 to 55 2 from 50 to 100 from 80 to 94 650-700 from 55 to 75 3 from 100 to 200 from 151 to 200 750-800 from 75 to 100 4 more than 200 more than 200 850-1000 from 100 to 106 5

The received indicators have been converted into a point system and by the formula presented above, the indicator of prospects of branches is calculated. Based on cartographic evaluation of marketing decisions on the branches of the Bank of the Frunzensky and Leninsky district of the city of Saratov, using the gravity model Huff, it was concluded that the least promising offi ce is offi ce on the Mezhdunarodnaya street, building 4. As a successful result of previous research, in 2016 this offi ce was indeed declared unpromising, and it was closed.

205 Fig.1. Coverage of the banking network of the Sberbank of the Kirovsky and Frunzensky districts

The index equal to 4.33 indicated that the Department, located at 40 Kise- leva street, is the most promising, according to calculations. However, in 2016 this ofﬁ ce was closed. This fact has set the necessary task of expanding the number of indicators involved in the marketing assessment of the prospects of a Bank branch. To expand the formula and improve its accuracy, a number of new indicators obtained on the basis of the Internet survey «Determining the importance of each criterion for selecting a branch of the Bank» was introduced. Based on its analysis, the following additional indicators were selected: C – convenient location of the ofﬁ ce. Ch – character and quality of service. The criteria of this indicator include: attitude of service personnel, lack of pressure on the client, etc. E – availability of equipment for self-service (availability – 1 point, no – 0 points). Q – no queues (stock – 0 points, no –1 point). As a result, the formula takes the form:

206 The score corresponding to the above parameters is presented in table 2. Table 2 Score evaluation of the input parameters Number of facilities covered by the service radius Evaluation of the ofﬁ ce Score of the ofﬁ ce: from 45 to 73 less than 1 1 from 92 to 131 from 1 to 2 2 from 135 to 169 from 2 to 3 3 from 226 to 300 from 3 to 4 4 more than 300 from 4 to 5 5

In this Department there was equipment for self-service, there were no queues. All introduced indicators pointed to the prospect of separation on Kise- leva str., building 40 is of 7.33. The transformation of the formula to improve accuracy has led to the following conclusion: the separation is really evaluated as promising and is not recommended for closure. In addition to the map estimate the potential of the existing network of Sberbank, the methods of geomarketing allow you to identify areas for opening new branches. For this study, a combination of methods such as the Haff gravity model and the method of high and low population values were used. Analyzing the map of the territorial distribution of branches of the savings Bank, it was revealed that in the South-Western part of the Zavodskoy district, namely the streets Azina street, Tulskaya street, Chemical street, Novoastra- hanskoye highway, Bryanskaya street there is insuffi cient number of branches of Sberbank (fi g. 2). To conduct a geomarketing study in order to determine the areas for the opening of new branches of Sberbank in the Zavodskoy district of Saratov, the following algorithm was applied. The fi rst stage was the launch of the Internet survey «creating a portrait of the consumer of banking services». The result of the survey is the creation of an approximate portrait of the consumer. The time limit of the survey was 2 months. The purpose of the second stage was the creation of cartographic material containing data on Sberbank branches in Zavodskoy district of Saratov for cartographic visualization of their spatial localization.

207

Fig. 2. Spatial localization of existing Sberbank branches

The third stage was the creation of cartographic material, based on the method of high and low values of the population on the territory of the study site Zavodskoy district of Saratov. As a result, an up-to-date relational database was designed and implemented, based on remote sensing data, reference re- sources, as well as a formula for calculating the population of each residential building, which has the following form: Pop.S = Ph*Pa*F-(Tf*Pa*En), где Ph – the number of people in the house; Pa– the average number of people living in the apartment; En – number of entrances in the house; F – number of ﬂ oors in the house; Tf – technical ﬂ oor. The last stage was the spatial analysis of population data, presented as a continuous raster surface.

208 All the above-described stages allowed the creation of a model for determining zones of high and low values of the population (ﬁ g. 3).

Fig. 3. Model for determining zones of high and low values of population

The supposed offi ces were marked with point objects in the zones with the maximum value. To assess the practical suitability of the result, it was compared with the existing functional zoning of Saratov, presented on the General Plan of the municipal entity «City of Saratov». The comparison is shown in fi gure 4. According to the document «On Approval of Local Norms for Town- Planning Design of the Municipal Formation of the City of Saratov» dated June 23, 2016 No. 61-637, it is possible to place in non-residential, built-in, attached-built non-residential premises of multi-apartment buildings. Accord- ing to the general plan, offi ces 1-6 and 8-11 are located in the type of functional zones «residential areas». Branch 7 is located in zone P-1, which means Zone

209 of enterprises of the 4th and 5th classes of harm according to Sanitary rules and regulations. Therefore, it is forbidden to place a branch in this zone.

Fig. 4. Map of the proposed spatial localization of Sberbank branches

Thus, compartments 2, 6, 9 are not recommended for opening, because the areas on which the proposed ofﬁ ces are located do not have multi-apartment buildings nearby without non-residential premises. Branches 1, 5 are not recommended for opening, because there is a manifestation of cannibalization with existing departments. Using the gravitational Huff model, according to formula

an indicator was determined of the expediency of opening branches. Based on the methodology for collecting and analyzing the material considered earlier, the following results were obtained and are presented in table 3.

210 Table 3 Indicators of probable ofﬁ ces ce number ce ﬁ branch, m population Population Number of people / ha people / ha complex in of potential Access area branch, pcs. Score of the Score of the service, pcs. entertaiment the radius of shopping and organizations organizations density score, premises, pcs. dential houses Availability of Availability Of working in the given territory, given territory, car parking 1/0 serviced by this Number of resi- and commercial customers to the 3 16,98 10,2 28 no 800 2 16 4 16,98 10,2 18 no 800 2 26 8 16,98 10,2 33 no 500 1 75 10 16,98 10,2 20 no 500 0 52 11 16,98 10,2 31 no 600 0 49

The indicators of probable offi ces were translated into a point system. The result is shown in table 4. Table 4 Score of indicators of probable offi ces ce number ce fi Number of Number of people / ha parking 1/0 branch, pcs. service, pcs. organizations organizations premises, pcs. ment complex Of in the radius of serviced by this and commercial to the branch, m tential customers lation working in score, people / ha ping and entertai- residential houses Availability of car Availability Score of the shop- the given territory, the given territory, Access area of po- Score of the popu- Population density 3 1 1 1 no 4 2 1 4 1 1 1 no 4 2 1 8 1 1 1 no 1 1 4 10 1 1 1 no 1 0 3 11 1 1 1 no 2 0 2

In addition, the indicator of the prospects of each department was calculated. The results of the calculations are shown in table 5. As a result, on the basis of mathematical and cartographic analysis, it was determined that plots 3-4 are not very promising. The most promising areas for the opening of branches are sites 8, 10, 11 (ﬁ g. 5). In order for the banking branch to be successful, it must attract clients, and in turn, they must have sufﬁ cient solvency and interest in buying invest- ment products. To implement the strategy for the development of the banking network with minimal costs and determine the urban, social, transport and other factors of rational placement of a new point of sales, one must be guided

211 by geomarketing tools. Whichever tool is selected, the use of the powerful capabilities provided by GIS technology is an essential factor in the effective management of the location selection process.

Fig. 5. Map of recommended spatial localization of new branches of Sberbank Table 5 The results of calculations of the prospects of probable branches pcs. pcs. ce number ce ﬁ people / ha parking 1/0 Perspective Of Access area of tion working in to the branch, m zations and com- radius of service, score, people / ha ping and entertai- mercial premises, Availability of car Availability Score of the shop- the given territory, the given territory, Population density Number of organi- by this branch, pcs. potential customers Number of residential houses serviced Score of the popula- ment complex in the 3 1 1 1 0 4 2 1 1.5 4 1 1 1 0 4 2 1 1.5 81 1 1 0 1 1 4 8

212 End table 5 pcs. pcs. ce number ce ﬁ people / ha parking 1/0 Perspective Of Access area of tion working in to the branch, m zations and com- radius of service, score, people / ha ping and entertai- mercial premises, Availability of car Availability Score of the shop- the given territory, the given territory, Population density Number of organi- by this branch, pcs. potential customers Number of residential houses serviced Score of the popula- ment complex in the 10 1 1 1 0 1 0 3 6 11 1 1 0 2 0 2 2.5

REFERENCES

1. Силин М.Г Геотехнологии и геомаркетинг в финансовом секторе // Банковские технологии. 2014. № 6. С. 46–48 (дата обращения: 20.02.17). 2. Долженко Р. А. Геомаркетинговое моделирование расположения офисов продаж коммерческого банка // Банковское дело. 2017. № 6. 3. Наумов В. Н. Маркетинг сбыта : науч.-метод. пособие / под науч. ред. проф. Г. Л. Багиева. СПб. : Изд-во СПбГУЭФ, 1999. 84 с.

SYNCHRONIZATION AND FREQUENCY PULLING OF SELF-OSCILLATIONS OF BRIGGS-ROWSHER REACTION AT THE PERIODICAL LIGHT INFLUENCE

D. A. Usanov, A. P. Rytik, A. V. Gagarina, O. U. Kutikova Saratov State University

Abstract: The high sensitivity of the self-oscillatory reaction regime to the periodic action of white light is shown in the work. The dependence of the synchronization band on the magnitude of the light ﬂ ux is given, the synchronization and frequency pulling of the concentration oscillations are determined with external light exposure. Keywords: self-oscillating reaction, synchronization, frequency tightening phenomenon, threshold effect, oscillation phase.

СИНХРОНИЗАЦИЯ И ЗАТЯГИВАНИЕ ЧАСТОТЫ АВТОКОЛЕБАНИЙ РЕАКЦИИ БРИГГСА-РАУШЕРА ПРИ ПЕРИОДИЧЕСКОМ ВОЗДЕЙСТВИИ СВЕТА

Д. А. Усанов, А. П. Рытик, А. В. Гагарина, О. Ю. Кутикова Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

213 Аннотация: В работе показана высокая чувствительность автоколебатель- ного режима реакции к периодическому воздействию белого света. Приведена зависимость полосы синхронизации от величины светового потока, определены диапазоны синхронизации и затягивания частоты концентрационных колебаний при внешнем световом воздействии. Ключевые слова: автоколебательная реакция, синхронизация, явление за- тягивания частоты, пороговый эффект, фаза колебаний

To study the mechanism of the periodic light infl uence on bioobjects, including on a living organism, it is of interest to consider such infl uence on sensitive chemical processes, for example, on a self-oscillatory chemical reaction. Self-oscillatory chemical reactions are highly sensitive to external factors (Вавилин В. А., 2005). There are works on the light infl uence on self-oscillatory reactions, one of which is the Briggs-Rauscher reaction. The authors of the work (Dulos E., De Kepper P., 1983) investigated the effect of a continuous light fl ux infl uence on the character of the reaction substance oscillations the Briggs-Rauscher reaction in a reactor with a stirrer. Authors (Kumpinsky E., Epstein I. R., De Kepper P., 1985) proposed a model of synchronization Briggs-Rauscher reaction periodic light pulses. The model proposed (De Kep- per P., Epstein I. R., 1982) supplemented the known stages of the BR reaction with the photogeneration step. It is important to note that with the external action of light, the effects of frequency pulling and synchronization of oscillations in self-oscillatory systems of various nature are observed. For example, in the work (Усанов Д. А., Скрипаль А. В., Усанова Т. Б., 2005), the possibility of using the «frequency pulling» effect, synchronizing and disrupting the oscillations for correcting the eye movement during nystagmus was demonstrated. In this paper, the results of studies of such effects in a chemical self-oscillatory process are carried out. As a sensitive test system, a self-oscillating regime of the Briggs-Rauscher chemical reaction based on the dual nature of hydrogen peroxide was chosen. The aim of this work is to reveal the change in the character of the concentration oscillations of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction at various parameters of periodic light exposure. Of particular importance is the range of variation in the frequency and power of the external action. To record the self-oscillatory process in the reaction substance, including changes in the amount of dissolved oxygen, a pH meter-ionomer of the Expert-001 series with an ion-selective iodine electrode was used. The instrument readings analysis was carried out in the program Exp2pr, in which the real-time dynamics of the electrical potential of the iodoselective electrode is refl ected (the relative error of the results such measurements is no more than

214 10%). In addition, video recording of changes in the reaction substance during the experiment was carried out. Then, every second the solution color of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction substance was analyzed, according to periodic changes, a conclusion was made about the frequency of chemical oscillations of the reaction substance. During the video registration, a constant level of the illumination intensity and spectral composition was maintained. Also, the temperature stabilization of the reaction substance was provided under the action of light. Three initial solutions prepared according to the procedure described in (Жаботинский А. М., Огмер Х., Филд. Р. и др., 1988) were used. Stirring of the reaction medium was carried out initially for 5–7 seconds before switching on the light. A lamp was used as a light source, which was installed under the transparent bottom of the container with the reaction of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction. The adjustment of the lighting was done manually by changing the variable resistance by the timer. As a control, a reaction was used that went without lighting. With constant illumination of this lamp, the oscillations were less pronounced than in the control, and their number was smaller, which agrees with the data given in (Жаботинский А. М., Огмер Х., Филд. Р. и др., 1988). The analysis of the obtained data was carried out in the program MS Ex- cel 2007. Experiments were carried out with periodic exposure to light. The period (T) was 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 7, 6 s, which corresponded to frequencies from 0.03 to 0.14 Hz. The duty cycle of light pulses was 5 s. Studies were conducted on the effect of various intensities illumination on the character of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction. For this purpose, incandescent lamps with light fl uxes for them were 140 lm and 200 lm respectively, as well as LED lamps with luminous fl uxes of 1200 lm and 1800 lm. Experiments were carried out that revealed the dependence of the synchronization regions and the frequency pulling on the light fl ux of the radiation source. For this, LED lamps were used to avoid heating the reaction solution. With a light fl ux of less than 250 Lm, synchronization of oscillations was not observed, only pulling of the frequency occurred. The results of the measurements are shown in Figure. It follows from Figure that the minimum luminous fl ux from an incandescent lamp at which synchronization occurred in a relatively large frequency range was 250 lm. The effect of «pulling» the frequency was observed for the frequency of external action 0.029; 0.033; 0.039; 0.125 and 0.143 Hz with a light fl ux of 250 lm. For the same lamp, at frequencies from the range 0.04- 0.10 Hz, a synchronization effect appeared, i.e. coincidence of the repetition rate of light pulses with the frequency of oscillations of the Briggs-Rauscher

215 Dependence of the average oscillation frequency for different illumination frequencies for different radiation powers. The frequency of the external illumination of the flight in Hz is plotted horizontally, the ratio of the frequency of oscillations of the reaction substance of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction to the frequency of the external illumination fBR/flight reaction. For these reagents (and experimental conditions), the intrinsic oscillation frequency in the control was, on average, 0.036 Hz. It can also be noted that as the light fl ux increases, the synchronization band moves to the low-frequency region, while its width changes relatively weakly. Thus, with a light fl ux of 3000 Lm, the synchronization began at 0.03 Hz and occurred to about 0.07 Hz. It should be noted that the inclusion of light always initiated the yellow color of the reaction phase, and when turned off, the colour of the solution turned blue, while the power of radiation was greater, the faster the colour changes occurred. At some frequencies of periodic exposure to light, the colour of the Briggs-Rauscher reaction solution before turning on the light turned yellow, or when switching on the light, it changed abruptly from the blue to the yellow phase. With a radiation fl ux more than 1200 lm, the reaction on the last oscillations began to shift into the blue colour of the solution before the light was turned off. With a smaller light fl ux (250 lm), this did not happen: while there is light, the reaction substance is yellow. Thus, it is shown that in the solution with a self-oscillating Briggs- Rauscher reaction the effects of frequency pulling and synchronization of self-

216 oscillations as a result of periodic light exposure to white light are possible. The observed regularities may be of interest in studying the inﬂ uence of light effects on bioobjects.

REFERENCES

1. Вавилин В. А. Автокатализ и флуктуации в природе // Природа. 2005. № 6. C. 52. 2. Жаботинский А. М., Огмер Х., Филд. Р. и др. Колебания и бегущие волны в хими- ческих системах: пер. с английского / под ред. Р. Филда и М. Бургера. М. : Мир, 1988. 720 с. 3. Усанов Д. А., Скрипаль А. В., Усанова Т. Б. Методы исследования и коррекции дви- жения глаз при нистагме. Саратов : Изд-во Сарат. ун-та, 2008. 116 с. 4. Dulos E., De Kepper P. Experimental study of synchronization phenomena under periodic light irradiation of a nonlinear chemical system // Biophysical chemistry. 1983. Т. 18, № 3. С. 211–223. 5. De Kepper P., Epstein I. R. Mechanistic study of oscillations and bistability in the Briggs-Rauscher reaction // Journal of the American Chemical Society. 1982. Т. 104, № 1. С. 49–55. 6. Kumpinsky E., Epstein I. R., De Kepper P. Model study of synchronization and other phenomena in light perturbation of the Briggs–Rauscher reaction // International journal of chemical kinetics. 1985. Т. 17, № 3. С. 345–354.

INFLUENCE OF MICRO IMPURITIES ON CHARACTER OF BRIGGS–RAUSCHER REACTION

D. A. Usanov, A. P. Rytik, O. U. Kutikova, A. V. Gagarina Saratov State University

Abstract: For the Briggs-Rauscher reaction, a hypersensitivity effect was observed upon addition of a sodium chloride impurity. A threshold effect was found, which consists in stopping the self-oscillatory regime. When introducing other types of substances as impurities, an appreciable change in the reaction occurred at higher concentrations. Keywords: self-oscillating reaction, nonlinear system, threshold effect, oscillation phase.

ВЛИЯНИЕ МИКРОПРИМЕСЕЙ НА ХАРАКТЕР ОСЦИЛЛЯЦИЙ РЕАКЦИИ БРИГГСА-РАУШЕРА

Д. А. Усанов, А. П. Рытик, О. Ю. Кутикова, А. В. Гагарина Саратовский национальный исследовательский государственный университет имени Н. Г. Чернышевского

217 Аннотация: Для реакции Бриггса-Раушера обнаружен эффект сверхчув- ствительности при добавлении примеси хлорида натрия. Был обнаружен по- роговый эффект, заключающийся в остановке автоколебательного режима. При введении в качестве примеси других типов веществ заметное изменение реакции происходило при более высоких концентрациях. Ключевые слова: автоколебательная реакция, нелинейная система, порого- вый эффект, фаза колебаний.

There are some works, showing that self-oscillation regime, for example, in microwave Gunn diode oscillator, in a substantial way depends on dop- ant concentration in semiconducting matter. Chemical auto-oscillating reaction, for example Belousov–Zhabotinsky reaction, Briggs–Rauscher and others are some varieties of auto-oscillating systems (Szymanski J., Gorecki J., Hauser M. J. B., 2013; Cervellati R., 2001). Regularities, characteristic for structures with photonic band gap, which have been actively explored in recent years, were described for Briggs–Rauscher reaction (Д. А. Усанов, А. П. Рытик, 2016). Works on applications of speciﬁ c high sensitivity of auto-oscillating reaction and impurity doping to the auto-oscillating system are interesting to study. In the work (Prenesti E., 2007) on exploration of antioxidative activity, when adding karkade Hibiscus sabdariffa in preparation of Briggs–Rauscher reaction as impurity, observable changes occurred when 1% of it is introduced. In the work (Gajdoš Kljusuric J., Djakovic S., Kruhak I., 2005) when different types of Croatian red and white wines as impurity are introduced, the change of characteristics of reaction oscillations are observed under 3,2 %. The purpose of this paper is to determine the type of impurity that has the greatest inﬂ uence on the nature of the self-oscillatory regime of the Briggs- Rauscher reaction. In the course of the experiments, impurity was added prior to the start of the self-oscillatory reaction regime. Then, using the Exp2pr program, the free iodine concentration in the BR reaction was analyzed. The experimental data was recorded in real time. An effect of supersensitiveness for auto-oscillating Briggs–Rauscher reaction was discovered when adding salt (NaCl) into reaction solution as impurity. During experiments the minimal limit of quantity of NaCl in the solution with Briggs–Rauscher reaction was set and changes in time observed between oscillations. In the framework of this study it was 0,006 % of the total volume of mixture. Figure 1 shows the graph of the dependence of potential of the iodo-selective electrode on the reaction time for different concentrations of NaCl as microimpurities.

218 Fig. 1. Inﬂ uence of the NaCl concentration on the dynamics of the change in the potential of the iodine-selective electrode in time, during the reaction of the BR

It can be seen from Figure 1 that the amplitude of a sample with a minimum concentration of NaCl impurity is much larger than the results of experiments with the addition of ethanol and acetone solutions as impurities. The minimum concentration at which the reaction was noticeably changed was 0,8% for ethanol, 1,7 % for acetone. Figure 2 shows the dependence of duration of a period on its number.

Fig. 2. The effect of NaCl concentration and the number of oscillations on the period between the maximums of oscillations

219 It should be noted that unlike the addition of other impurities, for example, ethanol or acetone, sodium chloride affects the so-called threshold effect of the reaction. That is, saturation (Fig. 1) occurs in different stages of the reaction, depending on the added amount of microimpurity of NaCl. Consequently, for sodium chloride, the Briggs–Rauscher reaction exhibits a high sensitivity of the self-oscillatory regime. Thus, we can talk about controlling the chemical process of oscillations and stopping it in a certain phase, by adding impurities to the reaction. A quantitative basis for the determination of NaCl (and weak external infl uences) can be the dependence of the frequency (period) of vibrations on the concentration of the reagents or the catalyst. The results obtained may be of interest in studies, for example, of the effect of microimpurities of NaCl on living systems (БреусТ.К, Чибисов. С.М., Баевский Р.Н. и др., 2002). The data described in the work for a chemical oscillator are confi rmed by processes in biological self-oscillatory processes. Thus, certain amounts of microimpurity of NaCl in the blood fl owing through the heart of the frog slow it down, until it stops completely (Стерин И.Е., 1934). Thus, the so-called threshold effect found in the work can be useful for understanding the specifi cs of the stage of attenuation of processes in biological oscillators.

REFERENCES

1. Бреус Т. К, Чибисов С. М., Баевский Р. Н. и др. Хроноструктура ритмов сердца и факторы внешней среды. М. : Российск. ун-т. дружбы народов, 2002. С. 232. 2. Стерин И. Е. О парадоксальном действии калия и кальция – калиевая контрактура изолированного сердца лягушки // Физиологический журнал. СССР. 1934. Т. 17, № 4. С. 869. 3. Усанов Д. А., Рытик А. П. Свойства фотонного кисталла, образованного раствором с автоколебательной реакцией Бриггса-Раушера // Письма в ЖТФ. 2016. Т. 42, вып. 12. С. 45. 4. Cervellati R. The Briggs-Rauscher reaction as a test to measure the activity of antioxi- dants // Helv. Chim. Acta. 2001. Vol. 84. P. 3547. 5. Gajdoš Kljusuric J., Djakovic S., Kruhak I. Application of Briggs-Rauscher reaction for measurement of antioxidant capacity of Croatian wines // Acta alimentaria. 2005. Vol. 34. P. 483. 6. Prenesti E. Antioxidant power quantiﬁ cation of decoction and cold infusions of Hibis- cus sabdariffa ﬂ owers // Food Chem. 2007. Vol. 100. P. 433. 7. Szymanski J., Gorecki J., Hauser M.J.B. Chemo-mechanical coupling in reactive droplets // J. Phys. Chem. 2013. Vol. 25. P. 117. CONTENT

Abrosimov M. B., Razumovsky P. V. About Generation of Non-Isomorphic Vertex K-Colorings by Mckay’s Approach (Academic adviser: M. B. Abrosimov, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 5 Amikishiev A. A. Combined Reaction-Rectiﬁ cation Pentane-Hexane Fraction Isomerization Process (Academic adviser: S. B. Romadyonkina, Language adviser: D. A. Alexeeva)...... 8 Bokhina O. D. European Badger (Meles Meles) on Saratov Right Bank (Population Structure, Abundance, Nutrition) (Academic adviser: V. A. Boldyrev, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 12 Bondarenko G. A. Image Processing Using Haart and Walsh Functions (Academic adviser: D. S. Lukomskii, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya)...... 15 Borozdina L. O., Belyachenko A. V. Dynamics of Nesting Birds Faunal Composition of the Medveditsa River Middle Course in 2013–2016 (Academic adviser: A. V. Belyachenko, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 19 Bragina S. M. Applying Data Mining Techniques for Medical and Social Data Analysis (Academic adviser: A. U. Blinkov, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 24 Bulavina E. V., Falkovich A. S. Equations of the Transport of Fine Particles Suspension with Variable Concentration in a Porous Medium A Suspension (Academic adviser: A. S. Falkovich, Language adviser: S. A. Kosareva) ...... 29 Frolov A. W. Modeling Of The System Of Industrial Monitoring By The Queuing System(Academic adviser: E. S. Rogachko, Language adviser: L. R. Mikhralieva) ...... 33 Genin V. D., Teslina N. V., Tuchina D. K., Genina E. A., Tuchin V. V., Bashkatov A. N. Ex Vivo Study of the Skin Geometrical Parameters Kinetics at the Optical Clearing by Glycerol Solutions (Academic adviser: A. N. Bashkatov, Language adviser: E. A. Genina)...... 37 Gulmanov E. E., Sergeev R. S., Sergeev S. A. Analysis of Rhodamine Water Solutions in X-Band (Academic adviser: S. A. Sergeev, Language adviser: A. I. Matyashevskaya) ....41 Ionkin M. S., Ogneva M. V. Comparative Analysis of Community Detection Algorithms for Undirected Graphs (Academic adviser: M. V. Ogneva, Language adviser: N. V. Sorokina) ...... 46 Khanadeev V. A. Generalized Synchronization in Chaotic Systems with Two Positive Lyapunov Exponents (Academic advisers: Koronovski A. A.) ...... 51 Komissarova A. M., Kaybeleva E. I., Yudakova O. I. Cytoembryological Features of Brachypodium Pinnatum (L.) Breauv. In The Conditions Of The Lower Volga Region (Academic adviser: O. I. Yudakova, Language adviser: T. V. Bots) ...... 55 Koroleva O. A., Anikin P. K. About Equiconvergence of one Class of Integrated Operators (Academic adviser: A. P. Khromov, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 60

221 Koronevsky N. V., Gulmanov E. E., Sergeev R. S., Sergeev S. A. Synthesis and Incorporation of CACO3 Microparticles in Inorganic Nanofi bers (Academic adviser: S. A. Sergeev, Language adviser: A. I. Matyashevskaya) ...... 66 Koronevsky N. V., Sergeev R. S., Sergeev S. A. Synthesis and Characterization of CACO3 Microparticles Grown On Inorganic Nanofi bers (Academic adviser: S. A. Sergeev, Language adviser: A. I. Matyashevskaya) ...... 70 Kozlova A. A. Transparent Conductive Coatings Formation by Consecutive Adsorption of Polymer and Carbon Nanotubes (Academic adviser: S. V. German, D. A. Gorin, Language adviser: S. V. Pyzhonkov) ...... 75 Levin A. A. Clinical and Diagnostic Effi ciency of Original and Generic Immunosuppressant after Kidney Transplantation (Academic adviser: Elena V. Glinskaya Language adviser: Anna A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 83 Los I. V. About Plots of Compatible Mappings in Euclidean Hypercube (Academic adviser: L. B. Tyapaev, Language adviser: O. V. Pavlova) ...... 88 Lozbyakova A. I. Biological Testing of Chemical Effects of The Abscission of Leaves of Woody Plants (Academic adviser: M. V. Stepanov, Language adviser: T. V. Bots) ...... 91 Makhov D. V. Optimization of the Mechanoactivation Stage of the Lithium Carbonate – Rutile System in the Production of a Functional Material Based on Lithium Pentatitanate for Energy Storage Devices (Academic adviser: A. V. Ushakov, Language adviser: N. Yu. Smirnova) ...... 101 Makhov S. V. Separator for Lithium-Ion Batteries Obtained by Electrospining Method (Academic advisor: A. V. Ivanishchev, Language adviser: S. V. Kuzmina) ...... 105 Markina N. E., Burmistrova N. A. Detection of Ulfadimethoxine in Milk Using Sers-Active Calcium Carbonate Microspheres with Embedded Silver Nanoparticles (Academic adviser: N. A. Burmistrova, Language adviser: N.Yu. Smirnova) ...... 108 Mayskov D. I. Features of the Temperature Response on Double Cuff-Occlusion of the Upper Limbs: Remote Ischemic Preconditioning Aspect (Academic adviser: A. V. Skripal, Language adviser: T. V. Skrob) ...... 115 Melnichuk D. V., Andreichenko D. K. Modeling and Parallel Algorithms Analysis and Synthesis Of Controlled Hybrid Dynamic Systems (Academic adviser: Andreichenko D. K., Language adviser: A. O. Shelyugina) ...... 121 Mitrokhina L. A. Application of Geodetic Methods for Monitoring of Slope Processes (Academic adviser: Aleksey N. Chumachenko, Language adviser: S. V. Kuzmina) ...... 126 Mursalov R. K. Electroanalytical Properties of Unmodifi ed and Polyaniline Modifi ed Membranes in Solutions of Certain Antibiotics (Academic adviser: E. G. Kulapina, Language adviser: N.Yu. Smirnova) ...... 130 Novokshonova E. N. Algorithm for Checking the Sperner Property for Linear Graphs (Academic adviser: V. N. Saliy, Language adviser: N.Yu. Almaeva) ...... 136 Petrunina I. N. Vatty Polygon Clipping Algorithm (Academic adviser: S. V. Mironov, Language adviser: O. V. Pavlova) ...... 139 Rakhmetov S. M. Assessment of the Revolution and Sensitivity of the Transient Method Based on Numerical Simulation (Academic adviser: V. P.Gubatenko, Language adviser: A. S. Bolshakova) ...... 143 Reshetarova D. A. Cancer Occurrence Analysis on Volga Region Territory (Academic adviser: A. N. Chumachenko, Language adviser: A. A. Sosnovskaya) ...... 146 Sadchikova K. A. Analysis of Electrooptical Characteristics of Liquid Crystals (Academic adviser: A. V. Skripal, Language adviser: O. V. Morozova) ...... 150 Sedov A. M. Types of Fogs. Fog as a Factor for Various Sectors of the Economy (Academic adviser: S. V. Morozova, Language adviser: T. S. Bots) ...... 153

222 Shekhmametyev R. R. Development of High-Loaded High-Performance Secure Services to Work with Geophysical Data Using Asp.Net and WITSML (Academic adviser: D. K. Andreychenko, Language adviser: D. A. Alexeeva) ...... 157 Spiryakhina A. A., Cherviakov M.Yu. Research of the Components of the Earth Radiation Balance at the Top of the Atmosphere During the El Niño (La Niña) Events in the Pacifi c Ocean (Academic adviser: M. Yu. Cherviakov, Language adviser: S. V. Kuzmina) ...... 160 Storublev A. V. The Study of Diamond-Graphite Film Structure on the Emission Under Conditions Designed to Thermionic Cathodes (Academic advisers: D. A. Usanov, Language adviser: O. V. Morozova) ...... 164 Suleymanova G. F. Rhythms of Flowering Vegetation in Kchvalynsky National Park and Its Preservation Zone (Academic adviser: V. A. Boldyrev, Language adviser: T. S. Bots) ...... 170 Terin D. V., Kochnev D. O. Modeling of Porous Silicon Formation Via Cellular Automaton (Academic adviser: D. V. Terin, Language adviser: S. V. Pyzhonkov) ...... 173 Terskov A. V., Rybakova A. N., Bodrova A. A., Ulanova M. V., Shushunova N. A., Semyachkina- Glushkovskaya O. V. Photodynamic Opening of Blood-Brain Barrier (Academic adviser: O. V. Semyachkina-Glushkovskaya, Language adviser: O. V. Morozova) ...... 179 Tikeeva E. S. Synthesis of Unsaturated 1,5-Diketones (Academic adviser: N. V. Pchelintseva, S. D. Batalin, Language adviser: N. Y. Smirnova)...... 183 Tugushev R. H. Review of Algorithms Used in Computer Vision (Academic adviser: A. Kuznetsov, Language adviser: N. V. Sorokina)...... 186 Tupikova S. Е., Zmeeva Е. М. Representation of Affecting and Informative Functions in English Economic Discourse (Academic adviser: S. Е. Tupikova, Language adviser: S. Е. Tupikova) ...... 196 Vinogradova V. D. Possibilities of Geomarketing Tools in Determining the Optimal Location of the Banking Department (On the Example of the Branch Network of Sberbank, Saratov) (Academic adviser: A. V. Molochko, Language adviser: S. V. Kuzmina) ...... 203 Usanov D. A., Rytik A. P., Gagarina A. V., Kutikova O. U. Synchronization and Frequency Pulling of Self-Oscillations of Briggs-Rowsher Reaction at the Periodical Light Infl uence (Academic adviser: A. P. Rytik, Language adviser: T. V. Skrob) ...... 213 D. A. Usanov, A. P. Rytik, O. U. Kutikova, A. V. Gagarina Infl uence of Micro Impurities on Character of Briggs–Rauscher Reaction (Academic adviser: A. P. Rytik, Language adviser: T. V. Skrob) ...... 217 Научное издание

ПРЕДСТАВЛЯЕМ НАУЧНЫЕ ДОСТИЖЕНИЯ МИРУ. ЕСТЕСТВЕННЫЕ НАУКИ

Материалы IX научной конференции молодых ученых «Presenting Academic Achievements to the World»

Выпуск 8

1 Подписано в печать 25.03.2019. Формат 60х84 /16. Гарнитура Таймс. Бумага офсетная. Усл.-печ. л. 13,75. Уч.-изд. л. 14,0 (14,0). Тираж 65 экз.

Типография издательства «Саратовский источник» Саратов, ул. Кутякова, 138 б. Тел.: (8452) 52-05-93